Q17. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best plan to meet our need for different types, sizes and tenures of housing?

One thing I have noticed over the years, is that one whenever plans are made for older people - there is RARELY any consideration taken for the pets, it’s like get older and throw away all pets, totally wrong, some people live for their pets and making the get rid of them is unfair and 100% wrong.

Places for elder people have one of two things, either no form of garden they can even sit in or a garden so big they can’t cope – need to be considered.

Dear Sir / Madam,

Please find below my comments regarding the Spatial Options Consultation for your analysis.

Thank you in advance for your attention to this matter.

Kind Regards,
Jane

Q1. Are there any other technical evidence studies that you feel the Council needs to prepare to inform its new Local Plan, other than those listed in this section?
I could not confirm what were the studies you conducted in order to determine the young people’s needs for leisure activities other than sports. In addition, could you please make available the studies conducted.
Q2. Do you agree with our draft vision for Rochford District?
In a matter of principle, yes, I agree, but there should be a greater highlight to creating new jobs through the establishment of business incubators and support to traditional and new outdoor markets to support local farmers.
Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help guide decision-making?
I don’t agree with the separate visions as it will divert the resources from a global vision for Rochford District in terms of number of houses and the respective infrastructure. As such I think it would be detrimental to have a narrower vision which can overlook the effects that the increase of population in one area will have on the remaining parts of the district.
Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified?
As principles, yes, but I have several objections in the way they are supposedly achieved.
Strategy Options
Q5. Do you agree with the settlement hierarchy presented?
Yes.
Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan?
It is my understanding that Option 4 would be preferable, but the more the building is concentrated into one area, the less green belt would have to be released. I will detail my concerns in Q17.
Q7. Are there any reasonable alternatives to these options that should be considered instead?
Please refer to Q6 and Q17.
Spatial Themes
Q8. Are there any key spatial themes that you feel we have missed or that require greater emphasis?
Yes, I was not able to verify what would be the dedicated areas for the construction / improvement of roads and other public transport infrastructure. In addition, I could not confirm where will the new waste management facilities (dumps or recycling centres) will be placed, the way the options are presented it does not allow the public to have a detailed understanding of it.
Q9. Do you agree we should take a sequential approach to flood risk and coastal change in our plan, locating development away from areas at risk of flooding and coastal change wherever possible? How can we best protect current and future communities from flood risk and coastal change?
Yes. No infrastructure or housing development should be authorised to be built in high floor risk areas or coastal change areas. As the plan is omits what would be the estimated costs in terms of the additional infrastructure that would be required for building in these areas, it doesn’t allow for a risk/benefit analysis of allowing to build in risk areas versus costs that would have to be paid in rates by the general public.
Q10. Do you agree that the Coastal Protection Belt and Upper Roach Valley should be protected from development that would be harmful to their landscape character? Are there other areas that you feel should be protected for their special landscape character?
Yes. In addition, Hockley Woods, Rayleigh Mount and Grove Woods should also be preserved from development.
Q11. Do you agree we should require development to source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon and renewable sources? Are there other opportunities in the District to supply low-carbon or renewable energy?
I agree, provided that the energy production equipment produces a relevant amount of energy.
There are plenty of opportunities to establish micro-production with community funding. I am not an expert, but please refer to the work done in Manchester in this regard http://www.gmcr.org.uk/ .
Q12. Do you agree we should require new development to achieve energy efficiency standards higher than building regulations? What level should these be set at?
I agree that energy efficiency should be an important consideration in any development, and they should be above the bear minimum, but I lack the technical knowledge to comment any further.
Q13. How do you feel the plan can help to support the local generation of low-carbon and renewable energy? Are there locations where you feel energy generation should be supported?
The Council should encourage companies, charities and individuals to come up with projects and provide administrative and financial support whenever needed to help them see it through.
Considering the availability of surface water and rain in the UK but the lack of natural elevations in the Essex region, consideration should be given to hydro-electric micro-production facilities.
In addition, solar and wind energy should also be encouraged wherever possible.
Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies? Should the same principles apply everywhere in the District, or should different principles apply to different areas?
Yes. The principle should be applied by areas.
Q15. Are the principles set out in the draft place-making charter the right ones? Are there other principles that should be included?
Yes, 1) there is no point regarding public transport (bike lanes and walk paths alone are nowhere near the needs of the community) and 2) there is no point regarding the minimization of the impact that new roads will have in the fabric of the places they will go through.

Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new Local Plan?
I do not understand the question, this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Q16b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a single design guide/code for the whole District, or to have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual settlements or growth areas?
I do not understand the question, this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Q16c. What do you think should be included in design guides/codes/masterplans at the scale you are suggesting?
I do not understand the question, this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Housing for All
Q17. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best plan to meet our need for different types, sizes and tenures of housing?
I do not believe that in an area where young people have very few cheap options to buy a house, the option to primarily develop detached or semi-detached housing (80% of the planned houses) would be adequate as the house prices will still be too high, even with the affordable option.
In order to achieve the same number of houses in a significantly smaller development site, the option to increase the number of terraced houses and flats to 50% of the new builds would decrease the overall cost of providing these new houses, regardless of the affordable housing conditions.
In terms of the number of bedrooms, I agree with it, only the distribution between the house size seems too focused in large and expensive properties with a negligible discount that will not suffice to cover the current or future housing needs. A 20% discount on a £700,000 detached house for a family who can only afford a £250,000 terrace house is not an acceptable trade-off.
Q18. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there areas or sites in Rochford that you feel require a specific approach to housing types, size and tenure? What is required to meet housing needs in these areas?
In the specific case of Rayleigh where I reside, there is a significant shortage of terraced houses and flats which are by design cheaper than the other options, so in order to meet the new housing needs, development should focus on these rather than creating huge new areas of detached and semi-detached houses that will not meet current housing needs.
Q19. Are there any other forms of housing that you feel we should be planning for? How can we best plan to meet the need for that form of housing?
I could not confirm in the plan what areas are being specifically allocated to house rough sleepers and other people in homeless situations.
Q20. With reference to the options listed, or your own options, what do you think is the most appropriate way of meeting our permanent Gypsy and Traveller accommodation needs?
Provided that they are willing to pay for their own accommodation and this does not implicate any increase on the council rates, I do not have any specific input in the solution.
Q21. With reference to the options listed, or your own options, what do you think is the most appropriate way of meeting our temporary Gypsy and Traveller accommodation needs?
Provided that they are willing to pay for their own accommodation and this does not implicate any increase on the council rates, I do not have any specific input in the solution.
Q22. What do you consider would need to be included in a criteria-based policy for assessing potential locations for new Gypsy and Traveller sites?
Provide that they pay for the land they spend their time on and the facilities and amenities provided by the council and this does not implicate any increase on the council rates through the clear-up of their sites, I do not have any specific input in the solution, although I would think that they would be better placed outside urban areas without sacrificing any green belt area.
Employment and Jobs
Q23. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best ensure that we meet our employment and skills needs through the plan?
I could not verify if the council is planning or willing to assist new businesses by providing any reduction in business rates for the first years. Considering the crisis that high-street local businesses are facing to establish themselves and thrive, this would be an incredible tool to employ. I am also not aware of any mention to the creation of new business hubs for creative industries, farmers markets and technology start-ups outside of the airport site. When considering the local importance of informal business sites, such as Battlesbridge Antiques Market, the creation of small business hubs would be extremely effective.
Q24. With reference to Figure 30, do you consider the current employment site allocations to provide enough space to meet the District’s employment needs through to 2040? Should we seek to formally protect any informal employment sites for commercial uses, including those in the Green Belt?
As a principle yes, but this has to have a case-by-case analysis of the impacts, namely in terms of polluting employment sites and the needs for infrastructure.
Q25. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new employment facilities or improvements to existing employment facilities?
When establishing the new sites for development, there is an opportunity to require the property developer to establish a commercial presence proportional to the size of the site in order to create basic shopping amenities or go further if the site so justifies in order to attract more retail. For that purpose, the planning must include loading bays in order not to disturb residents and to supply the shops.
Q26. Are there any particular types of employment site or business accommodation that you consider Rochford District is lacking, or would benefit from?
Considering that the two main villages in Rochford District are traditionally market towns, it is strange that there aren’t any plans to incentivise more street market initiatives, both seasonal and farmers markets.
Q27. Are there other measures we can take through the plan to lay the foundations for long-term economic growth, e.g. skills or connectivity?
I think more public transport to formal and informal employment sites would greatly stimulate the growth or those sites.
Q28. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best manage the Airport’s adaptations and growth through the planning system?
The current road infrastructure is already insufficient to move the traffic from the businesses and people going to and from the area adjacent to the airport. In order to increase the ability of the airport to be a major employment site, the roads must be able to allow the circulation of the increased traffic. It is already clear that the construction of an alternative to the A127 or the increase to a dual carriage capacity of an existing road is essential.
Biodiversity
Q29. Do you agree that the plan should designate and protect areas of land of locally important wildlife value as a local wildlife site, having regard to the Local Wildlife Sites review? Are there any other sites that you feel are worthy of protection?
Yes, it should include the whole of Hockley Woods.
Q30. Do you agree that the plan should designate and protect areas of land of locally important geological value as a local geological site, having regard to the Local Wildlife Sites review? Are there any other sites that you feel are worthy of protection? [Please state reasoning]
I am not aware of it, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Q31. Do you consider net gains for biodiversity are best delivered on-site or off-site? Are there specific locations or projects where net gain projects could be delivered?
I am not aware of it, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Green and Blue Infrastructure
Q32. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best deliver a quality green and blue infrastructure network through the plan?
I am not aware of it, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Q33. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best deliver a quality green and blue infrastructure network through the plan?
I am not aware of it, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Q34. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver new strategic green and blue infrastructure?
I am not aware of it, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Community Infrastructure
Q35. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how can we address the need for sufficient and accessible community infrastructure through the plan?
I could not verify where the schools are going to be built and what is going to be increased in terms of the public transport infrastructure.
Q36. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new or improved community infrastructure?
Depends on the number of houses built and where they are built. I agree that there has to be an increase, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Q37. Are there areas in the District that you feel have particularly severe capacity or access issues relating to community infrastructure, including schools, healthcare facilities or community facilities? How can we best address these?
There is an absolute absence of any facilities for young teenagers that don’t involve organised sports or are not paid.
Regarding the schools and healthcare, the current infrastructure is stretched, and doctors are already struggling to keep up with their appointments as it is and this is a nationwide problem. With new houses being built, this should be addressed before the problem gets even worse, but this is a specialist subject I cannot provide further input on.
Open Spaces and Recreation
Q38. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best meet our open space and sport facility needs through the plan?
I am not aware of it, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Q39. Are the potential locations for 3G pitch investment the right ones? Are there other locations that we should be considering?
I am not aware of it, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Q40. Are the listed potential hub sites and key centres the right ones? Are there other locations that we should be considering?
I am not aware of it, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Q41. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver improvements to open space or sport facility accessibility or provision?
I am not aware of it, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Q42. Are there particular open spaces that we should be protecting or improving?
I am not aware of it, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Heritage
Q43. With reference to the options listed in this section, or your own options, how do you feel we can best address heritage issues through the plan?
I am not aware of it, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Q44. Are there areas of the District we should be considering for conservation area status beyond those listed in this section?
I am not aware of it, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Q45. Are there any buildings, spaces or structures that should be protected for their historic, cultural or architectural significance? Should these be considered for inclusion on the Local List of non-designated assets?
I am not aware of it, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Town Centres and Retail
Q46. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you think we can best plan for vibrant town centres in Rochford, Rayleigh and Hockley? How can we also ensure our village and neighbourhood centres remain vibrant? [Please state
Ensure that new types of retail and other businesses are encouraged to establish themselves in the town centres, namely through the reduction or exemption of council rates to give them a chance to survive the initial period. Other than restaurants and beauty services, no new businesses have opened in Rayleigh High Street. This reduces the overall margin of the existing businesses, the attractiveness to the installation of new businesses and the ability to attract visitors to shop in Rayleigh.
Q47. Do you agree with the local centre hierarchy set out in Figure 36? If not, what changes would you make? [Please state reasoning]
I don’t have an issue with the hierarchy per se, but there should be some protection to the local centres and local parades to ensure that they don’t disappear.
Q48. With reference to Figures 38, 39 and 40, do you agree with existing town centre boundaries and extent of primary and secondary shopping frontages in Rayleigh, Rochford and Hockley? If not, what changes would you make? [Please state reasoning]
Yes.
Q49. Should we continue to restrict appropriate uses within town centres, including primary and secondary shopping frontages within those centres? If yes, what uses should be restricted? [Please state reasoning]
Yes. In the town centres the primary use must be commercial as the unchecked conversion to housing developments would create many problems with noise complaints and others where they didn’t exist before.
Q50. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver improved retail and leisure services in the District? [Please state reasoning]
Yes, as I mentioned before, considering the market town pasts of Rayleigh and Rochford, it would greatly benefit local businesses to incentivise street market initiatives as it would not only provide a greater variety of goods to residents, but it would also provide local businesses the foot traffic.
Transport and Connectivity
Q51. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best address our transport and connectivity needs through the plan?
The plan has to have appropriate measures in place to secure those roads and railways are built ahead of the conclusion of the developments and not after they are concluded, as it is common sense that once the houses are built, any compulsory purchase of space to build infrastructure will be more expensive.
From what I could understand, any plans to increase the transportation network are left to chance or delegated to other entities.
The increase of the housing without transport will further exacerbate the problems that the road infrastructure is currently facing and there are no plans whatsoever to increase public transportation to places which are already lacking, such as Hullbridge which is almost entirely dependent on Rayleigh’s infrastructure.
It is strange that the Beaulieu Estates managed to have a new train line and the people of Rochford District can’t either get appropriate roads, let alone more train connections. I cannot understand how Chelmsford is able to plan these developments to have transport connectivity and Rochford cannot plan a road.
Q52. Are there areas where improvements to transport connections are needed?
Yes, the A127 needs increasing and there is a lack of an alternative route to this road going into Rochford and Southend.
Q53. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new transport connections, such as link roads or rapid transit? What routes and modes should these take? [walking, cycling, rail, bus, road etc.]
Yes. All of the above, the increase in the demographics and the expected establishment of new businesses should account for an increase primarily focused on roads, rail and buses that serves as an alternative to the current routes that are massively overrun.
Green Belt and Rural Issues
Q54. Do you feel that the plan should identify rural exception sites? If so, where should these be located and what forms of housing or employment do you feel need to be provided?
I am not aware of it, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Q55. Are there any other ways that you feel the plan should be planning for the needs of rural communities?
I am not aware of it, but this seems to be a specialist subject I cannot provide input on.
Planning for Complete Communities
Q56a. Do you agree with our vision for Rayleigh? Is there anything you feel is missing?
No. I cannot see this translated in the detailed plan.
Q56b. With reference to Figure 44 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?
I cannot understand the allocation between commercial and housing properties as well as infrastructure, as there are nowhere near enough roads or overpasses in the image provided.
Q56c. Are there areas in Rayleigh that development should generally be presumed appropriate?
No, unless infrastructure is put in place. A simple example is the development in Daws Heath Road, where all these plots are meant to be made available for development, but the end of the road, approaching the A127, is not able to take two cars at the time.
Q56d. Are there areas that require protecting from development?
New developments in the Town Centre that either reduce green areas or affect the Mill Hall and any development that reduces the area of Hockley woods.
Q56e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 44 hold local significance? Are there any other open spaces that hold particular local significance?
The legend to Figure 44 does not allow for enough detail to understand the changes to the green spaces and the purpose of them.

Q57a. Do you agree with our vision for Rochford and Ashingdon?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q57b. With reference to Figure 45 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q57c. Are there areas in Rochford and Ashingdon that development should generally be presumed appropriate?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q57d. Are there areas that require protecting from development?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q57e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 45 hold local significance?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q58a. Do you agree with our vision for Hockley and Hawkwell?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q58b. With reference to Figure 46 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q58c. Are there areas in Hockley and Hawkwell that development should generally be presumed appropriate?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q58d. Are there areas that require protecting from development?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q57e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 46 hold local significance? Are there any other open spaces that hold particular local significance?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q59a. Do you agree with our vision for the Wakerings and Barling? Is there anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q59b. With reference to Figure 47 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q59c. Are there areas in the Wakerings and Barling that development should generally be presumed appropriate? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q59d. Are there areas that require protecting from development? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q59e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 47 hold local significance? Are there any other open spaces that hold particular local significance? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q60a. Do you agree with our vision for Hullbridge?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q60b. With reference to Figure 48 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q59c. Are there areas in Hullbridge that development should generally be presumed appropriate?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q59d. Are there areas that require protecting from development?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q59e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 48 hold local significance?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q60a. Do you agree with our vision for Canewdon? Is there anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q61b. With reference to Figure 49 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of Canewdon?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q61c. Are there areas in Canewdon that development should generally be presumed appropriate? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q61d. Are there areas that require protecting from development? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q61e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 49 hold local significance? Are there any other open spaces that hold particular local significance? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q62a. Do you agree with our vision for Great Stambridge? Is there anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q62b. With reference to Figure 50 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of Great Stambridge?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q62c. Are there areas in Great Stambridge that development should generally be presumed appropriate? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q62d. Are there areas in Great Stambridge that development should generally be presumed appropriate? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q62e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 50 hold local significance? Are there any other open spaces that hold particular local significance? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q63a. Do you agree with our vision for Rawreth? Is there anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q63b. With reference to Figure 51 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q63c. Are there areas in Rawreth that development should generally be presumed appropriate? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q63d. Are there areas that require protecting from development? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q63e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 51 hold local significance? Are there any other open spaces that hold particular local significance? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q64a. Do you agree with our vision for Paglesham? Is there anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q64b. With reference to Figure 52 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q64c. Are there areas in Paglesham that development should generally be presumed appropriate? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q64d. Are there areas that require protecting from development? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q64e. Are there areas that require protecting from development? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q65a. Do you agree with our vision for Sutton and Stonebridge? Is there anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q65b. With reference to Figure 53 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q65c. Are there areas in Sutton and Stonebridge that development should generally be presumed appropriate? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q65d. Are there areas that require protecting from development? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q65e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 53 hold local significance? Are there any other open spaces that hold particular local significance? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q66. Do you agree that our rural communities do not require individual vision statements? Are there communities that you feel should have their own vision? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q67. Do you agree with our vision for our rural communities? Is there anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]
I cannot provide meaningful input.
Q68. Are there other courses of action the Council could take to improve the completeness of our rural communities?
I cannot provide meaningful input.

1.0 Introduction
1.1 These representations are submitted to the Rochford New Local Plan Spatial Options on behalf of Bellway Strategic in relation to Land at Hambro Hill, Rayleigh (‘the Site’).
1.2 The Site has previously been submitted into the Call for Sites under reference CFS105. The site extends to some 10.3ha and has been promoted by Bellway Strategic for a sympathetically planned development at Rayleigh, adjacent to the urban area, open space, and a proposed Regional Park.
1.3 Representations were submitted for the site under the Call for Sites in 2015 and the Issues and Options consultation in 2018, under a different promotor.
1.4 The condition of the site is a mixture of a minerals site and grassland. It is not open to
the public. The site is predominantly grassland but with significant areas of despoiled land used for sand extraction. Alongside the site to the northwest are commercial uses, containing large areas of hardstanding, a compound for vehicle storage, and warehousestyle buildings. The site is clearly separated from the farmland that stretches from the north of the site across to Hockley. It has a very different character to the surrounding
land by virtue of its use for mineral extraction and its isolation created by residential development to the south, west and east, commercial development to the west and north, and a small woodland to the northeast.
1.5 The site is designated as Green Belt in the current adopted Development Plan, which remains the only constraint to the delivery of the site. While within the Green Belt, the site is immediately adjacent to the settlement boundary of Rayleigh, the districts largest
settlement, and is located on the eastern side of the District’s largest settlement. The site has development to the south, east and west, with open space to the north that is proposed to be identified as a regional park. Accordingly, the allocation of the site would make use of the previously despoiled site and be able to provide a more attractive transition into the new parkland, if allocated.
1.6 The site has a planning history which includes the granting of planning consent for the extraction of sand in 1987 (application ROC/916/86). Notwithstanding the green belt designation of land in this area, the established commercial uses on land to the west and
northwest, and the quarrying activity on the site itself, combined with the neighbouring residential development, all identify the site as being less-valued Green Belt land that is not visible from public viewpoints
1.7 The land is served by an existing vehicular access. The site is located in proximity to the junction of Hambro Hill with Hockley Road, and is well placed in relation to the wider strategic highway network and access to Rayleigh, which contains a full range of services
and facilities to serve any future residents. The site is extremely well served by public transport, is in good proximity to both primary and secondary schools, health, open space, the town centre and employment opportunities. It is within reasonable walking distance of the rail station, which can also be reached easily by cycle or public transport. The site represents one of the most suitable sites in terms of sustainable transportation.
1.8 The site is entirely contained within Flood Zone 1. As such, the site is at a low risk of tidal or fluvial flooding and is appropriate for any form of development from a flood risk perspective.
1.9 The site is not subject to any environmental, ecological or heritage designations that would prohibit or constrain its potential to deliver housing sustainably. The site represents a logical extension to the existing settlement boundary, which would deliver an attractive development of market and affordable housing positioned alongside a potentially significant area of open space. When planned considerately and comprehensively, the site would be capable of delivering an extremely attractive extension to Rayleigh.
1.10 The site was assessed as part of the Council’s Strategic Housing and Employment Land Availability Assessment 2017 (SHELAA 2017) to determine its suitability, achievability and availability as a site to help meet the District’s housing needs.
1.11 Appendix C of the Assessment identifies the site as being:
‘Concreate, gated drive way with large car park and vehicle scrap yard with a metal container used as a reception. Unsurfaced ramp to vacant field with overhead
cable traversing the site with trees and hedgerows on the boundary. Large warehouse-style buildings to the rear of the site’
1.12 The adjacent land uses were identified as residential / woodland and notes that there are no constraints on the site (SSSI, Ancient woodland, SLA, SAC, etc). The assessment identifies an active sand and gravel extraction permission.
1.13 Under Housing Development Potential the assessment considers the site to be available and achievable. For suitable, the Assessment states ‘unknown’ and the supporting text states that this will be unknown until a Green Belt assessment is undertaken.
Accordingly, the 2017 SHELAA Assessment finds the site to be suitable on all matters, with the outcome of a pending Green Belt Assessment being the only outstanding matter commented upon in the Assessment.
1.14 Commentary on the Green Belt Assessment is provided later in this response. In summary, it is considered that the Green Belt Study (2020) considered an exceptionally large parcel of land (Parcel P23), extending to 93ha between Rayleigh and Hockley. The
extent of the parcel did not reflect the extent of the two sites submitted to the SHELAA that fall within it, being:
 Site 105 (this representation) - 10.3ha and
 Site CFS040 - 1.11ha.
1.15 In comparison the Green Belt parcel was nearly 88% larger than the total area of land submitted to the Council that falls within the Parcel. Further, by identifying the parcel as land between Rayleigh and Hockley, the larger site inevitably scores strongly for Purpose 2 - preventing neighbouring towns from merging:
1.16 Given the open landscape and natural condition of the majority of the land in the parcel, which was not submitted for consideration for development, it is predictable that the
Parcel would score highly for Purpose 3, to safeguard the countryside from encroachment. The Parcel also scores strongly for assisting in urban regeneration by
directing development to derelict or other urban land.
1.17 A more detailed consideration of site 105 is provided at Stage 2 (Appendix 4 of the GBS) which provides an Area Assessment for Area AA38 (pages 77-78). The Assessment finds the overall score to be a moderate-high harm from release of the site. However, in the justification this appears to be reached as a result of a relatively open boundary to the north, which could readily be contained by new landscaping that would be ubiquitous of new large scale residential development. The Assessment considers the release of the Site to weaken the Green Belt purposes of land to the west, but this is currently
identified for open space and would therefore be protected for that other purpose. The assessment also appears to downplay the description of the Site from the SHELAA (provided above) as being alongside previously developed land and its condition as a minerals extraction site.
1.18 As a general assessment of the overall conclusions to the Assessment and the Purposes
of the Green Belt, as shown at pages 40-45 of the Assessment (figures 3.1 - 3.6), it is clear that there is little differentiation between the results across parcels. There is a general north/south split for purpose 1, an east/west split for purpose 2, and very little variation for purposes 3, 4 and 5. For the overall contribution to the Green Belt, there is a strong rating for all of the land lying between Rayleigh, Hockley and Rochford, with lower ratings for the parcels of land radiating away from these towns.
1.19 Accordingly, development of the parcel is identified as being less-harmful than it would be for land between Rayleigh, Hockley and Rochford and the scores of parcels have a clear geographic spread that does not differentiate parcels to any significant degree in a way that clear guides the spatial distribution to prefer one approach compared to another, in terms of protecting Green Belt land. Further, the parcel is much larger than the two sites submitted within it (105 and 40), representing an artificially high overall contribution
compared to any releases that may be proposed through the Local Plan. Finally, when considering the site itself, the current condition and uses on the site appear to have been downplayed.
1.20 In combination with the sustainable location and positive SHELAA assessment, with only the Green Belt assessment outstanding at the time, the Site is considered to represent a highly suitable, available and achievable development opportunity. In combination with
other opportunities for land within the parcel, the site is a highly attractive location for a modest development of around 250 dwellings that would not undermine the purposes of including land within the Green Belt.
1.21 It is worth noting that, in this instance, the allocation of the site within the Green Belt is directly contrary to the fifth purpose of including land in the Green Belt, as it discourages the regeneration of the brownfield parts of the site.

2.0 Response to Spatial Options Consultation Questions
Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help guide decision-making?
2.1 In combination with an overall vision for the district, a vision for each settlement (or some of the settlement) may be helpful in articulating a specific, focused objectives for a settlement, distinguishing its development aims from another settlement. It is important that the visions do not prevent development from reacting to change, such as the demands and expectations from homes and businesses, technology, and construction
methods.
Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identifies? Is there anything missing from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel
needs to be included?
2.2 The Priorities and objectives identify a fairly broad approach to development demands, covering a lot of aspects of development under each priority. It is recommended that these could be more focused on the spatial challenges and opportunities to ensure they
add value to the plan making process.
2.3 While recognizing that the spatial Options are still open to be determined, one omission is that there is no clear indication of where the district may seek to direct development. There is reference to supporting rural areas but there should be a clear steer towards growth in the most sustainable locations. Regardless of the eventual decision on the spatial distribution, the Vision should identify that the majority of growth will be in the
most sustainable locations and close to existing larger settlements where services are most accessible and available. While we support some development in more rural areas, as currently drafted the Vision appears to articulate the approach to rural diversification, support for rural economic development and supporting rural communities, far more clearly than it does any urban developments or extensions to existing settlements.
Presumably urban extensions will provide the larger share of growth over the plan period and therefore the Vision should more clearly articulate the support for urban developments and extensions to existing settlement. In addition, there appears to be some potential strain between the support for rural development in the Strategic Priorities compared to the objectives in Priority 5 - Making provisions for climate change, conservation and enhancement.
2.4 For the above reasons, we recommend that references to delivering sufficient, sustainable housing is welcome but this should be emboldened by a clear indication of where the majority of growth may be directed and why. Following the adoption of a spatial
strategy it is recommended that the Vision is updated to include where the majority of development will be directed to, and that this should identify the larger settlements as providing the best opportunities for the majority of sustainable development.
2.5 We also consider that the objectives are too ambiguous in relation to affordability and recommend that there should be a distinct objective to improve the affordability of housing in Rochford District, as identified in the spatial challenges.
2.6 The RLPSO notes (page 12) that:
“The affordability of all housing is an issue constraining the ability for residents to afford homes in the area. The average house costs around ten times to average
annual income of a Rochford resident, which has increased significantly from around five times 20 years ago and is significantly above the national average”.
(RLPSO, page 12).
2.7 The most recent data available1
reports that the median house price in the District is
11.57 times the median gross annual workplace-based earnings (‘the affordability ratio’).
This is significantly greater than the national average, and indicates housing affordability has worsened considerably in recent years.
2.8 In 2000, the affordability ratio for the District was 5.08 – only slightly worse than the national average of 4.13. By 2020, the national affordability ratio had increased to 7.69
– significantly below the District’s 11.57.
2.9 In addition, the longer term impact on housing demand resulting from the Covid-19
pandemic may well impact significantly on Rochford’s housing market and affordability of homes for local people. Whilst empirical data is currently limited, there are early indications there has already been an increased desire to move from more to less urban areas, due to a greater desire for homes with larger gardens, space for home offices, better access to good quality open space, and situated within less densely populated areas.
2.10 At the same time, the pandemic has forced many employers (although not within all sectors) to adapt and enable home-working. Whilst it is largely expected there will be a degree of return to office-working, it is anticipated that the need for employees to be physically present within a particular office will be substantially reduced.
2.11 As a consequence, it can be predicted that many more people will be prepared to live considerably further from their place of work. This is of particular relevance to Rochford, as London is accessible via rail from parts of the District; and house prices are relatively affordable when compared to other areas in and around London. As a consequence, the area may well prove an increasingly popular destination for those migrating out of higher density areas in and around London. This in turn is likely to put considerable pressure on the housing market. If insufficient homes are provided, it is also likely to result in a significant worsening of affordability. Ensuring a sufficient supply of homes will be imperative if the Council is to tackle the issue of housing affordability in the District.
2.12 The RLPSO’s proposed Strategic Objective 3 is:
“To facilitate accelerated growth in our local economy through supporting the delivery of suitably located land which meets businesses needs at each stage of their lifecycle (including delivering grow-on space to enable local businesses to flourish), the continued functioning of London Southend Airport as a thriving regional airport,
serving London and the South East, as well as supporting the continued growth and innovation at the Airport Business Park”
2.13 We support this and, in addition, suggest this objective should recognise that the critical role house-building plays in supporting the local economy, and the economic benefits house building would have for the District.
2.14 As the Local Plan Spatial Options recognises on page 26, areas within which new homes are built have the potential to see significant additional expenditure and job creation.
2.15 Employment relating directly to the construction of the development will have positive economic and social impacts; as will jobs relating to the supply chain which will be supported. Construction is an important part of the local economy in the District: the 2011 Census recorded that 10.5% of employed residents in Rochford District were working in the construction industry.
Q5. Do you agree with the settlement hierarchy presented? If not, what changes do you think are required?
2.16 We agree that Rayleigh should be identified as the highest ranked settlement, reflecting the wide range of services and facilities available, alongside sustainable transport options and employment opportunities.
2.17 The RLPSO estimates (Figure 7) the 2018 population of the town to be 33,663, equating to 39% of the District’s total population.
2.18 In preparing the Core Strategy (2011), the Council identified that 44.4% of the demand for housing on the Council’s housing waiting list was focused on Rayleigh.
2.19 The adopted Core Strategy also noted, at paragraph 2.68, that Rayleigh has the best access to services within the District. As a retail centre, Rayleigh is by far the largest in the District. The RLPSO recognises this, identifying Rayleigh as the lone Tier 1 settlement in the District.
2.20 Rayleigh is one of only three settlements in the District served by a railway station, and is better served by bus services than the majority of the District. Combined with the range of facilities and services contained within the town itself, it perhaps has the best
potential of the District’s settlements to accommodate growth without reliance on use of the private car.
2.21 It is clear that a significant proportion of the District’s housing growth should be directed to Rayleigh as part of any spatial strategy, and that such development would be
sustainable.
2.22 Finally, it is not clear that Hockley and Rochford (including Ashingdon) provide only local services, as set out in the hierarchy and we recommend the assessment could benefit from not elevating Rayleigh too far above these other settlements, with the implications this may have on growth in these other sustainable locations, the scale of inward investment, and the benefits that come from development.
Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan?
2.23 Given the market and affordable housing needs, affordability issues and heritage and environmental constraints in the District, it is important that the overall strategy seeks to provide a wide range of housing options throughout the Plan period in suitable locations. As such, the strategy should utilise a range of different sites to maximise options to bring forward these new homes and associated infrastructure.
2.24 The temporal dimension of any strategy will also be an important consideration. The Local Plan should seek to ensure that homes can be provided across the plan period, including within the early years. Indeed, it is particularly important for the strategy to deliver homes in the early years of the plan period, given current housing needs against housing delivery.
2.25 For the Local Plan strategy to be sound, we consider that it will need to direct a significant proportion of housing growth to Rayleigh as the most sustainable settlement in the district.
2.26 We consider Option One to be far less likely to result in a sound Local Plan, or to deliver attractive sustainable development that would be welcome in the district, in comparison to the other Options. Option 1 (urban intensification) states this option entails making best possible use of [our] existing planned developments, previously developed land and other under-utilised land, such as vacant buildings and contaminated land; and notes that a strategy based on urban intensification could also include taking a more permissive approach to higher densities in suitable locations (such as town centres and near stations). The RLPSO claims this approach could deliver 4,200 dwellings over the next 10 years.
2.27 It is important to recognise that in order to be consider sound, the Local Plan is required to meet objectively assessed housing needs. The RLPSO reports that the minimum housing requirement for the District over a 20-year period is 7,200 dwellings.
2.28 If Option 1 were to deliver 4,200 dwellings, this would result a significant housing shortage in the District. This would result in significant negative social and economic
impacts – it would not deliver sustainable development.
2.29 Furthermore, we question whether urban intensification would deliver as many as 4,200 new homes unless densities were increased in a greater number of locations that simply the town centres. To achieve this would require an average of 420 dwellings per annum (dpa) to be sustained over a 10-year period. The Council’s Annual Monitoring Report
2019/20 reports that over the10-year period between April 2010 and March 2020, the District averaged delivery of 176.8 dpa.
2.30 The 1,768 dwellings delivered over this period included a significant number from allocations made through the Rochford Allocations Plan (2014), and did not merely comprise dwellings provided through the redevelopment of previously developed land / urban intensification.
2.31 It is also relevant to note that over the last 10 years, local and national policy has supported the redevelopment of suitable previously developed land for residential use. It is likely that much previously developed land that is suitable and viable for residential
development has already been redeveloped for housing.
2.32 It is also unclear whether a strategy of intensification could meet the range of different housing needs. The RLPSO appears to suggest that it would deliver a low proportion of affordable housing (only 800 out of a total of 4,200).
2.33 A further concern is whether urban intensification would result in the same level of infrastructure improvements and other community benefits that larger allocations are capable of delivering.
2.34 Finally in relation to Option 1, it is unclear what the spatial distribution of housing would be through this approach, and whether it would result in a sustainable pattern of growth.
2.35 Rather than relying on urban intensification, it is clear that if the Local Plan strategy is to be sound and is to deliver sustainable development, it will be necessary to release some Green Belt and allocate land for residential development.
2.36 The NPPF confirms (paragraph 140) that it is appropriate for Local Plans to make alterations to the Green Belt boundary, provided there are exceptional circumstances for doing so, and that these are justified and evidenced. It is considered that within Rochford, a case can readily be made that exceptional circumstances exist to justify the release of land from the Green Belt given the scale of the District’s objectively assessed
need, and the lack of potential alternatives to releasing Green Belt in order to sustainably meet those needs.
2.37 With Option 1 failing to deliver the growth required, we consider the other options to represent far more appropriate strategies for the Plan and provide a short commentary on these below.
2.38 Strategy Option 2 is to focus on urban extensions, Option 2a focuses such growth on the District’s main towns; and Option 2b dispersing to all settlements based on the settlement hierarchy.
2.39 Option 2a would identify sustainable sites at the edge of settlements, which would include Rayleigh, to deliver a range of housing developments. This provides flexibility to utilise smaller sites to deliver homes earlier, alongside larger sites to meet the overall housing need, as urban extensions. Option 2b disperses the growth in accordance with a settlement hierarchy. There is merit in both Options, but would advise that when factors such as accessibility, service availability and constraints are considered, the same sites may well be identified under either option. Further, a rigid application of a settlement
hierarchy can be problematic if suitable sites in more sustainable locations are omitted in favour of following the hierarchy. Finally, lower-tier settlements are often overlooked for any development opportunities through a hierarchy approach, again potentially omitting suitable sites.
2.40 Option 3 focuses growth on one of three locations (west of Rayleigh (3a); north of Southend (3b); and east of Rochford (3c)). We consider there is merit to strategic scale growth that can help deliver significant infrastructure improvements, however, this needs
to be complemented by the delivery of a range of different sites, including those that can deliver in the shorter term and do not require significant infrastructure improvements. It is also important to reflect that the District comprises a number of distinct settlements
with their own identities and communities, all of which the Local Plan should seek to support. We therefore caution against concentrating on a few strategic allocations to
meet housing need as this may not deliver consistently over the plan period and may result in an inflexible approach for the authority if any of those sites do not deliver as expected. We therefore recommend that growth in and around existing settlements should always form part of the Council’s strategy.
2.41 Strategy Option 4 entails a mix of the other options, and rightly recognises that the allocation of strategic growth sites and the allocation of urban extensions are not mutually exclusive. We consider this option to be the most appropriate for Rochfrod district and note that it scored positively in the Integrated Impact Assessment (IIA) in relation to its social, economic and environmental impacts. This option will allow current housing needs to be addressed in the short and medium term while enabling provision for strategic allocations. It will also allow for proportionate growth to be directed to the
District’s various communities through settlement extensions, including Rayleigh, whichwe consider should always form part of the distribution strategy to provide sustainable development.
2.42 A balanced approach provides opportunities to deliver housing close to existing communities, making use of existing sustainable locations whilst providing new homes for people in their local community.
2.43 The Bellway Strategic Site at Hambro Hill can form an important part of such a strategy, delivering around 250 homes in a highly sustainable location. The Site is unconstrained, is partly developed already with good access, and can start delivering homes early in the
Plan period and through into the medium term at a character that respects Rayleigh while transitioning to open space beyond.
Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies? Should the same principles apply everywhere in the
District, or should different principles apply to different areas?
2.44 We caution against applying the same approach everywhere in the District as different areas within Rochford are very different to one another.
2.45 With over 300 listed buildings and 10 conservation areas in the District, clearly some areas have a historic nature that needs to be considered, whereas others will not.
2.46 Should the Council seek a District wide place-making charter, this will need to be relatively high level to ensure that it does not unduly restrict development and prevent it from being appropriate to its context, as recognised in Section 12 of the NPPF 2.47 Any place-making charter should be formulated through consultation with stakeholders, including developers, to ensure that it is realistic, achievable and does not result in development becoming unviable. Such a charter should be published as part of the Local Plan to ensure that all parties have an opportunity to comment and input.
Q16a. Do you consider the new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new Local Plan?
Q16b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a single design guide/code for the whole District, or to have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual
settlements or growth areas?
2.48 Given the pressing housing and affordability needs within the District, it is important that homes are delivered as soon as possible. This is particularly pertinent given that adoption of the Local Plan is not anticipated until late 2023 at the earliest. We primarily recommend that design guides, codes and Masterplans are not necessary in order to achieve good quality development, and the planning system is capable of ensuring good design is achieved without the need for additional layers of design work to be added to the process.
2.49 If the Council seek to deliver design guides or codes, these should be developed alongside the Local Plan with input from stakeholders to ensure that once the Plan is adopted development can commence without delay. There is otherwise the risk that the Council adopt a Plan but development is significantly delayed, to the detriment of residents in need of new homes.
Q17. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best plan to meet our need for different types, sizes and tenures of
housing?
2.50 With areas within the District having different characteristics and development over the Plan period likely to be of varying scales, it is important for developments to be able to provide homes suitable for the site and location. A fixed housing mix across the district will not work, as different locations are suitable for different lifestyles. Option 2 provides flexibility, which is welcomed and this is the option we believe the Council should proceed with. It also recognises that different scales of development can be better placed to
provide greater flexibility of types of housing, such as self-build Q33. Do you agree that the central woodlands arc and island wetlands, shown on Figure 32 are the most appropriate areas for new regional parklands? Are there any other areas that should be considered or preferred?
2.51 We consider the provision of additional parkland has the potential to have numerous ecological and social benefits. In particular, the Central Woodlands Arc Regional Parkland appears to have considerable potential to provide an alternative recreational
destination to internationally important habitats within the District, including Special Protection Areas.
2.52 From Figure 32 of the RLPSO, it appears that the proposed extent of the Central Woodlands Arc Regional Parkland, passes very close to – or even adjoins – the extent of existing settlements, including in Hullbridge. If such parkland is to be provided, it is considered that it should be located such that it can be sustainably accessed by existing and future residents. However, at the same time, it is important that the precise
boundaries of any such designation do not preclude highly sustainable sites for housing from consideration for residential allocation.
Q56a. Do you agree with our vision for Rayleigh? Is there anything you feel is missing?
2.53 We agree with the principles of the vision. We would caution against identifying a strict boundary for the settlement area, as the experience of the urban area does not have a clean cut off between (for example) Rayleigh and Hockley. Accordingly, we consider that Hambro Hill (105) is better aligned to Rayleigh than to Hockley and should be considered in that regard.
Q56b. With reference to Figure 44 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted sites should be made available for any of the following uses?
How could that improve the completeness of Rayleigh?
2.54 Land at Hambro Hill, Site CFS105, is on the boundary of the area identified in figure 44.
The land should be included within the area of Rayleigh for the reasons above. That is, the site is most closely associated with Rayleigh and would be capable of providing a sustainable and attractive development on a despoiled site in the highest tier settlement
in the district. To associate the site with Hockley misses the spatial position of the site adjacent to the boundary with Rayleigh, with a considerable area of open space between the site and the urban edge of Hockley, extending to some 80ha. This appears to follow the political ward boundary but has little relationship to how the site is experienced and its relationship to Rayleigh. We strongly recommend that this is corrected.
2.55 The site should be used to provide housing alongside new public open space.
2.56 The site already benefits from access to existing infrastructure and would therefore
represent and effective and efficient use of land. The site is within walking distance of
all categories of school, GP surgery, open space, the Town Centre and the rail station, all of which are made even more accessible with the ready access to bus routes. 2.57 Accordingly, the site should be identified as part of Rayleigh and we consider it to be ideally located for residential development, as identified by the Council in the SHELAA. The only constraint on the site is its current Green Belt designation. The need to release
land in the Green Belt is covered elsewhere in these responses, alongside a comparative assessment of the harm of releasing this site from the Green Belt, which is considered to be superior to other more high performing green belt land, while on other criteria the site scores no worse that vast tracts of land in the district.
2.58 The Site represents a logical extension to Rayleigh that would provide a sustainable development of around 250 dwellings. The Site is well placed to deliver much needed homes for residents, whilst contributing towards local infrastructure, both directly from the development and in the long term from spending in the local economy by residents. With the exception of the Green Belt policy constraint, it is unconstrained and represents a logical ‘filling in’ of the existing development pattern.

3.0 Comments on Integrated Impact Assessment
Assessment Framework
3.1 At Table 1.1 of the Integrated Impact Assessment (IIA), the assessment framework is set out. This explains that the objectives of the population and communities theme are 1) to cater for existing and future residents’ needs as well as the needs of different groups in the community; and 2) maintain and enhance community and settlement identify.
3.2 In respective of objective 1, Table 1.1 explains that assessment questions relate to the following:
 Meet the identified objectively assessed housing needs, including affordable, for the plan area?
 Ensure an appropriate mix of dwelling sizes, types and tenures to meet the needs of all sectors of the community?
 Improve cross-boundary links between communities?
 Provide housing in sustainable locations that allow easy access to a range of local services and facilities?
 Promote the development of a range of high quality, accessible community facilities, including specialist services for disabled and older people?
3.3 We support the above decision-aiding question, but suggest that, in addition to meeting the District’s housing needs (including affordable housing), the Local Plan should seek to improve the affordability of housing for local residents.
3.4 The median house price in the District is 11.57 times the median gross annual workplacebased earnings (‘the affordability ratio’). The affordability of housing has worsened significantly in recent years – and to a much greater extent than the national average. In
2000, the affordability ratio for the District was 5.08 – only slightly worse than the national average of 4.13. By 2020, the national affordability ratio had increased to 7.69 –
significantly below the District’s 11.57

1.0 Introduction
1.1 These representations are submitted to the Rochford New Local Plan Spatial Options on behalf of Bellway Strategic Land in relation to Land North of Brays Lane, Ashingdon (‘the Site’).
1.2 The Site has previously been submitted into the Call for Sites, references CFS126 and CFS007, which Bellway Strategic Land are promoting together to ensure a
comprehensively planned extension to Ashingdon.
1.3 Representations were submitted to the New Local Plan Issues and Options consultation in 2018 to further promote the allocation of the Site to help meet market and affordable housing need in a logical way at the edge of an existing settlement.
1.4 The only current constraint to development is the location of the Site within the Green Belt, with it being unconstrained in other regards. The Site can be used much more effectively to deliver around 250 new market and affordable homes to meet the identified needs within the District and provide new public open space.
1.5 A Vision Document (Appendix A) is submitted as part of these representations to provide further detail about the Site and its proposed development.
2.0 Response to Spatial Options Consultation Questions
Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help guide decision-making?
2.1 A vision for each settlement could be helpful, but we would highlight that these should not be too restrictive. Given the length of time the Local Plan will cover, there will be changes in the local areas, some of which could be significant. It is important that the visions do not stop development reacting to such changes or the potential responding to new technology, and does not stifle innovation.
Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identifies? Is there anything missing from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel
needs to be included?
2.2 We suggest that objectives of the Local Plan should include to improve the affordability of housing for people of Rochford District.
2.3 The RLPSO notes (page 12) that:
“The affordability of all housing is an issue constraining the ability for residents to afford homes in the area. The average house costs around ten times to average annual income of a Rochford resident, which has increased significantly from around five times 20 years ago and is significantly above the national average”. (RLPSO,
page 12).
2.4 The most recent data available reports that the median house price in the District is 11.57 times the median gross annual workplace-based earnings (‘the affordability ratio’). This is significantly greater than the national average, and indicates housing affordability
has worsened drastically in recent years.
2.5 In 2000, the affordability ratio for the District was 5.08 – only slightly worse than the national average of 4.13. By 2020, the national affordability ratio had increased to 7.69
– significantly below the District’s 11.57.
2.6 In addition, the longer term impact on housing demand resulting from the Covid-19 pandemic may well impact significantly on Rochford’s housing market and affordability of homes for local people. Whilst empirical data is currently limited, there are early indications there has already been an increased desire to move from more to less urban areas, due to a greater desire for homes with larger garden areas and home offices, better access to open space, and within less densely populated areas.
2.7 At the same time, the pandemic has forced many employers (although not within all sectors) to adapt and enable home-working. Whilst it is largely expected there will be a degree of return to office-working, it is anticipated that the need for employees to be physically present within a particular office will be substantially reduced.
2.8 As a consequence, it can be readily predicated that many more people will be prepared to live considerably further from their place of work. This is of particular relevance to Rochford, as London is accessible via railway services from parts of the District; and house prices are relatively affordable when compared to other areas in and around London. As a consequence, the area may well prove an increasingly popular destination for those migrating out of higher density areas in and around London. This in turn is likely to put considerable pressure on the housing market. If insufficient homes are provided, it is also likely to result in a significant worsening of affordability. Ensuring a sufficient supply of homes will be imperative if the Council is to tackle the issue of housing
affordability in the District.
2.9 The RLPSO’s proposed Strategic Objective 3 is:
“To facilitate accelerated growth in our local economy through supporting the delivery of suitably located land which meets businesses needs at each stage of their lifecycle (including delivering grow-on space to enable local businesses to flourish), the continued functioning of London Southend Airport as a thriving regional airport,
serving London and the South East, as well as supporting the continued growth and innovation at the Airport Business Park”
2.10 We support this and, in addition, suggest this objective should recognise that the critical role house-building plays in supporting the local economy, and the economic benefits house builder would have for the District.
2.11 As the Local Plan Spatial Options recognises on page 26, areas within which new homes are built have the potential to see significant additional expenditure and job creation.
2.12 Employment relating directly to the construction of the development will have positive economic and social impacts; as will jobs relating to the supply chain which will be supported. Construction is an important part of the local economy in the District: the 2011 Census recorded that 10.5% of employed residents in Rochford District were working in the construction industry.
2.13 Development of additional homes in the District will also engender sustained local economic benefits relating to additional local expenditure, with additional expenditure on goods and services by future occupiers of new homes on first occupation, on home set up cost, and on an ongoing basis in local shops and services in the area.
2.14 Furthermore, ensuring the provision of sufficient, suitable accommodation is important to securing investment and employers in the District.
Q5. Do you agree with the settlement hierarchy presented? If not, what changes do you think are required?
2.15 We agree that Rochford, including Ashingdon, should be highly ranked within the settlement hierarchy to reflect the wide range of services and facilities available,
alongside sustainable transport options and employment opportunities.
2.16 As the RLPSO recognises, Rochford and Ashingdon together form a functionallyconnected settlement.
2.17 Its ranking as Tier 2 is justified given the range of facilities available, but we would highlight that it would be beneficial for the settlement hierarchy itself to state ‘Hockley, Rochford and Ashingdon’, rather than referring to Ashingdon in the accompanying text only. This will be clearer and provide greater clarity to the decision maker.
Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan?
2.18 Given the market and affordable housing needs, affordability issues and heritage and environmental constraints in the District, it is important that the overall strategy seeks to provide a wide range of housing options throughout the Plan period in suitable locations. As such, the strategy should utilise a range of different sites to maximise options to bring forward these new homes and associated infrastructure.
2.19 The temporal dimension of any strategy will also be an important consideration. The Local Plan should seek to ensure that homes can be provided across the plan period, including within the early years. Indeed, it is particularly important for the strategy to deliver homes in the early years of the plan period, given current, acute housing needs.
2.20 For the Local Plan strategy to be sound, we consider that it will need to direct a significant proportion of housing growth to Rochford / Ashingdon.
2.21 As the RLPSO recognises, Rochford and Ashingdon together form a functionallyconnected settlement home to around 18,000 residents. Between Rochford town centre and a number of neighbourhood centres located throughout the wider settlement, the Rochford provides for a wide range of services and business spaces, including a number of specialist employment areas supporting nearby London Southend Airport. The
settlement also benefits from a railway station and has good public transport links, particularly when compared to much of the District.
2.22 Rochford / Ashingdon is characterised as a top tier settlement within the current Development Plan, i.e. one of the most sustainable settlements to which to direct
additional growth.
2.23 The Census 2011 suggested that Ashingdon Parish has an ageing population, with a
median age of 45, compared to the nation median of 39. Nevertheless, in 2011 over
20% of the population of Rochford and Ashingdon were aged 17 or under – children / young adults still make up a significant proportion of the local population, suggesting a
relatively large cohort of young people growing up in the area who may well wish to form their own households within the community in which they were raised. However, in the last 10 years, the average price paid for a homes in Ashingdon has increased 61% and the current average dwelling value is estimated to be £337,818. This suggests a lack of housing supply compared to need in the area.
2.24 Rochford and Ashingdon benefit from a range of facilities, services and employment opportunities, many of which are located in Ashingdon, as shown in Figure 2 and discussed in the previous section of this document. This resulted it being categorised (along with Rochford) as a top tier settlement in the District’s hierarchy within the current Development Plan
2.25 Ashingdon was identified as a suitable location to accommodate a proportion of the District’s housing needs through the Rochford Core Strategy (2011) – an approach that was confirmed as sound through a robust examination of proposals. The characteristics of Ashingdon remain broadly the same as they were 10 years ago, and it is evidently still a sustainable location to accommodate some growth.
2.26 One of the options presented by the RLPSO is considered far less likely to result in a sound Local Plan or to deliver sustainable development: Option 1 (urban intensification).
The RLPSP states this option entails making best possible use of our existing planned developments, previously developed land and other under-utilised land, such as vacant buildings and contaminated land; and notes that a strategy based on urban intensification
could also include taking a more permissive approach to higher densities in suitable locations (such as town centres and near stations). The RLPSO claims this approach could deliver 4,200 dwellings over the next 10 years.
2.27 It is important to recognise that in order to be consider sound, the Local Plan is required to meet objectively assessed housing needs. The RLPSO reports that the minimum housing requirement for the District over a 20-year period is 7,200 dwellings.
2.28 If Option 1 were to deliver 4,200 dwellings, this would result a significant housing shortage in the District. This would result in significant negative social and economic impacts – it would not deliver sustainable development.
2.29 Furthermore, we question whether urban intensification would deliver as many as 4,200
new homes.
2.30 To achieve this would require an average of 420 dwellings per annum (dpa) to be sustained over a 10-year period.
2.31 The Council’s Annual Monitoring Report 2019/20 reports that over the10-year period between April 2010 and March 2020, the District averaged delivery of 176.8 dpa
2.32 The 1,768 dwellings delivered over this period included a significant number from allocations made through the Rochford Allocations Plan (2014), and did not merely comprise dwellings provided through redeveloped of previously developed land / urban intensification.
2.33 It is also relevant to note that over the last 10 years, local and national policy has supported the redevelopment of suitable previously developed land for residential use. It is likely that much previously developed land that is suitable and viable for residential development has already been redeveloped for housing.
2.34 Even if urban intensification could meet housing needs in full, it would be highly questionable as to whether such development would be suitable. To deliver such a quantum of development within existing settlement boundaries would clearly necessitate
significantly greater densities of development than existing. This in turn would likely result in harm to the existing character of the District’s settlement, and risk harm to amenity of existing residents.
2.35 In addition, it is unlikely that such urban intensification could meet the range of different
housing needs. The RLPSO appears to suggest that it would deliver a low proportion of affordable housing (only 800 out of a total of 4,200).
2.36 A further concern is whether urban intensification would result in the same level of infrastructure improvements and other community benefits that larger allocations are capable of delivering.
2.37 Finally in relation to Option 1, it is unclear what the spatial distribution of housing would be through this approach, and whether it would result in a sustainable pattern of growth.
2.38 Rather than relying on urban intensification, it is clear that if the Local Plan strategy is to be sound and is to deliver sustainable development, it will be necessary to release some Green Belt and allocate land for residential development.
2.39 The NPPF confirms (paragraph 140) that it is appropriate for Local Plans to make alterations to the Green Belt boundary, provided there are exceptional circumstances for doing so, and that these are justified and evidenced.
2.40 Exceptional circumstances are not defined in national policy or guidance. However, there is case law which provides a basis for the consideration of the issue. In particular, the judgment in Calverton Parish Council v Nottingham City Council & Ors [2015] EWHC 1078 (Admin) suggests (paragraph 51) that the following matters are relevant in the consideration of whether exceptional circumstances exist to justify alterations to the Green Belt:
 The scale of the objectively assessed need;
 Constraints on supply/availability of land with the potential to accommodate
sustainable development;
 Difficulties in achieving sustainable development without impinging on the Green
Belt;
 The nature and extent of the harm to the Green Belt; and
 The extent to which impacts on the purposes of the Green Belt may be mitigated as
far as practicable.
2.41 Given the scale of the District’s objectively assessed need faced, and the lack of potential alternatives to releasing Green Belt in order to sustainably meet such needs, it is evident that there are exceptional circumstances that justify alteration to the Green Belt through the preparation of this Local Plan.
2.42 Overall, we consider that a balanced combination of utilising appropriate small scale and larger sites, on both brownfield and greenfield sites is the best approach to seek to meet identified housing needs within the District.
2.43 A balanced approach provides opportunities to deliver housing close to existing communities, making use of existing sustainable locations whilst providing new homes for people in their local community.
2.44 Bellway Strategic Land’s Site north of Brays Lane can form part of this approach, delivering around 250 homes in a sustainable location. The Site is relatively
unconstrained and can start delivering homes early in the Plan period, continuing to deliver in the medium term. It has the potential to deliver much needed new market and
affordable homes to the area at a density and layout that reflects the existing pattern and character of development in the locality.
Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies? Should the same principles apply everywhere in the
District, or should different principles apply to different areas?
2.45 We caution against applying the same approach everywhere in the District as different areas within Rochford are very different to one another.
2.46 With over 300 listed buildings and 10 conservation areas in the District, clearly some areas have a historic nature that needs to be considered, whereas others, such as east of Ashingdon, do not have such heritage considerations.
2.47 Should the Council seek a District wide place-making charter, this will need to be relatively high level to ensure that it does not unduly restrict development and prevent it from being appropriate to its context, as recognised in Section 12 of the NPPF. A small scale proposal on brownfield land in the middle of a town, for example, will have very different design requirements to a larger scheme of homes on the edge of a settlement.
2.48 Any place-making charter should be formulated through consultation with stakeholders, including developers, to ensure that it is realistic, achievable and does not result in development becoming unviable. Such a charter should be published as part of the Local
Plan to ensure that all parties have an opportunity to comment and input.
Q16a. Do you consider the new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new Local Plan?
Q16b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a single design guide/code for the whole District, or to have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual settlements or growth areas?
2.49 Given the pressing housing and affordability needs within the District, it is important that homes are delivered as soon as possible. This is particularly pertinent given that adoption of the Local Plan is not anticipated until late 2023 at the earliest. If the Council seek to deliver design guides or codes, these should be developed alongside the Local Plan with input from stakeholders to ensure that once the Plan is adopted development can commence without delay.
2.50 There is otherwise the risk that the Council adopt a Plan but development is significantly delayed, to the detriment of residents in need of new homes.
2.51 An alternative could be to allow developers to produce design guidance for allocated sites with input from the Council, local community, etc. As set out in the submitted Vision Document, Bellway Strategic Land has begun to consider the design of the land north of
Brays Lane and how development could appear.
2.52 This has been based on technical work and an assessment of the nearby area, building on the successful scheme opposite. Whilst we are keen to engage with the Council, stakeholders and local community in relation to the layout to progress this further, it is not considered that detailed design guidance is required to deliver a successful scheme on this site given the work already undertaken and success of the scheme opposite.
Q17. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best plan to meet our need for different types, sizes and tenures of
housing?
2.53 With areas within the District having different characteristics and development over the Plan period likely to be of varying scales, it is important for developments to be able to provide homes suitable for the site and location.
2.54 Option 1 appears too inflexible in this regard and does not recognise that individual areas have different needs in terms of housing requirements. Such an approach risks being overly restrictive and not allowing development to be appropriate to its context.
2.55 Option 2 does provide such flexibility, which is welcomed and the option we believe the Council should proceed with. It also recognises that different scales of development can be better placed to provide greater flexibility of types of housing, such as self-build.
Q34. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver new strategic green and blue infrastructure?
2.56 Utilising a range of sites across the District, especially edge of settlement extensions,
can provide significant opportunities for new green and blue infrastructure.
2.57 As set out in the Vision Document, land north of Brays Lane can provide significant new public open space, connecting to footpaths in the wider area. This will assist in delivering new green infrastructure for both existing and future residents.
Q57a. Do you agree with our vision for Rochford and Ashingdon? Is there anything you feel is missing?
2.58 Whilst we agree with the principles of the vision, it should also include reference to the provision of new homes to meet local needs and help sustain the existing services and facilities.
2.59 Not providing any new homes in the area risks affordability issues worsening and negative social and economic impacts.
Q57b. With reference to Figure 45 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted sites should be made available for any of the following uses?
How could that improve the completeness of Rochford and Ashingdon?
2.60 Land north of Brays Lane should be utilised to provide new market and affordable homes, alongside new public open space, site references CFS007 and CFS126.
2.61 Utilising such locations already benefitting from infrastructure allows development to commence early in the Plan period to start delivering homes.
2.62 As set out in the Vision Document, the Site is within a sustainable location in close proximity to a wide range of services and facilities within easy reach by sustainable
transport methods.
2.63 The Site represents a logical infill adjacent to the existing settlement, extending no further east than existing development to the south.
2.64 The Site is currently defined as being within the Green Belt, being the only constraint to its development.
2.65 Rochford District and Southend-on-Sea Borough Joint Green Belt Study February 2020 (‘the Green Belt Study (2020)’) considered the Site as part of Parcel 61 in the Stage 1 Assessment. Parcel 61 is a large area of land covering the entire eastern side of Rochford and Ashingdon. Clearly an assessment of this size parcel of land has limited use when assessing specific sites given that the characteristics are very different. We would caution the Council against giving this weight in the assessment process. Instead, as identified through the Welwyn Hatfield Local Plan Examination, it is important that Green Belt is considered at a sufficient fine grain. In the Examination of this Local Plan, the Inspector advised as follows: “The phase 1 Green Belt Review was at such a strategic level as to render its findings on the extent of the potential harm to the purposes of the Green Belt, caused by development within the large parcels considered as a whole, debatable when applied
to smaller individual potential development sites adjacent to the urban areas. It goes without saying that a finer grained approach would better reveal the variations in how land performs against the purposes of the Green Belt. Such an approach is also more likely to reveal opportunities as well as localised constraints, both of which might reasonably be considered further”. (EX39 of the Welwyn Hatfield Local Plan Examination, December 2017).
2.66 The Green Belt Study (2020) Stage 2 assessment did not consider the Site specifically in detail. The Site was considered as assessment area AA112. However, only a brief assessment is provided with an overall conclusion on the level of harm rather than a detailed assessment against each purpose of the Green Belt.
2.67 The Green Belt Study (2020) found that the Site makes a moderate contribution to preventing sprawl of the built-up area and a strong contribution to preventing
encroachment on the countryside. For any site not already within a built up area, these conclusions are highly likely to be similar, which must be recognised. Furthermore, as the Site is bounded by existing residential development on three sides, it is important to
consider how its development would be perceived, which is as an extension to the built up area rather than a site within the countryside.
2.68 The Site would ‘round off’ the existing settlement pattern and is already well connected to existing development. As such, it is considered to have low potential to lead to unrestricted urban sprawl when considered against purpose 1 of the Green Belt.
2.69 In relation to purpose 2, the Site is some distance from the nearest other settlement, being approximately 2 miles from Canewdon to the east. Its development would not have any risk of either actual or perceived coalescence of Ashingdon with any other
settlement.
2.70 In respect of purpose 3, there is no existing, strong defensible boundary between the urban area and adjoining countryside. There are hedgerows associated with existing garden boundaries, but no dominant landscape feature. Existing development is present
and visible within the landscape, with the site providing an opportunity to reframe this edge. The Site is not currently considered to strongly assist in safeguarding the
countryside from encroachment.
2.71 The Site is not adjacent to a conservation area or any listed buildings. Ashingdon itself has a limited number of listed buildings, with two to the very north and to the south a considerable number within Rochford. This is pertinent given that there are over 300 listed buildings within the District. The Site makes no contribution towards preserving the setting and special character of historic towns in respect of purpose 4.
2.72 In respect of purpose 5, this is only applicable where development needs can be met in full on previously developed land. For Rochford District, this is not an option as the amount of market and affordable homes that could be delivered is significantly below the
identified need.
2.73 The above assessments have been informed by the site-specific Landscape / Visual
Appraisal prepared for the Site and previously submitted to the Council. Overall it is
considered that the Site makes limited contribution towards the purposes of the Green Belt, and its residential development would not undermine the strategic purposes of the Green Belt.
2.74 The Council’s SHELAA 2017 considered that the Site is available and achievable, with the suitability dependent on an assessment of the Green Belt purposes. It was considered suitable in other regards. As set out above, the Site is considered to make limited contribution towards the Green Belt purposes and should be considered suitable, available and achievable.
2.75 As set out in greater detail in the submitted Vision Document, the Site is unconstrained and located in an already sustainable location. It can provide around 250 new homes, including a mix of sizes, market and affordable.
2.76 With infrastructure already in place, homes can start to be delivered early in the Plan period to meet identified needs.
2.77 The proposal on the Site is of a scale suitable for its surroundings, reflecting its location
adjoining the built up area of Ashingdon. It can reflect the popular and well received
Bellway development opposite on the south of Brays Lane, continuing this high quality design to provide new homes and public open spaces.
2.78 Overall, the Site is well placed to deliver much needed homes for residents, whilst contributing towards local infrastructure, both directly from the development and in the long term from spending in the local economy by residents. With the exception of the Green Belt policy constraint, it is unconstrained and represents a logical ‘filling in’ of the existing development pattern.

3.0 Comments on Integrated Impact Assessment
Assessment Framework
3.1 At Table 1.1 of the Integrated Impact Assessment (IIA), the assessment framework is set out. This explains that the objectives of the population and communities theme are 1) to cater for existing and future residents’ needs as well as the needs of different groups
in the community; and 2) maintain and enhance community and settlement identify.
3.2 In respective of objective 1, Table 1.1 explains that assessment questions relate to the following:
 Meet the identified objectively assessed housing needs, including affordable, for the plan area?
 Ensure an appropriate mix of dwelling sizes, types and tenures to meet the needs
of all sectors of the community?
 Improve cross-boundary links between communities?
 Provide housing in sustainable locations that allow easy access to a range of local services and facilities?
 Promote the development of a range of high quality, accessible community facilities,
including specialist services for disabled and older people?
3.3 We support the above decision-aiding question, but suggest that, in addition to meeting
the District’s housing needs (including affordable housing), the Local Plan should seek
to improve the affordability of housing for local residents.
3.4 The median house price in the District is 11.57 times the median gross annual workplacebased earnings (‘the affordability ratio’). The affordability of housing has worsened
significantly in recent years – and to a much greater extent than the national average. In 2000, the affordability ratio for the District was 5.08 – only slightly worse than the national
average of 4.13. By 2020, the national affordability ratio had increased to 7.69 – significantly below the District’s 11.57.

SPATIAL OPTIONS CONSULTATION - NEW LOCAL PLAN
REF: CFS027, CFS098, CFS086, CFS029, CFS053
AND OTHER PROPOSED DEVELOPMENT SITES AROUND RAYLEIGH

Looking at the proposed development sites for Rayleigh, it is not difficult to conclude that we are quickly becoming engulfed as a borough within Greater London where Rayleigh’s identity will be erased. Rayleigh is a ‘Market Town’ and has an immense amount of history to preserve and protect.

Sunderland is one such place where surrounding villages have lost their identity with village backing onto village without any green space to separate identities. I have experienced the effect of suffocation this creates, which definitely has an effect on one’s mental health. Rayleigh and Hullbridge are within metres of realising this scenario!

The impact that the proposed plan will have on the area is immense – trying to cross Rayleigh by car from the Rayleigh/Hockley boundary to The Weir takes at least half an hour on a good day, where a journey to Duxford only takes an hour! The amount of traffic on our roads has increased twofold bringing with it an increase in pollution, which has already been reported as dangerously high at times in Rayleigh Town. Our health is at risk. Even trying to sit in your garden these days brings with it a ‘hum’ of constant traffic along the Hockley Road and trying to cross the Hockley Road on foot is like taking a risk with your life.

The effect that building to this scale will have on the A13 and A127 is incomprehensible. The A127 from 3pm onwards is already just a car park and the added traffic on the A13, although improvements are being made for Tilbury Docks traffic, will undoubtedly resemble the A127, especially with an unprecedented building plan around Linford and the proposed building of a New Thames Tunnel crossing. We are at crisis point without adding to this crisis.

Where is all the added traffic to go? We have no added infrastructure at all in Rayleigh. The most recent development in progress along Rawreth Lane was promised to include a new school and doctor’s surgery, but, yet again, developers appear to have pulled back on this promise and the Council fails to make sure such facilities are put in place. How are we, the public, to believe that these further proposed developments will cater for an increase in such essential needs? Without them our schools, doctors, and hospital (already at breaking point) will no longer be able to provide a decent level of service, if any. No wonder house sales have increased in the area with residents moving out.

The public’s mental health is seriously under attack. During Covid lockdowns it was literally a breath of fresh air to be able to walk in open spaces, especially where proposed sites between Wellington Road and Bull Lane are concerned, taking in the land behind Nelson Road, Albert Road and off the top of Bull Lane. As a community we need our open spaces for our sanity and to thrive. Nelson Road is already fast becoming a rat run and, as mention before, Hockley Road is becoming chocked with traffic. A new development on these sites will be extremely detrimental with a threat of losing Hockley Woods (another historic area connected to Henry VIII) to further development.

Rayleigh is a dumping ground for large estates of houses with even our children not being able to afford to live in the area. ‘Affordable homes’ are ‘not affordable’. It doesn’t help with people from the London area moving out of London to the suburbs adding to house price increases. My three children have had to leave the district, my youngest only being able to afford property from Manchester northwards! This also affects family dynamics, not only with children having to move to the other side of the country, but having to live at home into their thirties. Instead of all the massive executive homes being built, what is wrong with terraced houses to help our young buy at truly affordable prices and get on the housing ladder? It should also allow more land to be used more economically providing a greater number of homes. I’m not saying halt building entirely, but small pockets of building will be more acceptable than these such vast proposals.

Even if ‘locals’ wanted to buy, it appears London councils are buying up property in the area because it is cheaper than housing their residents in London, i.e. Hall Road development. What a blot on the landscape Hall Road is with houses packed in like slum buildings of old (on top of each other) and the height of properties being so overbearing. It appears this is what Rayleigh is to expect too by looking at the Rawreth Lane development and all that may follow.

There are very little facilities for the adolescent members of our community to engage in enjoyment, even when my children were young there was a huge lack of something for them to do and nothing appears to be available with the Council wanting to demolish the only community hall we have at Bellingham Lane. As a result of losing community spaces no doubt Rayleigh will be looking at an increase in crime (adding to a presently overstretched police force) and the influx of residents from London boroughs may well add to an increase in the already budding gang culture in the South East. These points have to be considered.

I strongly oppose to demolishing Rayleigh Mill Community Hall. To engulf the area in flats is unthinkable what with taking away visible access to The Mount and surrounding it in yet more concrete. Regal House will be so close to the proposed flats and reducing car parking spaces is also unbelievable. It isn’t easy to park in Rayleigh at the best of times and there is no park and ride scheme. I am aghast at a new community hall plan being so small, especially with the amount of increased housing that is being proposed in Rayleigh. It will no way be ‘fit for purpose’. As a resident, my family and I have/ utilise The Mill Hall on many occasions. Our community ‘needs’ this coming together space.

Surely sacrificing an area of green belt away from existing towns to provide a ‘New Town/Garden Village’ would be a better proposition to ease the impact that such a New Local Plan for the Rochford District would create. Fossetts Way requires serious consideration to ease the burden on Rayleigh.

Rayleigh is being suffocated and living within it is becoming suffocating too – it will no longer be the town it was. We have too much development already and to build at this level will kill Rayleigh’s energy and spirit.

For the above reasons, I am opposing such large schemes of development in and immediately surrounding Rayleigh.

ECC Response to Rochford New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation July 2021

Thank you for consulting Essex County Council (ECC) on the Rochford New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation (SOC) published in July 2021. ECC has engaged with Rochford District Council (RDC) in the preparation of the new Local Plan, and our involvement to date has been proportionate at this early stage of plan preparation, building on the Issues and Options consultation in 2017/18. Once prepared, the new Local Plan will include the required strategies, policies and site proposals to guide future planning across the District, and will replace the current suite of adopted Development Plans up to 2040.

ECC welcomes the opportunity to review and comment on the emerging new Local Plan vision, strategic priorities and objectives, initial growth scenarios, spatial options, thematic themes and ‘Planning for Complete Communities’. As Plan preparation continues, ECC is committed to working with RDC through regular and on-going focussed collaborative discussions to prepare evidence that ensures the preferred spatial strategy, policies and site allocations are sound, viable and deliverable, where future development is aligned to the provision of required local and strategic infrastructure.

A Local Plan can provide a platform from which to secure a sustainable economic, social and environmental future to the benefit of residents, businesses and visitors. A robust long-term strategy will provide a reliable basis on which RDC, ECC and its partners may plan and provide the services and required infrastructure for which they are responsible. To this end, ECC will use its best endeavours to assist on strategic and cross-boundary matters under the duty to cooperate (Duty), including engagement and co-operation with other organisations for which those issues may have relevance.

It is acknowledged that RDC has engaged ECC under the Duty, during the past year, in addition to the joint and regular meetings established with the South Essex authorities, through specific South Essex strategic planning duty to co-operate groups for Members and Officers respectively to explore strategic and cross boundary matters.

ECC interest in the Rochford New Local Plan – spatial options consultation
ECC aims to ensure that local policies and related strategies provide the greatest benefit to deliver a buoyant economy for the existing and future population that lives, works, visits not only in Rochford District, but Essex as a whole. This includes a balance of land-uses to create great places for all communities, and businesses across all sectors; and that the developer funding for the required infrastructure is clear and explicit. As a result, ECC is keen to understand, inform, support and help refine the formulation of the development strategy and policies delivered by LPAs within and adjoining Essex. Involvement is necessary and beneficial because of ECC’s roles as:
a. the highway and transport authority, including responsibility for the delivery of the Essex Local Transport Plan; the lead authority for education including early years and childcare (EYCC), Special Education Needs and Disabilities, and Post 16 education; Minerals and Waste Planning Authority; Lead Local Flood Authority; lead advisors on public health;
and adult social care in relation to the securing the right housing mix which takes account of the housing needs of older people and adults with disabilities;
b. an infrastructure funding partner, that seeks to ensure that development proposed is realistic and does not place an unnecessary (or unacceptable) cost burden on the public purse, and specifically ECC’s Capital Programme;
c. major provider and commissioner of a wide range of local government services throughout the county (and where potential cross boundary impacts need to be considered);
d. Advocate of the Essex Climate Action Commissioner’s (ECAC) Report 2021 Net Zero – Making Essex Carbon Neutral providing advice and recommendations for action on climate change mitigation and adaption including setting planning policies which minimise carbon. This work has been tailored for use in the county of Essex; and
e. involvement through the Association of South Essex Local Authorities (ASELA) and Opportunity South Essex Partnership (OSE), promoting economic development, regeneration, infrastructure delivery and new development throughout the County.

In accordance with the Duty, ECC will contribute cooperatively to the preparation of a new Rochford Local Plan, particularly within the following broad subject areas,
• Evidence base. Guidance with assembly and interpretation of the evidence base both for strategic/cross-boundary projects, for example, education provision and transport studies and modelling, and wider work across South Essex as part of the joint strategic plan.
• ECC assets and services. Where relevant, advice on the current status of assets and services and the likely impact and implications of proposals in the emerging Local Plan for the future operation and delivery of ECC services.
• Sub-regional and broader context. Assistance with identification of relevant information and its fit with broader strategic initiatives, and assessments of how emerging proposals for the District may impact on areas beyond and vice-versa.
• Policy development. Contributions on the relationship of the evidence base with the structure and content of emerging policies and proposals.
• Inter-relationship between Local Plans. Including the Essex Minerals Local Plan (2014) and the Essex and Southend-on-Sea Waste Local Plan (2017).

To achieve this, ECC seeks a formal structure for regular and ongoing engagement with RDC through the next stage of Plan preparation. Of critical importance is the additional evidence required for the site assessment process at both the individual and cumulative level to refine and develop the spatial strategy, which will be informed by the provision of sustainable and deliverable infrastructure and services at the right scale, location and time, for the existing and future residents of Rochford. There are also challenges arising from COVID-19 and how these can be addressed through the Local Plan and the future growth ambitions for London Southend Airport.

Key issues and messages of the ECC response
The ECC requirements are set within the context of national policy and ECC’s organisation plan proposals within “Everyone’s Essex” and commitments for “Renewal, Ambition and Equality” based on ECC’s strategies, policies, objectives and evidence base. The ECC response therefore identifies where we support emerging options and proposals, and where we recommend further work and engagement with ECC in order to refine and inform the “Preferred Options”, the next iteration of the local plan preparation, scheduled for consultation in Spring 2022. The key messages in ECC’s response are summarised below.
1. ECC support RDC preparing a new Local Plan and will assist with the preparation of sound evidence and policies, that plan for long term sustainable infrastructure delivery.
2. It is still too early for ECC to provide detailed comments on the impacts, opportunities and requirements for the full range of ECC infrastructure and services, and additional evidence is required on a range of matters to inform the selection of a preferred strategy and sites, together with supporting policies. It is acknowledged that ECC has engaged with RDC on the preparation of the transport evidence base to date, which has been proportionate to this stage of plan preparation.
3. The preferred strategy and site allocations will need to ensure that the requirements of ECC infrastructure and services are met to secure their sound, viable and sustainable delivery at the right scale, location and time, that is commensurate with housing needs and growth aspirations.
4. This will include engagement with preparing additional evidence, that will include, but is not limited to,
o Transportation modelling (including sustainable transport) to develop a strategy to realise modal shift including analysis of existing active and sustainable travel infrastructure (including bus network and services). In collaboration with ECC, it is recommended that RDC prepare a Local Cycling and Walking Infrastructure Plan (LCWIP).
o Scenario testing for education provision including early years and childcare and the approach to Special Education Needs with Disabilities provision.
o Minerals and waste policy compliant assessments.
o Flood and water management assessments through revised Critical Drainage Areas (CDAs) and revisions to the South Essex Water Management Action Plan.
o Economic need and employment evidence including an up to date Economic Development Needs Assessment to refine the level of economic growth to be planned for.
o ECC will also contribute to the evidence in respect of skills, Adult Social Care, Public Health, climate change, and green and blue infrastructure to that can deliver safer, greener, healthier communities.
o There is also benefit in undertaking a Health Impact Assessment to ensure health and wellbeing is comprehensively considered and integrated into the Local Plan, including a strategic health and wellbeing policy, an area where ECC can advise and assist, and one successfully implemented and included in other plans across Essex.
5. RDC will need to engage and work closely with ECC to inform site selection and the range of preferred sites both individually and cumulatively, having regard to the evidence.
6. Spatial Growth Scenarios – the preferred scenario should meet national policy to deliver housing and other growth requirements; climate change resilience and adaptation; and environmental aspirations of RDC. As a minimum, the standard methodology should be met and any buffer to drive local economic growth or address unmet need from elsewhere is supported but will need to be based on sound evidence.
7. Spatial Strategy Options – the spatial strategy option to proportionately spread growth across the district would not deliver the necessary scale of growth to secure the viable and sustainable delivery of local or strategic infrastructure and services (most notably a secondary school) and would not be supported. Based on the information presented in the SOC, a preferable option is likely to see a combination of the options presented resulting in urban intensification, a focus on main towns, and concentrated growth in one or more locations (resulting in a new neighbourhood the size of a larger village or small town). The option will need to be informed by the evidence base and further site assessments.
8. ECC will need to be involved in any cross boundary development proposals. To this end, Option 3a would need to be delivered in the longer term given current constraints of the strategic road network (Fairglen Interchange) and have regard to emerging proposals and aspirations arising in Basildon and Castle Point Boroughs; and Option 3b will require close and formal working arrangements with Southend-on-Sea Borough Council.
9. It is noted that several of ECC’s comments and observations made in response to the Issues and Options consultation from 2017/18 continue to apply, given the early stages of Plan preparation. We therefore reiterate where important our previous comments and additional points where this is necessary to do so.

The ECC response is set out in table from page 5 onwards and reflects the order of the SOC paper including responses to specific questions; the Integrated Impact Assessment; supporting Topic Papers; and Site Appraisal Paper.

[Due to tabular format of submission, please refer to attached documents for full submission]

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY
There is a compelling case for the allocation of the subject landholding at Tithe Park, Poynters Lane
in the emerging Rochford Local Plan. The proposal at Tithe Park will deliver up to 525 homes, facilitate the provision of a secondary school including scope for SEND and also contribute towards green and blue infrastructure by way of enhanced connections through the site, along with the extension of Friars Park.
The subject site is available, suitable and achievable to deliver residential development in the short term, along with facilitating the delivery of community infrastructure. This site performs exceptionally well against housing market indicators which is evidenced by the strong interest from a multitude of housebuilders to build on this site. Consequently, this site will make a positive Contribution to housing delivery in the early years of the Local Plan.
The Rochford District Council (RDC) evidence base confirms that the site is deliverable; has no issues in terms of flood risk; has a medium to high capacity to accommodate development in landscape terms; will have no impact on any ecological designations; has no impacts in terms of air quality; is not sensitive from a heritage perspective; it is not restricted in terms of site conditions or topography; and it is in an area of deprivation. Furthermore, our client has undertaken a range of technical assessments in respect of the subject site which reinforce the Council’s evidence and
demonstrate that there are no impediments to this site in coming forward.
Crucially this area is assessed as being of medium to low landscape quality, value and sensitivity. It does not perform a strong Green Belt function. The development of this site will provide a logical planned extension which would be extremely well related to surrounding urban land uses, and would be contained by the route of Poynters Lane, to form a robust and consistent boundary to the redefined Green Belt.
The site is highly sustainable particularly given the high frequency local bus services which currently serve the site, with an average of 13 bus services per hour. Moreover, the provision of community infrastructure on this site would greatly enhance the sustainability credentials of the local area including Great Wakering.
The emerging Rochford Local Plan must meet their own housing needs, along with examining the potential to accommodate some of the unmet need arising from Southend-on-Sea Borough. Given the lack of undeveloped brownfield sites in RDC available for development, it is considered that there are exceptional circumstances in which to release land from the Green Belt in Rochford. The Framework requires that in such instances first consideration needs to be given to land well served by public transport, such as the subject site.

There are currently no secondary schools in the south-eastern part of Rochford District to serve the site and settlements such as Barling, Great Wakering and Little Wakering, indicating that pupils from these areas need to travel some distance to facilities in other parts of Rochford or Southend/Shoeburyness. Moreover, the schools that are in the wider locality are poorly performing. There are currently no specific Special Educational Needs & Disability (SEND) facilities within
Rochford. While there are limited facilities in Southend, the school performance of these SEND schools is poor when compared to authority and national averages. The NPPF highlights the importance of ensuring a sufficient choice of school places is available to meet the needs of existing and new communities. Paragraph 95 states that local planning authorities should take a proactive,
positive and collaborative approach to meeting this requirement, and to development that will widen
choice in education. Local planning authorities should give great weight to the need to create schools
through the preparation of plans. In light of the above, there is a compelling case for the delivery of a Secondary school and SEND provision in this area.
The Consultation indicates that the subject site is covered by the ‘Proposed Regional Park’. Our client supports the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park. However, it is considered that if this site is brought forward for a combination of uses namely new homes, education and open space it will make a positive contribution towards housing needs; address the current deficit in Secondary
and SEND education facilities in this locality and also can contribute towards green and blue infrastructure delivery including the extension of Friars Park.
In summary the key benefits of allocating the subject site include -
• Delivery of up to 525 homes which will make a positive contribution towards the Council’s housing
needs in the short term;
• Ensure a diverse range of tenures (market and affordable) and range of house types;
• Provision of the land to deliver a Secondary School along with scope for a SEND facility;
• Enhance connections and green links through the site improving green and blue infrastructure and extending Friars Park;
• Deliver a robust landscaping strategy which achieves biodiversity net gain;
• Enhancement of Public Rights of Way through the site;
• Support local highway improvements from the site and encourage sustainable transport behaviours.

INTRODUCTION
1.1 These representations have been prepared by Iceni Projects Ltd (“Iceni”) on behalf of Stolkin and Clements (Southend) LLP in respect of the Tithe Park, Poynters Lane, Great Wakering. Our clients
are the freehold owners of this site and are committed to working with the Council and key
stakeholders to deliver a sustainable residential scheme and facilitate the provision of community
infrastructure in this location.
1.2 For reference, enclosed with these representations is a Design Document prepared by Turner Architects which sets out the vision, key features and development potential of the site.
1.3 The preparation of a new Local Plan for Rochford provides an important opportunity in which to deliver positive growth for Rochford and the existing community, along with delivering new homes and infrastructure. This proposal at Poynters Lane is complementary to the Vision for Great Wakering
as set out in the Consultation and will assist the Council in meeting their strategic objectives including the delivery of a Secondary School.
1.4 The Rochford District Council (RDC) evidence base confirms that the site is deliverable; has no issues in terms of flood risk; has a medium to high capacity to accommodate development in landscape terms; will have no impact on any ecological designations; has no Impacts in terms of air quality; is not sensitive from a heritage perspective; it is not restricted in terms of site conditions or topography; and it is in an area of deprivation. The only considerations that the Local Plan evidence base raised in respect of this site relates to green belt; mineral safeguarding and agricultural land
classification and that the site is removed from a secondary school. These matters are considered in
further detail in these representations where it is demonstrated that there are no impediments to this
site in coming forward.
1.5 These representations in relation to Tithe Park are structured as follows:
• Section 2 provides an overview of the site location and context, along with the accessibility of the site to public transport and local services;
• Section 3 summarises the relevant national planning policy framework in so far as it relates to the subject site and proposals;
• Section 4 details housing and education needs in Rochford District;
• Section 5 sets out the evidence base prepared by the Council to date in relation to this site and also the technical reports prepared by our client which demonstrates the suitability of this site for development;
• Section 6 sets out the case for the allocation of the subject site at Tithe Park; &
• Section 7 contains the Conclusion and provides a response to the Questions contained in the Consultation.
SITE CONTEXT
Site Description
2.1 The site comprises a large, rectangular, open parcel of land to the south of Poynters Lane, with an area of 33 hectares, to the north-west of North Shoebury, within the administrative boundary of Rochford District Council. The site is located further south of Great Wakering High Street. The site wraps around a collection of farm buildings at Tithe Farm, and the properties at Tithe Cottages. The southern boundary of the site adjoins the borough of Southend-on-Sea.
2.2 The landholding is bound to the north by Poynters Lane and bordered to the west and south by postwar housing, and open space at Friars Park. To the east, lies an area of unmanaged scrub and grassland and a pocket of commercial development located at the junction of Poynters Lane and Wakering Road. North of this, on the opposite side of Poynters Lane is further residential and
commercial development at Crouchmans Cottages and Crouchmans Farm.
2.3 To the north of the site is an area of arable farmland, beyond which the settlement at Great Wakering
lies. The historic core of Great Wakering lies within the eastern part of the settlement. The village has grown in the latter part of the 20th Century, with housing estates extending the settlement to the north and south of the High Street. New development is currently ongoing at the southwestern edge of the village. Recent development has also occurred off Alexander Road, forming a cluster of housing, which extends someway south of the main part of the village.
2.4 The site is not covered by any statutory or non-statutory designations. The nearest listed building is
the Grade II North Shoebury House, which is located on Poynters Lane to the north-west of the Site. Foulness Ramsar site, Special Protection Area (‘SPA’) and Site of Special Scientific Interest (‘SSSI’) is situated to the east of the site.
2.5 There are a number of local services and amenities located within North Shoebury and Great Wakering including areas of open space, schools, shops, businesses and places of worship. A public footpath crosses the eastern part of the Site, linking Poynters Lane to Friars Park. A second public footpath follows the western boundary of the Site.
2.6 Views towards the site from the surrounding area are limited, due to its proximity to surrounding urban development. In terms of landscape character, the site is closely associated with the surrounding urban land uses, and it has an urban edge character. The site is assessed as being of medium to low landscape quality, value and sensitivity.
The site is exceptionally well located in terms of access to local bus services. The bus routes serving the subject site are detailed in the table below which illustrates that there are bus stops within 100 metres and 460 metres of the site providing a high frequency of services.
Table 2.1 Local Bus Services
Route Bus Stop Distance from Site boundary
Route 1 (The Renown to Rayleigh via Southend Bus
Station and Hadleigh (A13))
Shoebury
Renown
460m
Route 7 (Rayleigh to Great Wakering via Southend Bus
Station and Hawkwell)
Star Lane 100m
Route 8 ( (Rayleigh to Great Wakering via Southend
Bus Station and Ashingdon)
Star Lane 100m
Route 9 (Rayleigh to Shoeburyness East Beach via
Southend Bus Station and Eastwood).
Shoebury
Renown
460m
2.8 In addition, these services stop at Southend Central Bus Station which is a major public transport hub providing routes across Essex, including routes to Southend and Stansted Airports. An extract
of the local bus routes is shown in Figure 2.1.
[SEE DOCUMENT FOR IMAGE]

Both Routes 7 and 8 can be accessed from Poynters Lane, providing one and two buses per hour in the AM peak respectively. Route 1 and Route 9 can be accessed to the south of the site at the Renown on Constable Way with both routes each providing five buses per hour in the AM peak.
There are in the order of 13 buses per hour available to residents at the site and provide access to local train stations and major employment hubs.
2.10 The site is also well placed with a large number of local facilities with 1km of the site. These facilities include:
• Asda Superstore;
• Asda Pharmacy;
• Friars Park;
• Friars Primary School;
• St George’s Catholic School
• Convenience Store;
• North Shoeburyness Surgery;
• Eagle Way Surgery; and
• Parsons Barn Public House.
2.11 These local facilities, alongside the local bus services, highlight that the site is well located and
alternatives to car use are practical.

NATIONAL PLANNING POLICY FRAMEWORK
3.1 The National Planning Policy Framework was recently updated in July 2021. The purpose of this section of the representations is to highlight the key policy matters of relevance to the subject site.
Plan Led Approach
3.2 The National Planning Policy Framework (referred to herein as “the Framework”) states that the planning system should be genuinely plan-led. Plans and decisions should apply a presumption in favour of sustainable development. For plan-making this means that all plans should promote a sustainable pattern of development that seeks to:
• meet the development needs of their area;
• align growth and infrastructure;
• improve the environment;
• mitigate climate change (including by making effective use of land in urban areas) and adapt to its effects.
3.3 Strategic policies should set out an overall strategy for the pattern, scale and design quality of places, and make sufficient provision for housing, infrastructure, community facilities and conservation and
enhancement of the natural, built and historic environment. These policies should provide a clear
strategy for bringing sufficient land forward, and at a sufficient rate, to address objectively assessed needs over the plan period, in line with the presumption in favour of sustainable development. This should include planning for and allocating sufficient sites to deliver the strategic priorities of the area.
Green Belt Release
3.4 Para 141 of the Framework requires that before concluding exceptional circumstances exist to justify
changes to Green Belt boundaries, the strategic policy-making authority should be able to demonstrate that it has examined fully all other reasonable options for meeting its identified need for development. This includes maximising potential of brownfield land, optimising density within urban areas and discussions with neighbouring authorities about whether they could accommodate some of the identified need for development, as demonstrated through the statement of common ground.
3.5 Section 13 ‘Protecting Green Belt land’ identifies that Green Belt boundaries can be altered where exceptional circumstances are fully evidenced and justified, through the preparation or updating of plans. The required process is for strategic policies to establish the need for any changes to Green Belt boundaries and subsequently detailed amendments to those boundaries may be made through non-strategic policies. The Spatial Consultation and supporting evidence base recognises that RDC
are unlikely to have sufficient urban and brownfield sites to meet the need for housing, employment or community facilities, and neighbouring authorities have advised they are unlikely to be able to accommodate any of Rochford’s needs themselves. Given this context it is considered that there are exceptional circumstances in which to release land from the Green Belt in Rochford.
3.6 The Framework requires at Para 142 that “Where it has been concluded that it is necessary to release
Green Belt land for development, plans should give first consideration to land which has been previously-developed and/or is well-served by public transport.” The subject site benefits from a high frequency bus service which connects this site to the key local centres, and also provides connections to major rail stations in the locality. In this respect the Framework requires that sites such as Tithe Park should be given first consideration for release from the Green Belt.
30 Year Vision
3.7 The Framework requires for large scale developments such as significant extensions to existing
villages and towns ‘policies should be set within a vision that looks further ahead (at least 30 years), to take into account the likely timescale for delivery’. The Framework does not define what constitutes a significant extension and thus it is not clear whether the development of the subject site would require a 30-year vision. Given the scale of the proposal and the timescales for delivery, it is
considered that this policy is not applicable in this instance, nonetheless further clarity is expected
from the Government on this policy in due course.
Planning for Education
3.8 The cornerstone of the Framework is the pursuit of sustainable development. The most recent
revision includes reference to UK’s commitment to pursuing the 17 Global Goals for Sustainable
Development in the period to 2030. Goal 4 relates to quality education and ensuring inclusive and
equitable quality education and promotion of lifelong learning opportunities for all.
3.9 In this vein, the Framework highlights the importance of ensuring a sufficient choice of school places is available to meet the needs of existing and new communities in the promotion of healthy and safe
communities. Paragraph 95 states that Local planning authorities should take a proactive, positive
and collaborative approach to meeting this requirement, and to development that will widen choice in education. Local planning authorities should give great weight to the need to create schools through the preparation of plans
HOUSING & EDUCATION NEEDS ANALYSIS
Housing Needs
4.1 In Rochford District, the housing crisis is stark. Rochford is one of the least affordable regions in
England and house prices are continuing to increase at an unprecedented rate. Many people who want to own a home in Rochford simply cannot afford to do so. The exorbitant increase in house prices and also rents indicates an imbalance between supply and demand. In addition, a growing population, including a largely elderly population, will place significant pressure on the demand for different types of housing and services over the next 20 years.
4.2 The ratio of local house prices to earnings is far in excess of historic levels and above the national average, creating real difficulties for local people to afford a local home, particularly for first time buyers. On this basis it is evident that the current status quo to housing delivery is not working and a bolder approach to housing is required, urgently.
4.3 Government Local Housing Need Standard Method identifies that a minimum 360 houses are needed annually, 7,200 new homes by 2040. To meet minimum local housing needs there needs to be an uplift of +60% on historic delivery rates. The RDC Spatial Options considers a further growth scenario comprising the Standard Method + 50% Buffer which would result in 10,800 new homes by 2040, which the Council states could help to drive local economic growth or address unmet need from elsewhere. Moreover, the SHMA highlights the need for 238 affordable homes a year. Only 1 in every 9 households on the housing register are likely to ever be rehoused based on current projections.
4.4 The Council is under a Duty to Cooperate, requiring plan makers to consider issues which affect not just Rochford but other neighbouring authorities. The Duty to Cooperate is a legal requirement. Southend-on-Sea Borough Council have published their Local Plan Consultation ‘Refining the Plan Options’ which confirms that they are unable to meet their full housing needs with an arising shortfall of 3,550 – 4,300 homes over the period to 2040. Given the close relationships between Rochford and Southend, with people moving home, commuting and travel to access education and services
between the two authorities, RDC needs to consider and test the degree to which it can contribute to meeting unmet needs from Southend in preparing the Local Plan.
4.5 Local Plans get independently examined before the Council can adopt them and must meet relevant legal and ‘soundness’ tests. A failure to effectively address these issues is the major reason why local plans are unable to progress or are found unsound at the Examination stage.
Set against this, the Council’s Housing and Employment Land Availability Assessment considers the potential supply of land based on the application of current planning policies. It identifies potential land which is capable of accommodating 4,5001 dwellings over the plan period on sites which are currently deliverable or developable or through windfall development. This includes sites which have been allocated for development in previous plans, sites with planning permission and other sites identified within existing settlements in the District. This falls substantially short of the District’s
housing needs, meaning that the Plan must consider the potential review of Green Belt boundaries.
4.7 The table below illustrates that RDC will have a shortfall in the range of 2,700 – 6,300 homes. The
Council is duty bound to test whether there can accommodate this level of development, particularly
in view of Southend-on-Sea’s ability to meet their housing needs.
[SEE DOCUMENT FOR TABLE]
Education Needs
4.8 Iceni Projects has undertaken an assessment of the educational needs provision in Rochford and
Southend-on-Sea.
4.9 Figure 4.2 provides an overview in terms of the geographical spread of the secondary school
provision across the two authorities. As it can be seen, the majority of schools are concentrated to the west and centre of the two authorities, with no schools within 2km of the site and one within 5km.
4.10 There are currently no secondary schools in the southeastern parts of Rochford District to directly
serve settlements in these areas such as Barling, Great Wakering and Little Wakering, indicating that children from these areas would need to travel to facilities in other parts of Rochford or Southend/Shoeburyness. The closest secondary establishment in the southeastern areas is the Shoeburyness High School.
[SEE DOCUMENT FOR IMAGE]

The spatial coverage of the various Rochford secondary establishments indicates that settlements located in the south east of the District (e.g. Great Wakering and Little Wakering), are currently situated on the edge of King Edmund School’s catchment area. This could lead to potential difficulties for residents of these areas and their children to access secondary school facilities. In addition, the site falls within the Shoeburyness High School catchment area.
4.2 The Department for Education provides the latest school performance tables through the Find and
compare Schools Tool.
In Rochford, the King Edmund School, which is closest to the Site has a rating of Well below average (-0.79). The performance of the school in terms of Grade 5 or above in English & maths GCSEs is lower than national averages. There is thus a qualitative issue regarding
the choice of good quality schools for residents living in the Rochford and the south-eastern part of Rochford District.
4.3 Moreover, in Southend-on-Sea the Shoeburyness High School ranks at below average; as does the
Southchurch High School. The school’s performance in terms of Grade 5 or above in English & Maths GCSEs is lower than Southend-on-Sea and national averages.
4.4 There are currently no specific Special Education Needs & Disability (SEND) facilities within
Rochford, with some of the mainstream schools in Rochford offering special education needs settings
for limited number of pupils. While there are limited facilities in Southend the school performance of
SEND schools is poor when compared to authority and national averages. There is thus a qualitative
issue regarding the choice of good quality SEND schools for residents living in the Rochford and the south-eastern part of Rochford District
EVIDENCE BASE & TECHNICAL ASSESSMENTS
5.1 The purpose of this section is to consider both the evidence prepared by RDC to date in so far as it
relates to the subject site and also to consider the technical reports prepared by our client in order to
inform the plan making process and assist the Council.
5.2 In this section we provide an overview of the Rochford Site Appraisals Paper, along with the Green
Belt and Landscape assessments undertaken by RDC.
5.3 Our client has undertaken the following technical reports in respect of the site –
• Green Belt & Landscape Assessment
• Flood Risk Assessment
• Agricultural Land Assessment
• Minerals Assessment
• Ecological Assessment
• Highways, Public Transport & Connectivity Analysis
• Community Infrastructure Audit
• Education Needs Assessment
5.4 In the interests of ensuring these representations are as concise as possible it is not intended to submit these technical reports with the submission, with the exception of the Green Belt and landscape assessment prepared by CSA, rather we will provide an overview of the key findings. We would be pleased to share these reports with the Planning Authority at the appropriate juncture.
RDC Site Appraisals Paper
5.5 The Site Appraisals Paper (SAP) forms an assessment of land being promoted for development in
the District, providing a technical understanding of the sustainability of different sites to inform future
decisions about development as part of the Council’s emerging Local Plan. The Council have stated that it is not the purpose of the SAP to arrive at a list of preferred sites, nor ‘select’ a list of final sites for allocation. The site selection process could logically follow as a next stage.
5.6 The assessment has not flagged any significant issues to hinder the development of Tithe Park (minus being a GB site). Using this assessment potential concerns from the Council regarding development on this site could include the site being Grade 1-3 agricultural land and a minerals safeguarding area. Our client has commissioned technical assessments in relation to these issues which are summarised further below.
5.7 A key issue that needs to be clarified is that the RDC analysis is incorrect in relation to bus frequency which states “The Site is between 400m and 800m from a bus stop however, no bus services received at stops within 400m”. This is an error and needs to be clarified to ensure the site benefits from the correct scoring when assessed against other sites. As detailed above at section 2, the site is within 100 metres of bus stops served by Routes 7 and 8 which provide one and two buses per hour in the AM peak respectively. Route 1 and Route 9 can be accessed to the south of the site at
The Renown on Constable Way, 460 metres from the site, with both routes each providing five buses per hour in the AM peak. There are in the order of 13 buses per hour available to residents at the site and provide access to local train stations and major employment hubs.
5.8 The sustainability of the locality is raised due to the lack of access to major facilities such as a secondary school. However, it is recognised the scale of the site is capable of delivering services such as a school which the subject site could facilitate.
5.9 No notable constraints in terms of site conditions have been identified, there is also a lack biodiversity
and ecology features on the site. Also, the sites close proximity to the strategic road network and suitable vehicular access being possible from a private road are considerations in favour of development on this site.
[SEE DOCUMENT FOR TABLE]

Green Belt & Landscape Assessment
5.10 The Council’s Green Belt assessment considered that release of the site from the Green Belt would result in a high level of harm to the Green Belt purposes. The study noted its potential role in maintaining separation between Great Wakering and Southend-on-Sea, and in preventing sprawl and countryside encroachment. The assessment did however acknowledge that the parcel was contained by development on two sides and that Poynters Lane would be a stronger Green Belt
boundary than the current one. Moreover, the Council’s evidence base identified that the majority of site falls within medium-high capacity area to accommodate development.
5.11 CSA Environmental have undertaken their own independent review of the site’s contribution to the
green belt, attached at Appendix 2 of these representations, and found that “development of the Site could provide a logical planned extension, which would effectively infill an area of land at the north eastern edge of Shoebury. It would be extremely well related to surrounding urban land uses, and would be contained by the route of Poynters Lane, which would form a robust
and consistent boundary to the redefined Green Belt. There would be some reduction in the
separation between Southend-on-Sea and the smaller settlement at Great Wakering, however a clear visual and physical break would remain”.
5.12 This area is assessed generally as being of medium to low landscape quality, value and sensitivity. The is consistent with the Council’s published Landscape Character, Sensitivity and Capacity Study.
5.13 Views towards the Site from the surrounding area are limited, due to its proximity to surrounding
urban development. There are filtered views from the rear of properties which lie adjacent to the Site, and from the open space at Friars Park. There are also views from Poynters Lane, and from the footpaths which cross the farmland at the edge of Great Wakering.
5.14 The site’s performance against the first four Green Belt purposes is summarised in the table below.
Table 5.2 Assessment of the Site against the four Green Belt purposes
[SEE DOCUMENT FOR TABLE]
In light of the above, it is considered that the Council should assess the green belt contribution of
this site independent of the wider area, and thus will reach similiar conclusions as the CSA Environmental analysis.

Education Needs Assessment
5.16 An Education Need Assessment has been prepared by Iceni Projects with the key findings –
• The demographic analysis shows an expected notable increase in the population of secondary school age over the next 6 years to 2027;
• By 2027, the school age population is expected to increase by 2,200 – 2,600 pupils in Rochford and Southend;
• Estimated there is a residual shortfall of approximately 880 to 1,280 places for both Rochford
and Southend when considering school age population increase and planned provision;
• Moreover, the closest schools to these areas (in both Southend and Rochford) are currently
performing poorly, with below average performance when compared to local authority and national averages;
• Lack of good quality secondary school provision in the area for residents to easily access;
• Beyond 2027, the demographic analysis indicates that additional need could be generated as
family housing is delivered and attracts enhanced in-migration to Southend and Rochford. A total population of secondary school age children (relative to the 2020 baseline) of between 2,000 –
3,000. This implies an additional need of up to 400 pupils relative to that to 2027.
5.17 There is currently capacity deficit in the Special Education Needs and Disability (SEND) facilities
closest to the Site. Moreover, the school performance of SEND schools within both Southend-onSea and Essex is poor when compared to authority and national averages. There is thus a qualitative issue regarding the choice of good quality SEND schools for residents living in the Rochford and the south-eastern part of Rochford District.
Community Infrastructure Audit
5.18 A Community Infrastructure Audit was also prepared by Iceni Projects, which presents an overview of current community facilities and services in the area where the Site is located. This assessment came to the conclusion the Local Impact Area where the site is located is considered to have a good range of community facilities. There is capacity in most existing facilities including sport and openspace, health care facilities and community facilities. However, it is likely that local education facilities
to experience some deficits if additional population is introduced into the area. The Report also identifies there is a shortage of allotments and young people’s provision in the District, therefore development on this site could address this need.

Highways, Public Transport & Connectivity
5.19 Iceni Projects undertook an initial Transport Assessment on the Site. The Assessment investigated
a number of potential options for the Poynter Lane / Star Lane Priority Junction to ensure sufficient capacity at this junction when the site is developed. The transport study demonstrates that there are a range of options in order to enhance Poynter Lane / Star Lane Priority Junction which include a new roundabout or a signalised junction.
5.20 There are currently no pedestrian frontages along Poynters Lane, but there are number of other
Public Rights of Way (PRoW) in the vicinity of the Site, including a pedestrian link to Great Wakering.
Local roads are commonly used by recreational cyclists albeit there are no formal cycle routes in the vicinity of the Site. There may also be an opportunity to improve recreational footpaths along the site boundaries to provide purpose-built routes to nearby local amenities.
5.21 As detailed above, the Site is also located in proximity to a number of bus routes in the vicinity of the
Site, serving routes across Essex including Southend and Stansted Airport. The nearest bus stops are located on Poynters Lane and Constable Way and there are up to 13 buses per hour available to residents at the Site which provide access to local train stations and major employment hubs.
Given its proximity to a number of local amenities combined with good connectivity to the public transport network, sustainable transport modes are considered feasible in this location.
Agricultural Land Assessment
5.22 An Agricultural Land Classification and Soil Resources Assessment has been prepared by Reading
Agricultural Consultants. This report set out the findings from an assessment of the Agricultural Land
Classification (ALC) and soil resources by means of a detailed survey of site and soil characteristics.
5.23 15.7 hectares (46%) of the site was identified as Grade 2 soil quality ‘Grade 2 is very good quality
agricultural land, with minor limitations which affect crop yield, cultivations or harvesting. The level of yield is generally high but may be lower or more variable than Grade 1’.
5.24 18.5 hectares (54%) was identified as Grade 3a ‘land has moderate limitations which affect the choice of crops, timing and type of cultivation, harvesting or the level of yield, it is subdivided into Subgrade 3a, which is land is capable of consistently producing moderate to high yields of a narrow range of arable crops or moderate yields of a wide range of crops’.
5.25 The majority of the district comprises Best and Most Versatile Agricultural Land. It is clear that there will be a loss of BMV as part of RDC meeting their local housing needs. On this site, there is no Grade 1 and the majority of the land is Grade 3a. The benefits of the proposed development outweigh any minor harm as a result of the loss in this respect.

Ecological Assessment
5.26 An Extended Phase 1 Habitat Survey was undertaken by Derek Finnie Associates in July 2021. The
Site was found to comprise a single arable field under a bean crop. On the northern, eastern and southern boundaries, outgrown, semi-mature hedgerows are present. There are no ecological constraints to developing the Site, with ample potential in any future landscape design to provide a net biodiversity benefit.
Minerals Assessment
5.27 A Minerals Assessment of the site was undertaken by Tetra Tech Environment Planning Transport Limited, this assessment concluded the majority of the site has previously been worked for minerals.
5.28 The report identifies that a small proportion of the site, approximately 5 hectares, are potentially still
suitable for mineral extraction, however it is not possible to state with any great level of certainty that mineral extraction could take place. Having found that the majority of the site has already been worked it is not considered that, in the case that any underlying economically viable minerals are proven, that this should be of any detriment to the site’s ability to be developed.
5.29 The site is of such a size that it would be possible to phase the development to incorporate the recovery of any minerals, sand or gravel in a timely manner. It is considered that the recovery of any sand and gravel could have sustainability benefits for the site. Depending on the quality of any resource that was proven, the sand and gravel could be used within the site’s construction.
Flood Risk Assessment
5.30 A Flood Risk and Drainage Note was prepared by Waterman to appraise the flood risk and drainage
opportunities and constraints at the Site. The key conclusions from this assessment are set out as, the EA Flood Map for Planning shows that the majority of the Site is located within Flood Zone 1, indicating a low risk of flooding from tidal and fluvial sources (less than 1 in 1,000 annual probability of river or sea flooding). Based on the proximity to the sea, it is understood that any flood risk to the Site would originate from tidal sources. The Map also indicates the majority of the Site is at ‘very low’
risk from flooding from surface water. There have been no recorded groundwater flooding incidents at or within the vicinity of the Site. The risk of flooding from artificial sources and sewers has also been assessed and is considered to be low.

THE ALLOCATION OF TITHE PARK FOR HOUSING & COMMUNITY
INFRASTRUCTURE
Spatial Strategy
6.1 RDC propose to take a positive approach to growth locally, helping to create a more inclusive housing
market, avoiding the emergence of housing-related issues including homelessness and concealed
households. A number of strategy options have been identified in the Local Plan Consultation that could form the basis of the plan’s approach to housing growth over the next 20 years and beyond.
6.2 These representations support growth in the Great Wakering area and more generally to the east of
Rochford. In terms of spatial options, Option 2 seeks to spread development across a number of development sites of between 10 and 1,500 homes adjoining existing towns or villages. The development of the subject site would accord with Option 2b: Urban extensions dispersed to settlements based on hierarchy. Essentially our client’s preference is Option 4: Balanced
Combination, which proposes growth in terms of urban intensification, urban extensions and concentrated growth. It is considered that this is the only way that the Council will be able to meet their housing needs in the future through a range of growth options which deliver homes and infrastructure in tandem.
6.3 The subject site is available, suitable and achievable to deliver residential development in the short term, along with facilitating the delivery of community infrastructure. This site performs exceptionally well against housing market indicators which is evidenced by the strong interest from a multitude of housebuilders to build on this site. Consequently, this site will make a positive contribution to housing delivery in the early years of the Local Plan.
6.4 The Consultation indicates that the subject site is covered by the ‘Proposed Regional Park’. Our client supports the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park. However, it is considered that if this site is brought forward for a combination of uses namely new homes, education and open space it will make a positive contribution towards housing needs; address the current deficit in Secondary and SEND education facilities in this locality and also can also perform a role in the delivery of green and blue infrastructure.
Delivery of Homes & Community Infrastructure
6.5 The Consultation states that new development can also deliver community infrastructure stating that “It is therefore important that new growth is not simply seen as creating additional demand for community infrastructure but also as one of the most effective tools at creating additional supply”. The proposal at Tithe Park will deliver up to 525 homes, and also facilitate the provision of a
secondary school including scope for SEND and enhance connections between Southend and the
River Roach.
6.6 The Rochford Consultation is clear that while the Wakerings and Barling has a good range of core
facilities, these only serve local residents and ‘most town-scale facilities, such as a secondary school and large-scale job opportunities, are absent’. The Consultation further notes that ‘The population of the Wakerings and Barling skews slightly younger than the District average which may generate additional demand for housing and jobs in coming years’.
6.7 The proposed development comprising of new homes, provision of land for the delivery of a
secondary school and scope for SEND and open space is designed to be locally-responsive and aimed at meeting the ongoing needs of local residents. The nature of the development and the site location will ensure that the development of this site does not impact on the character of the existing settlements.
Design Principles
6.8 The proposal provides for landscape lead scheme which seeks to strengthen and enhance the
character of the area. The key design principles include :
• Residential development to be focused on the western and central parts of the Site, in close proximity to existing residential land uses.
• New pedestrian / cycle connections to connect into the adjacent residential areas and to Friars Park to integrate the proposals with the existing urban area at Shoebury;
• New planting and open space alongside the northern boundary with Poynters Lane to soften views of the new homes from the north and to provide a robust edge to the redefined Green Belt;
• Potential secondary school and SEND site and associated playing fields to be located to the east; and
• Existing rights of way to be retained and enhanced within green routeways.

CONCLUSION & RESPONSE TO QUESTIONS
7.1 In conclusion, and to summarise the main issues pertaining to these representations, a response to
the relevant questions relating to this site are set out below -
Q33. Do you agree that the central woodlands arc and island wetlands, shown on Figure 32 are the most appropriate areas for new regional parklands? Are there any other areas that should be considered or preferred? [Please state reasoning]
7.2 Our client fully supports the delivery of the South Essex Estuary Park, however the current location
and extent of the park needs to be reconsidered. At present, the entirety of the subject site is indicated as a Regional Park. If this position were to be maintained the site will not deliver any new homes or education facilities. It also would not provide publicly accessible open space as the site would remain in private ownership. Therefore, it is considered that to facilitate the delivery of the
parkland and key green connections from the south of the district / Southend -on- Sea up to the River Roach, this site should be allocated for housing and community infrastructure. Our client welcomes the opportunity to engage with the Council and their consultant team to ensure the design of the proposals maximises the potential of the Park and ensures it is deliverable.
Q59b. With reference to Figure 47 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted sites should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of the Wakerings and Barling?
i) Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
ii) Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
iii) Community infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
iv) Other
7.3 As detailed in these representations, it is considered that the subject site should be allocated for
housing and community infrastructure comprising a secondary school. In addition the development
of this site will enhancement green and blue infrastructure including an extension to Friars Park.
7.4 The Consultation details a vision for the Wakerings and Barling which highlights that more services
need to be developed to reduce its reliance on neighbouring towns and ensure villages should have
become more self-sufficient when it comes to homes, jobs and community facilities, including education.
7.5 The Educational Needs Assessment clearly demonstrates that there is a serious shortfall in
Secondary School and SEND provision in the vicinity of Great Wakering and the local area.
Furthermore, the limited provision that does exist in the area is poor performing. This proposal will enable the delivery of a new school which will meet existing and future needs of the locality. This would be of major benefit to the local community. The allocation of this site will also facilitate the delivery of the parkland and key green connections from the south of the district / Southend -on- Sea up to the River Roach.
Conclusion
7.6 Our client fully supports the Council in the preparation of a new Local Plan for Rochford in order to meet local needs and address current deficiencies in the District. The allocation of this site in a highly sustainable location, on land which has a limited contribution in landscape and Green Belt terms will assist the Council in meeting their strategic priorities. This site has the potential to deliver up to 525 homes, facilitate the provision of a Secondary School including scope for SEND provision and
contribute towards the delivery of blue and green infrastructure.
7.7 We welcome the opportunity to discuss the emerging Local Plan preparation and the Council’s proposals for this site in further detail.

Q1. Are there any other technical evidence studies that you feel the Council needs to prepare to inform its new Local Plan, other than those listed in this section?
We feel strongly that a local highways study needs to take place. The document only refers to a study of the main roads in the south Essex infrastructure position statement. This states in 4.2.4 that much of the main road network which leads to our district is operating at, or near, capacity in peak periods.
We cannot understand why Rochford District Council (RDC) would base its planning upon the 2025 flood risk area when developments could reasonably be expected to be in place for more than 100+ years. All evidence from the IPCC and other scientific institutions demonstrate that global sea level rise is a real and presently accelerating threat. In addition, the British Geological survey shows that the Eurasian tectonic plate is tilting along an axis between the Wash and the Bristol Channel, this means that Essex is sinking at a rate of 0.4 to 0.7mm per year (ref. research carried out at Durham University and published in the Journal ‘GSA Today’). These projections are not the worst-case scenario, and the sea level rise could be much worse if climate change continues raising temperatures beyond 1.5 degrees centigrade.
The map generated by Coastal Climate Central for 2050 shows that all of the promoted sites to the west of Hullbridge will be in the flood risk area, and that those to the North East of Hullbridge are also in the flood risk area. RDC needs to ensure that no site at risk of flooding by 2050 is developed.
The Coastal Climate Central 2050 map shows large part of Rochford including Hullbridge below flood levels:
https://coastal.climatecentral.org/map/15/0.6252/51.6246/?theme=sea_level_rise&map_ type=year&basemap=roadmap&contiguous=true&elevation_model=best_available&fo recast_year=2050&pathway=rcp45&percentile=p50&refresh=true&return_level=return_ level_1&slr_model=kopp_2014

Q2. Do you agree with our draft vision for Rochford District?


We believe that the vison should take into consideration the differences in towns and villages; for example, Rayleigh or Rochford may have a more business focus, whereas Hullbridge may be more of a rural community with a greater need to cater for its older population who do not need employment but do need more health services. In principle, the results of this consultation need to feed into it to make specific plans for each settlement.
Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help guide decision-making?


We agree that there should be separate visions for each settlement, however, these should be determined by each Parish Council working with its own residents - this is the appropriate level of localisation. Whilst agreeing with the principle of the localisation approach, it is not visible in the document as a whole. As we have already covered, there should be separate visons for each settlement. In this way it will support planning decisions at a local and district level to ensure the unique character of each distinct settlement remains rather than developing into one indistinct mass.


Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified?


Strategic Option 2 fails to address the problem of the aging population within the district. This is in large part due to the failure to provide adequate low rent social housing to enable young people to remain in the district and to develop stable family units. The failure of Housing Associations to meet this need is well documented nationally, and locally the largest Housing Association (Sanctuary) has a poor record of maintaining properties and honouring contractual promises made when the RDC’s housing stock transferred. The strategy should provide council housing (preferably directly managed) with genuinely affordable rents and secure tenancies in small local exception sites. There also needs to be provision within these sites for social housing accommodation for elderly residents.
With regard to objective 12 we are concerned that Rayleigh tip has been put forward for development. If so there still needs to be a site for waste disposal close to Rayleigh. The restrictions on vans needs to be lifted to prevent fly tipping.
We believe that sufficient primary school places should be provided within local communities, and steps should be taken to minimise the use of cars to transport children to schools; we are concerned that this is currently not the case.
Strategy Options

Q5. Do you agree with the settlement hierarchy presented?


Yes, the hierarchy seems logical. We feel the strategy should take into account that many more people are working from home, reducing the need to commute to employment centres.
Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan?


It seems that some elements of option 1 and 3 will be required but given the requirement to build more homes the least disruptive option preferred by us would be to go for option 3a. Option 3a has the advantage of being close to the existing road hubs (A127 and A130) and services. It would also be of a sufficient scale to attract section 106 funding for vital infrastructure. 3a would also be close to employment opportunities in Wickford and Basildon.

Option 3b would create considerable pressure on the existing road network and would erode the green belt separation of Southend and Rochford.

Option 3c would place development within the flood risk area and not be sustainable without the need for major road building that would open up the green belt to considerable development in the Crouch Valley.

The building of a major bypass road (as promoted by landowners in the past) to deal with congestion caused by 3b and 3c would destroy the green environment of Rochford and generate further development within the green belt. Development in the villages should be small scale and focussed on providing homes for young families and the elderly.

Small ‘exception’ housing developments added to the village settlements could provide council housing, sheltered housing and bungalows to meet the needs of low-income young families and the elderly. Such provision for the elderly could free up existing houses for younger residents and families to purchase.

Q7. Are there any reasonable alternatives to these options that should be considered instead?


Using option 3a as a starting point, other areas could be developed in future using option 1 when the infrastructure is planned and/or in place.
Restrict overdevelopment in rural and village communities to protect the character of village life.

Spatial Themes

Q8. Are there any key spatial themes that you feel we have missed or that require greater emphasis?


We are concerned about the fact that access was denied to the topic papers, and wholeheartedly believe that the existing lifestyle of the area should be protected from overdevelopment.


Q9. Do you agree we should take a sequential approach to flood risk and coastal change in our plan, locating development away from areas at risk of flooding and coastal change wherever possible? How can we best protect current and future communities from flood risk and coastal change?
We agree that it is imperative that both flood risk and coastal change should be central to any development plans going forward; for us in Hullbridge, many of the proposed sites to the west of the existing settlement are projected to be deep within flooding territory by 2050, as are numerous ones in the east as well. With 2050 now less than three decades away, and no sign of any imminent alteration in the path of climate change, development in any of the areas identified to be in potential flood plains today and in the near future must not be considered.


Q10. Do you agree that the Coastal Protection Belt and Upper Roach Valley should be protected from development that would be harmful to their landscape character? Are there other areas that you feel should be protected for their special landscape character?


The main concern that we have about the Coastal Protection Belt is that it only extends up until 2025 – other areas would need to be included past this date because, as we have mentioned previously, the flood plains across the Rochford district will be vastly different by 2050. It is our view that any and all housing developments proposed in flood plains, current and near future, must not be approved and those that are approved should be given the assurance of protection from flooding over the coming decades. Closer to home, we believe that the river front in Hullbridge should equally be protected for its special landscape character. We would also like to make it known we are very supportive and enthusiastic about the Central Woodlands Arc and the Island Wetland proposals.


Q11. Do you agree we should require development to source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon and renewable sources? Are there other opportunities in the District to supply low-carbon or renewable energy?


Providing that the development is affordable and deliverable, and the cost is not lumped onto the buyer for many years to come then this is the right decision as the future rests in renewable energy. A solar farm in a place that will not impact its surroundings to solar panels ought to be considered and/or wind turbines on Foulness Island.


Q12. Do you agree we should require new development to achieve energy efficiency standards higher than building regulations? What level should these be set at?


Ideally BREEAM Very Good or Good, as long as the brunt of the cost is not rested on the shoulders of the buyer and that these homes are affordable.

Q13. How do you feel the plan can help to support the local generation of low-carbon and renewable energy? Are there locations where you feel energy generation should be supported?


The installation of wind and solar power generators, in locations such as Foulness, would certainly assist in supporting the local generation of low-carbon and renewable energy which is a necessity in the modern day.

Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies? Should the same principles apply everywhere in the District, or should different principles apply to different areas?
Yes, these should be settlement specific, to allow for the maintenance of the integrity and specific characteristics of each area, sufficiently detailed to avoid confusion, and widely distributed.

Q15. Are the principles set out in the draft place-making charter the right ones? Are there other principles that should be included?


Yes, provided individual settlements are consulted and these are adhered to.

Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new Local Plan?
Yes, providing that each individual settlement is at the heart of it and considered as their own entities with their own individual characteristics. It is imperative that certain areas are protected completely, and that any future developers are aware of the identified characteristics of each area.

Q16b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a single design guide/code for the whole District, or to have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual settlements or growth areas?


Design guides should be area specific under one singular guide which is inclusive to the whole district – providing it remains flexible to local conditions.

Q16c. What do you think should be included in design guides/codes/masterplans at the scale you are suggesting?

As long as the character and aesthetic are maintained concurrently with necessary growth, nothing else needs to be included.

Housing for All

Q17. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best plan to meet our need for different types, sizes and tenures of housing?


Meet the need for different types, sizes and tenures of housing (including Affordable, Social, Council and Specialist Housing) by requiring a standard non-negotiable mix of housing to be provided on all housing developments.
New homes should meet the standards set out in Parts M4(2) or M4(3) of Building Regulations.

Q18. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there areas or sites in Rochford that you feel require a specific approach to housing types, size and tenure? What is required to meet housing needs in these areas?

There is too much focus currently across the district on the provision of 4/5 bedroom properties. This focus needs to shift towards 2/3 bedroom properties which would benefit more local residents/families in search of their first home. "Affordable" homes should not only be flats/apartments but other property types also.
1/2 bed bungalows (or similar) should be a priority, as with an ageing population, there will be increasing demand for such properties when elderly residents are looking to downsize. RDC should actively discourage bungalows being converted into larger properties. Additional provision for residential care is also a priority.
These can all be accommodated within Strategy Option 3a.

Q19. Are there any other forms of housing that you feel we should be planning for? How can we best plan to meet the need for that form of housing?


Affordable homes and social housing to enable single persons or families buy or rent their own home.
Specialist homes for the disabled.
Smaller dedicated properties for the older generation, to enable them to downsize from larger properties, thereby freeing-up larger properties for younger families.

Q20. With reference to the options listed, or your own options, what do you think is the most appropriate way of meeting our permanent Gypsy and Traveller accommodation needs?


The failure to provide traveller sites has led to many unauthorised sites within the green belt being granted planning permission on appeal. With Michelin Farm no longer being an option, RDC needs to identify an alternative appropriate site(s) either from within its ownership or purchased specifically for the purpose. This site(s) should be located so that it (they) does not cause difficulties with established communities; fly-tipping and the impact on nearby residents being just one example. Perhaps, particular consideration of a contained site(s) within the Green Belt, so as to obviate the likelihood of unplanned, piecemeal and unauthorised sites fragmenting the green belt.
Consideration also needs to be given to the fact that there are different groups within the Traveller communities who do not want to be placed together and perhaps ways can be found to integrate these into everyday life and housing.

Q21. With reference to the options listed, or your own options, what do you think is the most appropriate way of meeting our temporary Gypsy and Traveller accommodation needs?


Some Traveller Groups tend to make their own arrangements to use owned land on a temporary basis. RDC needs to identify a site(s) either from within its ownership or purchased specifically for this purpose. It (they) would need to be sufficiently away from residences that they would not be disturbed or troubled by vehicles/caravans arriving or leaving. Perhaps a pre-payment/booking system could be introduced for this purpose and at the same time, reducing the likelihood of over-crowding.

Q22. What do you consider would need to be included in a criteria-based policy for assessing potential locations for new Gypsy and Traveller sites?
Locate sites close to main roads to enable easy access for large vehicles, so that residential roads are not congested and nearby residents are not disturbed. Allow a little room for expansion and limit the likelihood encroachment onto neighbouring land.
Locate away from spaces of national, regional, local or community interest or recreation, so as not to spoil the visual amenity of the landscape.
The sites should not be closed and available to the whole Traveller community.

Employment and Jobs

Q23. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best ensure that we meet our employment and skills needs through the plan?


In addition to employment option 11 which states: Working with neighbouring authorities to identify land for higher or further education facilities where this would address current and future skills shortages, information should be collected and made available on where there are shortages or opportunities coming up. Offer advice to adults wishing to or needing to reskill. Provide local affordable adult education courses on the skills needed. Work with employers, education centres and Essex County Council.

With reference to employment option 4 that states: Meeting future needs by prioritising the delivery of new employment space alongside any new strategic housing developments. This should apply to the larger scale developments described in spatial strategy option 3. Employment option 4 goes on to specify live work units as an option. This would help with increasing numbers of people working from home. Also start up business centres and co-working spaces would be useful and there are many self-employed people and small businesses in this area. A sympathetic attitude is required towards people running a business from home provided that the impact on the surrounding area is minimal.

In all of this we need to be mindful of paragraph 83 of the NPPF which requires policies and decisions to accommodate local business needs in a way which is sensitive to the surroundings and prioritises the reuse of existing sites and buildings.

Q24. With reference to Figure 30, do you consider the current employment site allocations to provide enough space to meet the District’s employment needs through to 2040? Should we seek to formally protect any informal employment sites for commercial uses, including those in the green belt?


Consider any brownfield site for employment use these are currently mainly getting used for housing. There needs to be employment opportunities even in the smaller settlements if we are going to be greener and cut down on transport use. Employment option 6 states: Meeting future needs by prioritising the regularisation of informal employment sites such as those shown on figure 30. This would make employment accessible to people living in the rural communities especially if other farms able to do this could also be identified. Most of the sites are in the western half of the district it would be useful to identify a few more sites in the east to make this a policy that serves the whole district.

Any use that is not heavily disruptive to the surrounding area should be permitted. Planning officers should be able to permit reasonable adjustments requested by residents to make extensions and adaptations to their homes to accommodate working from home or running a business from home.

Q25. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new employment facilities or improvements to existing employment facilities?


Our preferred spatial strategy option is 3a. Concentrated growth is required to bring the necessary infrastructure to make business and employment growth viable. There needs to be links to main roads to accommodate the commercial traffic required to service industry. Improvements to public transport to employment sites are needed.

Employment option 4 which states: Meeting future needs by prioritising the delivery of new employment space alongside any new strategic housing developments, could be delivered by strategy 3a.

Employment Strategy 6, which meets future needs by prioritising the regularisation of informal employment sites, would help deliver more businesses and employment. Employment option 3 refers to Saxon Business Park, Michelin Farm and Star Lane; we should continue to expand and improve these sites. However this needs to be done in conjunction with other options not as a stand-alone policy. These two strategies are needed and can be included in any of the spatial options.

Q26. Are there any particular types of employment site or business accommodation that you consider Rochford District is lacking, or would benefit from?


Sites set aside for education and health uses in addition to the services they provide, they also provide good employment opportunities. Sites also for High and Low Technology. Foulness would be ideal for green industries.

Q27. Are there other measures we can take through the plan to lay the foundations for long-term economic growth, e.g. skills or connectivity?


Provide appropriate schools and colleges to serve the increase in population due to high development, but locate with public transport links and accessibility by walking or cycling in mind. Also work with neighbouring authorities to identify land for higher or further education facilities where this would address current and future skills shortages as stated in employment option 11.

Work with bus companies and Essex County Council to make our existing employment sites as accessible as possible. Improve footpaths and cycle tracks using government funding applied for by Rochford District Council. Move away from planning employment sites in places that are designed to be accessed by car use. Some employment is going to have to be close to settlements. This of course would have to be take into account paragraph 83 of the NPPF which requires policies and decisions to accommodate local business needs in a way which is sensitive to the surroundings and prioritises the reuse of existing sites and buildings.

Q28. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best manage the Airport’s adaptations and growth through the planning system?


Protect the airport and encourage airport linked transport adjacent or close to the airport eg, existing airport industrial park and Saxon Business Park. Both airport growth and industry will promote jobs.

The transport system both road network and public transport needs to be improved to make these growing opportunities accessible for all.

Biodiversity

Q29. Do you agree that the plan should designate and protect areas of land of locally important wildlife value as a local wildlife site, having regard to the Local Wildlife Sites review? Are there any other sites that you feel are worthy of protection?


YES

While Hockley Woods does not seem to be mentioned here, we would have thought this ancient woodland (and similar woodland), and its important wildlife habitat should be included as it provides for a number of rare species including lesser spotted woodpeckers and hawfinches.

The lower Crouch Valley, the River Crouch and its banks are important habitats for fauna including birds that are on the endangered species red list. This includes curlews, whimbrels, and other wading birds. The pasture land flanking the Crouch towards Battlesbridge is an important habitat for skylarks and other species; these areas should be protected.
Restrict development in all other green belt areas, in order to protect nature. Alongside this, provide protection for nature reserves, parkland and areas fronting rivers.

Q30. Do you agree that the plan should designate and protect areas of land of locally important geological value as a local geological site, having regard to the Local Wildlife Sites review? Are there any other sites that you feel are worthy of protection


Yes, as we have already stated, many areas provide habitats for endangered or rare wildlife and therefore are more than worthy of protection.

Q31. Do you consider net gains for biodiversity are best delivered on-site or off-site? Are there specific locations or projects where net gain projects could be delivered?

Onsite reduced developments in general will assist moving new developments to high unemployment areas.
We agree with the central woodlands arc and island wetlands proposals.

Green and Blue Infrastructure

Q32. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best deliver a quality green and blue infrastructure network through the plan?


More investment is required in many areas of infrastructure, from roads to general services. It would be beneficial to green ideals to restrict or ban development in or near green belt sites and to keep development in the rural areas to a minimum.

Q33. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best deliver a quality green and blue infrastructure network through the plan?


By lobbying central government to allow revision of RDC plans to support a quality green and blue infrastructure.
Q34. With referene to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver new strategic green and blue infrastructure?


Concentrate on brownfield and town sites in order to protect rural communities and the green belt – as previously alluded, options 3 or 4 mean less development in rural areas and are therefore more accommodating to the needs of smaller rural areas like Hullbridge, hence our choice of option 3a.

Community Infrastructure

Q35. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how can we address the need for sufficient and accessible community infrastructure through the plan?


Build property where there is existing infrastructure or where infrastructure can be expanded without encroaching on green belt etc.
A survey needs to be carried out on local roads to determine what is needed to be upgraded to achieve any sustainable way for traffic, both domestic and that which uses these as through roads.
With reference to Hullbridge much of it is unadopted roads and cannot support any development, let alone be able to accommodate the use of these roads as through roads for both building access and ultimate through road access to any development.

Provide schools for development areas and provide transport links to these schools. Local schools, both primary and secondary, are already struggling with the increase in pupil numbers coupled with limited capacity.

Q36. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new or improved community infrastructure?


Funds were given via section 106 to expand Hullbridge Healthcare Centre and provide more school places - neither of these has happened. The section 106 money from the existing Malyons Farm development urgently needs to be made available to both the Hullbridge Healthcare Centre and the Hullbridge Primary School.
More development would make the situation untenable, particularly if further section 106 monies were withheld by RDC and not allocated to benefitting the local community where new developments are built.

Q37. Are there areas in the District that you feel have particularly severe capacity or access issues relating to community infrastructure, including schools, healthcare facilities or community facilities? How can we best address these?

Even with section 106 grants, if made available, healthcare facilities in Hullbridge are severely restricted, especially since the pandemic due to doctor shortage. Further development in Hullbridge would worsen healthcare provision and, even with section 106 grants if released by RDC, will not improve the situation.
Whilst this is outside the control of RDC, developments would cause serious issues particularly as Hullbridge traditionally has an ageing population - one which is obviously more reliant on healthcare, alongside the inevitability of new patients from current and any new developments.
There are currently inadequate or no existent bus and footpath links to areas east of Hullbridge, such as the Dome Area. Any development to the east of Hullbridge would have transport difficulty and also the impact on Lower Road would be unacceptable; this would be the case even bus links were improved.
The same approach needs to be taken with schools and highways and new residents could be short- changed without easy access to schools, healthcare and employment.
Open Spaces and Recreation

Q38. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best meet our open space and sport facility needs through the plan?


With reference to open spaces and recreation option 5, we should improve and maintain what we already have, using section 106 money for improvements. We should ensure that any section 106 money does get spent how and where it was intended. No section 106 money should end up being unused.

We should improve bus links to existing facilities in the district, for example Clements Hall where buses used to run in the past (at least in the school holiday periods). There should be an aim to provide permanent all year-round bus services to our main leisure sites.

The Hockley ‘Park Run’ is very popular. Should the proposed Central Woodlands Arc come into being it would be ideal for a park run. Orienteering could be an interesting additional activity; local scouting groups, and schooling groups too, would certainly benefit from this.

Q39. Are the potential locations for 3G pitch investment the right ones? Are there other locations that we should be considering?


We should ensure that any proposal for a 3G pitch has the backing of local residents. For reference, in 2016 a 3G pitch was applied for planning permission by The Fitzwimarc School but turned down by Rochford District Council due the objections of local residents.
The Hullbridge Recreation Ground would be ideal for a new 3G pitch.

Q40. Are the listed potential hub sites and key centres the right ones? Are there other locations that we should be considering?


Primary Schools should also be considered along with any site that could host a hockey or a 5 a side pitch.

Q41. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver improvements to open space or sport facility accessibility or provision?


Our preferred spatial strategy option is 3a. The section 106 money that comes with the larger developments has more chance of providing good sustainable new facilities.
A bus service needs to be run to facilities like Clements Hall, at least during half term and school holidays, to enable young people to access it from areas where it is currently difficult to access by public transport; this has been done in the past to access sports and in particularly swimming facilities which are not available in Hullbridge or Rawreth.
Swimming facilities were excluded from the Rawreth Lane sport facility.

Q42. Are there particular open spaces that we should be protecting or improving?


Hullbridge Recreation Ground. Our nature reserves, parks and woodlands to promote walking and other appropriate exercising activities.

Heritage

Q43. With reference to the options listed in this section, or your own options, how do you feel we can best address heritage issues through the plan?


Protect village and rural areas from over or inappropriate development through careful planning considerations.

Compose a list of sites with local consultation. Then look maintain them with local residents and organisations.


Q44. Are there areas of the District we should be considering for conservation area status beyond those listed in this section?


Villages fronting riversides: Hullbridge, Paglesham, Canewdon, South Fambridge.

Q45. Are there any buildings, spaces or structures that should be protected for their historic, cultural or architectural significance? Should these be considered for inclusion on the Local List of non-designated assets?


As with protected sites a consultation needs to be done for each locality. With reference to Hullbridge, in addition to the old school, Shell Cottage and River Cottage are already listed. We would add the school house next to the school, Brick Cottages, Tap's Cottage and the Anchor Cottages if they are not already listed/locally listed buildings.

Town Centres and Retail

Q46. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you think we can best plan for vibrant town centres in Rochford, Rayleigh and Hockley? How can we also ensure our village and neighbourhood centres remain vibrant? [Please state]


Market forces are moving purchases online so town centres need to be more accessible and convenient to encourage day shopping, and also increase night time business where appropriate to take up capacity lost from retail.

Improve transport links to town shopping and amenities. There is no transport link from the Dome that would take their residents into nearby Hockley for example. There are no easy transport links from Hullbridge to Hockley or Rochford.

Q47. Do you agree with the local centre hierarchy set out in Figure 36? If not, what changes would you make? [Please state reasoning]


Protecting businesses generally will not work as commercially if they are not profitable, they will close and we will have empty shops. Rochford District Council needs to encourage business with free parking and reduced business rates.

Businesses should be encouraged to work together with a co-operative nature, or a number of shops all open a little later one night of the week to make it worth shoppers coming out in the early evening. Local eateries could offer special deals on those nights.

Community events that encourage shops and businesses to join in – fairs, celebrations, etc.

Q48. With reference to Figures 38, 39 and 40, do you agree with existing town centre boundaries and extent of primary and secondary shopping frontages in Rayleigh, Rochford and Hockley? If not, what changes would you make? [Please state reasoning]


Keep streets clean and tidy, and repair and repaint street furniture regularly. Conserve the character of the town centres by avoiding high rise development and buildings that are at odds with the street scene.

Q49. Should we continue to restrict appropriate uses within town centres, including primary and secondary shopping frontages within those centres? If yes, what uses should be restricted? [Please state reasoning]


Some existing ok but links to, e.g., Clements Hall from Hullbridge non-existent.

Businesses cannot be forced into staying unless benefits outlined in Q47 are adhered to which may encourage some business opportunities and current business to remain.

Q50. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver improved retail and leisure services in the District? [Please state reasoning]


Spatial strategy 3a will give the most opportunity to expand retail both in terms of including retail space and bringing customers into the town centres nearest to the new developments. The document mentions a cinema. The best site for this would be Saxon Business Park. A bowling alley would work well with this alongside some eateries.

Transport and Connectivity

Q51. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best address our transport and connectivity needs through the plan?


Certainly, prepare an Infrastructure Delivery Plan that would deliver meaningful improvement to transport networks, including but not exclusively, cycle routes, walking pathways, public transport and roads. However, all these modes are currently completely stretched; modernisation and improvements to all need to happen before future housing developments are built. It should be noted that following the last developments in the Core Strategy, as far as Hullbridge is concerned (and almost certainly elsewhere also), the promised improvements have either not materialised, been completed or proven to be inadequate.
The plan needs to deliver improvements to public transport by working with bus companies to re-establish bus routes to isolated communities that have been either been terminated or severely curtailed. For example, ‘The Dome’ has a bus service twice a week. Residents regularly complain that they are isolated from everywhere else. It is also claimed that Hullbridge has its own bus service that runs 4 - 7 times a day. This is not the experience of Hullbridge residents and it only needs the slightest issue along Hullbridge Road for the service to either be even further curtailed or suspended entirely.
RDC need to continue to work with Government, Highways England, Essex CC etc to deliver meaningful road improvements to both the main road arteries and to the local road network. However, any large-scale bypass scheme such as the "Southend Outer Bypass" scheme needs to be opposed. Not only would it cut directly through the Green Belt but it would increase development along its course, which in turn would have enormous negative impact on the Green Belt itself, natural habitats and the environment generally.

Q52. Are there areas where improvements to transport connections are needed?


Whilst some improvements are shortly to commence at the Fairglen Interchange and A130, further improvements are needed to the Junction of Rawreth Lane and the A1245. Perhaps also the A127 could be widened along its length from four lanes to six lanes.
Additionally, the bus service between Hullbridge and Rayleigh can be cut with the slightest issue along Hullbridge Road and this needs to be addressed urgently. When this happens it consequently results in more vehicles using Hullbridge road, which in turn exacerbates traffic congestion and leads to other problems such as pollution.
A bus service between Rochford and Rayleigh via Hullbridge and Hockley and Rayleigh via Hullbridge would serve to reduce traffic congestion along Lower Road, especially at "rush" hours. This would benefit residents of the Dome as well as properties along the length of Lower Road. It would also serve to provide access for Hullbridge students to access the Greensward Academy that does not exist currently.

Q53. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new transport connections, such as link roads or rapid transit? What routes and modes should these take? [walking, cycling, rail, bus, road etc.]
Improvements to existing road networks. Large scale bypass schemes, such as the “Southend Outer” bypass would be unacceptable because of the hugely detrimental impact on the Green Belt and its physical and natural environment.
Small low top busses to link smaller communities with larger ones. Trams not a viable option for the more rural areas as roads are too narrow and winding; additionally, would increase congestion on existing roads.
Improvements to the cycle path network, extending and linking the network as and where appropriate and safe.

Green Belt and Rural Issues

Q54. Do you feel that the plan should identify rural exception sites? If so, where should these be located and what forms of housing or employment do you feel need to be provided?


Yes, but not within the Green Belt and Rural and Village life must be safeguarded.
Any such sites must be small scale and have developments that prioritise genuinely "Affordable" homes and/or Social Housing that would benefit local residents/families most.

Q55. Are there any other ways that you feel the plan should be planning for the needs of rural communities?
Support changes that would require developers of 10 units or less to pay something akin to s.106/CIL monies, that would go towards infrastructure improvements, particularly those affecting rural communities.

Planning for Complete Communities

Q56a. Do you agree with our vision for Rayleigh? Is there anything you feel is missing?


N/A


Q56c. Are there areas in Rayleigh that development should generally be presumed appropriate?


N/A


Q56d. Are there areas that require protecting from development?


N/A


Q56e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 44 hold local significance? Are there any other open spaces that hold particular local significance?


N/A

Q57a. Do you agree with our vision for Rochford and Ashingdon?



N/A

Q57b. With reference to Figure 45 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?


N/A


Q57c. Are there areas in Rochford and Ashingdon that development should generally be presumed appropriate?


N/A


Q57d. Are there areas that require protecting from development?


N/A



Q57e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 45 hold local significance?

N/A

Q58a. Do you agree with our vision for Hockley and Hawkwell?

N/A

Q58b. With reference to Figure 46 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?

N/A

Q58c. Are there areas in Hockley and Hawkwell that development should generally be presumed appropriate?


N/A

Q58d. Are there areas that require protecting from development?


N/A



Q57e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 46 hold local significance? Are there any other open spaces that hold particular local significance?


N/A


Q59a. Do you agree with our vision for the Wakerings and Barling? Is there anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]

N/A

Q59b. With reference to Figure 47 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?


N/A




Q59c. Are there areas in the Wakerings and Barling that development should generally be presumed appropriate? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]


N/A





Q59d. Are there areas that require protecting from development? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]


N/A


Q59e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 47 hold local significance? Are there any other open spaces that hold particular local significance? [Please state reasoning]


N/A


Q60a. Do you agree with our vision for Hullbridge?


We do not agree with the wording or the aims of the provided vision statement for Hullbridge and have instead drafted our own (see below). We were sceptical about the suggestion that the river could be used for transport without consideration on the viability or environmental impact of this proposal.

Hullbridge will have expanded on its already self-reliant nature, boasting impressive local businesses and amenities – providing a perfect space for those who wish to enjoy their retirement as well as those with young families. Through small, localised and respectable developments, the thriving community and riverside aesthetic of the village remains as strong as ever; all of this has been achieved through the transparency and openness of different local authorities, residents, businesses and developers on any and all developments going forward.

Q60b. With reference to Figure 48 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?


The biggest issue with further development in Hullbridge is the distinct lack of infrastructure – whether that be roads, schools, transport and other general services – and so, without even mentioning the fact that many sites lay within the projected 2050 flood plains, the suggestion that further development can take place on any considerable scale is untenable. Any consideration of commercial or community infrastructure, such as youth services, care facilities, or local businesses would equally need to be subject to the same discussion and scrutiny.

Q60c. With reference to Figure 48 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?


All of the areas lie within the green belt, and many will be within the projected 2050 flood plains, and so general appropriateness is not met with any; numerous promoted sites are outside walking distance of the majority of services and as such would increase residents using vehicles and increase reliance on our already stretched local infrastructure.

Q60d. Are there areas in Hullbridge that development should generally be presumed appropriate?


Significant portions of Hullbridge remain vital for local wildlife, its habitats, and the natural environment. As such, any and all developments along the River Crouch, the surrounding areas of Kendal Park and those that lie north of Lower Road should be protected from development.

Q60e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 48 hold local significance? Are there areas that require protecting from development?


Yes, all of those identified as such in Figure 48 are definitely areas of local significance and are correct to be identified as such. Other areas that should be outlined include the Rose Garden, the banks of the River Crouch and the upcoming green space and Memorial Gardens provided as part of the recent Malyons Farm development.

Q61a. Do you agree with our vision for Canewdon? Is there anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]


N/A


Q61b. With reference to Figure 49 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of Canewdon?


N/A


Q61c. Are there areas in Canewdon that development should generally be presumed appropriate? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]


N/A


Q61d. Are there areas that require protecting from development? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]

N/A

Q61e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 49 hold local significance? Are there any other open spaces that hold particular local significance? [Please state reasoning]

N/A



Q62a. Do you agree with our vision for Great Stambridge? Is there anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]


N/A


Q62b. With reference to Figure 50 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of Great Stambridge?


N/A


Q62c. Are there areas in Great Stambridge that development should generally be presumed appropriate? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]

N/A



Q62d. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 50 hold local significance? Are there any other open spaces that hold particular local significance? [Please state reasoning]

N/A



Q63a. Do you agree with our vision for Rawreth? Is there anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]


N/A





Q63b. With reference to Figure 51 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?


N/A


Q63c. Are there areas in Rawreth that development should generally be presumed appropriate? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]


N/A


Q63d. Are there areas that require protecting from development? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]


N/A


Q63e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 51 hold local significance? Are there any other open spaces that hold particular local significance? [Please state reasoning]


N/A


Q64a. Do you agree with our vision for Paglesham? Is there anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]


N/A


Q64b. With reference to Figure 52 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?


N/A


Q64c. Are there areas in Paglesham that development should generally be presumed appropriate? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]


N/A

Q64d. Are there areas that require protecting from development? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]


N/A


Q65a. Do you agree with our vision for Sutton and Stonebridge? Is there anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]


N/A


Q65b. With reference to Figure 53 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?


N/A


Q65c. Are there areas in Sutton and Stonebridge that development should generally be presumed appropriate? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]


N/A


Q65d. Are there areas that require protecting from development? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]


N/A


Q65e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on Figure 53 hold local significance? Are there any other open spaces that hold particular local significance? [Please state reasoning]


N/A






Q66. Do you agree that our rural communities do not require individual vision statements? Are there communities that you feel should have their own vision? [Please state reasoning]


No - All communities should have their own individual, locally determined vision statements, especially the more rural ones. Each settlement has its own distinct character and the vision statement would serve to aid the planning process in safeguarding their individual character.

Q67. Do you agree with our vision for our rural communities? Is there anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]


Yes in the broadest terms. We would want it to re-iterate that the individual character and seeming uniqueness of our rural communities needs to be, and will be, safeguarded. By extension, we would like to see more activity in this regard from all tiers of Government.

Q68. Are there other courses of action the Council could take to improve the completeness of our rural communities?


Respect the green belt that surrounds our rural communities and our higher tier settlements; thereby ensuring a buffer ("defensible boundary") that would actively prevent communities merging into one conglomeration.

Create a Country Park to the west of Hullbridge.

Improve village roads, transport, educational and utility infrastructure. All of which are already in desperate need of improvement and renovation. For example, it is questionable whether the sewerage system in Hullbridge could cope with any further development without expansion and upgrading.

Consultation Process -The volume of information contained in the consultation was difficult to access and view online. Some links did not work properly. RDC are not reaching residents who have no internet.
Spatial option 3b North of Southend is most feasible site.
Spatial Themes not included - Cultural and Accessibility.
Employment – District is lacking in Environmental services - woodland conservation and management.
Improve Long-term Economic growth - Better road networks, gigabit broadband and Wi-Fi. Apprenticeships or training for all ages with jobs at the end of training. The council should stop developing existing commercial land into housing.
Local generation of low-carbon and renewable energy - New developments should be able to source some or all of their energy from renewable sources. Solar in all new development as standard. Incentives to encourage existing developments to install solar onto their properties as well as any commercial buildings to be fitted with solar to their roofs; there are many flat roofed buildings all over the district that could accommodate solar panels without damaging the landscape. Explore tidal energy and seek out suitable locations in order to ascertain whether it is viable. Retrofitting existing housing and commercial buildings.
Settlement Hierarchy: Rayleigh is the largest town in the district, but care needs to be taken to maintain the integrity of the existing settlements with respect to green boundary between Rayleigh and its neighbours.
Planned Forms of Housing: Mix of housing for “affordable“ properties with higher standards for gardens and recreational space. Consideration should be given to the provision of house for life, Adapted homes for the disabled, bungalows and other potential buildings for downsizing families. Housing for the hidden homeless – those “sofa surfing” & Emergency housing. The plan makes no reference to social housing quotas which should be included in all new developments. By working closely with planners and developers, as well as different charities and communities, residents and businesses. You will then get a better understanding as to what you need and what will be achievable.
From 1st August it was announced that empty buildings and brownfield sites should be converted rather than build new. This alternative should be evaluated first.
Many development proposals would also mean a further reduction in air quality, light pollution and the loss of trees, farming, and arable land at a time when food production and supply is becoming a cause for concern.
Enforcement on unauthorised development is not adequately managed.
Infrastructure - The Council cannot comment on the suitability of sites in the plan without completion of Infrastructure Delivery & Funding Plan, Level 2 Strategic Flood Risk Assessment and Local Cycling & Walking Infrastructure Plan.
This is a continuing concern to residents due to the volume of recent and proposed development causing additional pressure on roads, education, social services, health facilities and local employment opportunities all of which gives a sustainable balance for our communities. The Infrastructure Funding Statement states all financial and non-financial developer contributions relating to Section 106 conditions should be completed but this is not the case when larger sites are split up. If developers do not honour the conditions the money reverts to ECC and RDC who should use this to improve our existing facilities, especially on our roads and cycle paths which are in a pitiful state of repair and will only worsen with further development if funding is not used where it was intended.

Balancing access against increased congestion will be the issue for a lot of the sites in Rayleigh. If you keep adding small developments to the boundaries of the town, it will overcrowd existing houses and add to urban sprawl.
i. Rayleigh has taken the brunt of development without significant infrastructural improvement.
ii. Commercial development should be supported in town centres, secondary shopping facilities and on approved industrial estates (the latter should not become retail / entertainment locations and residential development should not encroach on them to avoid conflict). Community Improvement Districts should be established
iii. Community infrastructure should be preserved and extended. Access to town centres and secondary shopping by bicycle and foot should be made easier and safer.

Rayleigh like other towns that have suffered from overdevelopment in recent decades and should be protect from large scale private development during the forthcoming Plan Period. Only development or local needs should be permitted. Local facilities like Mill Hall would be saved and car parking retained and made cheaper to assist local town centre business to survive what will be a challenging period. Secondary shopping facilities in Rayleigh would be supported and encouraged with public finance where required. Sites within the existing Rayleigh Conversation Area should not be considered.
Public transport would be supported and encouragement, especially when given for children to reach school without parents’ vehicles. Renovation and refurbishment of historic buildings with modern green energy would be promoted over demolition and intensification. Public services would be encouraged to return/expand to Rayleigh, in existing buildings like Civic Suite, Police Station and Library etc. The town centre should be the heart of our community not just something you drive through to reach somewhere else. This could be our vision and our aim for the future.
Proposed sites within Rayleigh and on the Western side should not be considered for development. Only an infrastructure plan would provide evidence that the chosen sites are sustainable in the long term, and greenbelt and environmental policies should be adhered to in relation to open spaces on the edge or within the town.
Rayleigh is overcrowded; it has a road network no longer fit for purpose, some schools are near to capacity, it is difficult to obtain a GP or dental appointment. There is little to no disabled play areas or play equipment. There are always issues with waste collections, drain and road cleaning and verge trimming. The District Council does not have the staff to deal with all these issues. The council should either build another waste recycling site, or develop a better waste collection program which allows extra waste to be collected next to the bin. The current recycling site at Castle Road is no longer capable of expanding to meet the needs of an ever-growing population. The plan should also identify a site to accommodate commercial waste facilities to stop fly tipping.
Good public transport links are crucial for our villages, neighbourhoods and town centres. The council needs to follow the rule “No development before infrastructure”. Houses are being built without adequate road, pedestrian, and cycle networks in place. New developments should be planned with cycle paths and walkways that link up with existing paths. Designated cycling paths that are separated from existing roads and pavements, but adjacent to our road networks would help improve traffic flow. Ensure the cycle network links with public transport as part of a complete review of sustainable transport.
Ensuring that public rights of way are not blocked by landowners and are kept free from debris. Assess paths to make them accessible to the disabled so that all is inclusive. There are some green areas that do not have public facilities and it would be advantageous to look at offering this in the larger spaces. For example, a small toilet block and hand washing facilities in a car park.
Open Spaces - The value of our open spaces and the issues with climate change has become a priority. People will continue to reduce travel and split time working from home. Our open spaces are essential for wellbeing, exercise and relaxation. We are on an overpopulated peninsular surrounded by water with one way in and one way out and there is a proven risk of flooding. Open space is at a premium. All green spaces, no matter how small, hold some significance, especially to those who use them for recreation. They are of particular community value and should not be developed. It is reasonable for RDC to encourage the development of a garden village away from existing communities to accommodate the Governments home building targets.
All Conservation areas, green belt and sites subject to the exclusion criteria (i.e. Sites of Special Scientific Interest) on the call for sites must be protected from Development.
Local Wildlife Sites review: RDC policies for protecting wildlife areas need to be updated. Designating initial sites is a step in the right direction but more must be done. It is proven that mental health issues can be relieved by nature and keeping the sites sacred is more important now than it ever was. Keeping a biodiverse environment, with wildlife and the environment in which it relies is paramount. The plan should create new wildlife meadows to encourage the pollinators to future proof our own existence.
Promoted Sites - Reasons against Development
CFS105 (Land North of Hambro Hill) would negatively impact the openness of the Green Belt between Rayleigh & Hockley. Rochford Green belt study states this parcel of greenbelt has a ‘Moderate’ rating for Purpose 1, and a ‘Strong’ rating for 2 & 3. It checks the unrestricted sprawl of large built-up areas, prevents Rayleigh & Hockley merging into one another, and assists in safeguarding the countryside from encroachment.


It was put forward by an Agent or Developer, not the Landowner. Legal constraints already identified. Landowner recently had planning application (20/00826/FUL) approved so extremely unlikely to support any development: Change of use of land from Commercial to combined Agricultural and Equine use. Site was originally used as part of a landfill tip by the former Rayleigh Urban District Council which ceased around 1960.


Grade 1 Agricultural Land Successfully farmed family business for over 50 years (wheat, barley & rape crops.) Fallow agricultural land, equestrian related grazing & woodland. Portion diversified for Equestrian Centre & agricultural barn for storage.

Infrastructure / Transport Overloaded road with a dangerous junction & poor visibility. Low bridge impact public transport – no double decker buses. No cycle paths or means to incorporate one. No pavements near the access road. Public right of way (PROW 298_48) poorly maintained at entrance to the site.

Heritage Assessment by Place Services ECC Minor Adverse / development of this site will cause harm to a heritage asset. The Historic Environment Record notes various finds from the pre-historic period.

Hockley Woods is the largest remaining wild woodland in the country RDC should be doing EVERYTHING it can to save it from development, either adjacent to or close by. RDC should also actively be adding to it by planting more trees to future proof its existence and status. RDC must protect any thoroughfares that access Hockley Wood.

Rayleigh Civic Suite & Mill Hall Arts & Events Centre
Dr Jess Tipper (Historic England)
Rayleigh Castle survives well both as earthwork and buried archaeological remains. It survives as a prominent earthwork in the centre of the town, with wide views across the landscape to the west. The inner bailey is located to the east of the motte and the outer edge of the inner bailey ditch forms the west boundary to the proposed development site.
The proposed development site is within the outer bailey of the castle, which is believed to have been constructed in the late 12th century AD. This is (currently) a non-designated heritage asset with high potential for below-ground archaeological remains; previous archaeological evaluation within the outer bailey had defined evidence of occupation dating between the 10th and 13th centuries, i.e. pre-dating the construction of the outer bailey. Bellingham Lane follows the outer edge of the outer bailey ditch.
The development has the potential to cause substantial harm to below-ground archaeological remains within the development site. The remains of occupation deposits in this area, functionally related to the castle, may be of schedulable quality. Buried artefacts and palaeoenvironmental remains will also have potential to increase our knowledge of the social and economic functioning of the castle and its relationships with the surrounding medieval town and landscape.
We have, therefore, recommended that the Council commissions an archaeological evaluation, to be undertaken by a specialist archaeological contractor, at the earliest opportunity to establish the significance of surviving archaeological remains in this area. Essex CC Place Services provide archaeological advice on behalf of the District Council on non-designated heritage assets and we would expect them to lead on the brief for this work.
The impact of any proposed development at this location on the setting and significance of the designated heritage assets, including the Grade II Listed windmill, will also require robust assessment - to assess the significance of heritage assets, their settings and the contribution their settings make to the significance, and to assess the impact of the proposals on the significance of the designated heritage assets.

Essex CC Place Services High-Level Heritage Assessment for Rochford District (Oct-2020)
The development of these sites will cause substantial harm to a heritage asset. There are likely no options for mitigation. Proposals causing this level of harm to the significance of a heritage asset should be avoided.
Built heritage - Lies within the Rayleigh Conservation Area and & medieval town extent. Civic Suite site contains GII Listed Barringtons [1168536]
Archaeological impact - The Civic Suite needs archaeological investigation & any development on the Mill Hall Site impacts the scheduled Monument of Motte and Bailey

The Mill Arts & Events Centre is situated within Rayleigh Mount Conservation Area, between main entrance to Rayleigh Mount (National Trust Scheduled Ancient Monument) & Rayleigh Windmill (Grade II Listed Building.)

It has been a hub of the community in Rayleigh Town for 50 years up until the time it was closed in March 2020 due to the COVID 19 pandemic Lockdown. This year is the Mill Halls’ Golden Jubilee, built in 1971, paid for by the Community.

RDC must approve nomination for the Mill Hall to be classed as an Asset of Community Value.
The Mill Hall showcases local Artworks within its Foyer, and has a permanent mosaic completed by children of our schools. From the first step within the building, visitors can immediately feel the sense of culture and creativity. A large noticeboard of all events, shows and clubs available is straight ahead, plus the ‘tourist board’ style information desks is immediately welcoming and accessible for all.
The Mill Hall is popular with residents and visitors to Rayleigh, with a coffee shop and facilities to use after a visit to the many Heritage sites within the Town Centre. This includes the Windmill (open for weddings & tours), Rayleigh Mount, The Dutch Cottage, Rayleigh Museum, and King George’s park when Fair arrives in Town.
The Mill Hall has the performance provision for staging Theatre, Musical Concerts, Comedy shows, Live Bands etc. The venues’ size is ideal for large scale events in the main hall including Professional Wrestling, Dances, Boxing, Children’s exercise classes (Jumping Beans). Upstairs, the smaller hall has capacity and versatility to cover social events including art exhibitions, Exercise Classes, craft fairs. The Mill Hall is frequently used for wedding receptions, birthday parties, funeral wakes, Charity social nights (including Rayleigh British Legion) and local school Proms.
It is utilised as a social meeting place by a significant number of community organisations, groups, clubs, and exercise classes. They make regular use of the Mill Hall throughout the day, as well as evenings and weekends. Consequences of the decision by the Council to keep the Mill Hall closed, some organisations have dis-banded and others have become less well supported.
The Mill Hall helps to put the town on the map as a tourist destination, improving the local economy and supporting other businesses including the many restaurants & pubs in the area prior or after an Event.
Rayleigh’s position within the District - and its proximity/travel links to Southend-on-Sea and Chelmsford - mean it is well placed to attract tourists and visitors who want to visit, eat out and then enjoy an event/show at the Mill Hall, without a long train journey home. The free parking after 1pm on Saturdays already brings in visitors to Rayleigh for shopping, so this would be ideal for evening shows/events at the Mill Hall.
The Mill Hall has excellent potential once renovated & refurbished. More focus/marketing placed on its Theatre staging ability. It could be a magnet for touring theatre groups and become part of the East of England theatre circuit, much like Chelmsford & Norwich.
Objections have been raised throughout the Asset Strategy Delivery Program by non-Administration District Councillors and residents with Rochford District Council over plans to demolish the Mill Hall and redevelop the site with housing. More than 4,000 people from the District have signed a petition opposing the demolition of the Mill Hall and building housing in the Rayleigh Conservation Area.
The Theatre’s Trust - the national advisory body for theatres and a statutory consultee within the planning system, has written to RDC in support of maintaining the Mill Hall performance venue.
Sustainable development as defined through the NPPF (2019) includes a social objective to support social and cultural wellbeing. Paragraph 92 seeks planning decisions to plan positively for facilities and to guard against unnecessary loss.
We do not consider there to be sufficient justification demonstrating the existing Mill venue and the live events it hosts are no longer required.

We would also suggest the economic impact on the town should be considered in terms of loss of audience spend in other businesses when attending shows and events. There will be significant harm to social and cultural wellbeing through the loss of existing events held at the Mill Hall.
Local Authorities are the biggest funder of arts and culture in England. They support cultural activity in their areas in order to provide their residents with a better quality of life, to promote tourism, stimulate the local economy, and build their area’s reputation – creating a unique sense of place. The Partnership Panel meeting earlier this year requested Officers research funding for the Mill Hall via Arts Council. Has this been completed and what opportunities are there to support this fantastic venue?

These representations have been prepared by Barton Willmore LLP on behalf of Bloor Homes (the ‘Promoters’). The Promoters have an active interest in a Site at Land North of Rectory Road, Hawkwell, which is identified in the Site Location Plan at Appendix 1.
This Site could provide much needed, deliverable residential development in a sustainable and appropriate location, and is considered suitable for allocation within the Rochford New Local Plan (RNLP).
1.2 This Report is submitted in response to the formal public consultation. Section 2 of this report provides comments on the Spatial Options Consultation Paper (SOCP)(2021); and Section 3 responds to the Integrated Impact Assessment (IIA)(July 2021). These sections
are followed by Section 4, which provides an overview and assessment of the Site which is promoted for development at Land North of Rectory Road, Hawkwell.
1.3 A number of supplementary documents are appended to these representations which are referred to throughout. These include a landscape and visual appraisal (LVA) of the site (Appendix 2) of the site, and an indicative framework layout (Appendix 3). Additional
visuals are also included in appendices 4-9, which provide context and support to the LVA and indicative framework layout. A Transport Appraisal (with associated plans and figures) of the site is included within Appendix 10 confirming its sustainability in transport terms.
A Flood Risk and Drainage report is included within Appendix 11 which demonstrates how any flood risk and drainage matters associated with development of the site could also be addressed

[Due to size of full submission, please refer to attached document, along with individual representations to questions].

Summary and Conclusions:
Overall Bloor Homes is supportive of the proposed approach put forward within the SOCP and IIA documents and it is commended that a positive view is taken with regard to strategy option 4 and higher growth options.
Based on the information put forward within the consultation documents and the supporting evidence base we consider that strategy option 4 and the growth option should be pursued across the district in the interests of planning positively for the most sustainable patterns of growth across the district in its context with surrounding areas.
It is also considered that the Green Belt Study and Landscape Character, Sensitivity and Capacity study papers be immediately reviewed in the context of this to realise positive opportunities for growth particularly in the case of greenfield and green belt sites that may be suitable for release.
Land North of Rectory Road, Hawkwell has the opportunity to deliver on the council’s objectives in a sustainable location in Hawkwell consistent with the approach outlined within strategy option 4. The delivery of the site could contribute to addressing the housing needs of the district and local area whilst securing a new defensible green belt boundary and compensatory improvements, alongside additional public open space,
sustainable transport connections, biodiversity net gains, and sustainable infrastructure. Bloor Homes would also be happy to engage with the council further to discuss this opportunity.

We wish to make the following comments on RDC New Local Plan.
1. It is well known that the Government has set targets for moving to zero carbon housing in this country by 2025. This was being realised in 3 steps firstly in 2010 a 25% improvement was made in the energy/carbon performance outlined in the Building Regulations then secondly in 2013 a 44% improvement was made and finally in 2025 we need to achieve zero carbon. This means that energy needed for heating lighting hot water and all electrical appliances in the house such as TVs and computers must be attained from renewable sources ie no burning of fossil fuels.
The main source of climate change is the human influence for emission of greenhouse gases. The UK produced more than 365 million tonnes of carbon dioxide in 2019. Almost half of these emissions were accounted for in energy use in buildings and more than a quarter came from the energy we use to heat light and run our homes and this does not include the massive amount of emissions produced by manufacturers in the production of most of the current building materials.
A draft Planning Policy Statement was published on climate change which expects Planning strategies to be examined in providing for new homes and it expects that all Local Planning Authorities should have an input in delivering the Governments climate change programme in facilitating any provision of new homes and infrastructure. Local Authorities therefore have a responsibility in leading their communities in dealing with climate change. Therefore the subject of housing supply needs to be looked at alongside the reduction of carbon emissions surely the best way of reducing these emissions is to limit the number of new homes being built and not by increasing the numbers year on year.
2. The NPPF states that developments should be directed away from areas of highest risk of flooding with developments not to be allocated if there are reasonably available sites appropriate for development in areas with a lower probability of flooding. Where development is necessary it should be safe without increasing levels of flood elsewhere.
South Essex Surface Water Management Plan statement includes consideration of flooding from sewers drains groundwater and runoff from land small watercourses /ditches that occurs from heavy rainfall. It appears that none of this was taken into account in the current development in Hullbridge the southern end of which is in the flood plain and should not have been built on. What was originally proposed on this site was the provision of underground attenuation tanks this was subsequently changed to attenuation basins together with an additional basin in the centre of the site which eventually discharges into an existing watercourse in Watery Lane. these basins will no doubt be full for the majority of time especially when calculated for a min of 1 in 1 year annual probability storm together with the amount of additional surface water runoff due to the extra impermeable surfaces from this development especially as DEFRA have now bottled out on introducing Sustainable Drainage Systems SUDS compulsory legislation. Baseline Review for Climate Change Adaption states that in addition to flood risk from tidal sources fluvial systems also pose a risk to parts of the district. The impermeable underlying geology and seasonable wet deep clay soils in the western parts of the district leads to rapid runoff of surface water into local watercourses which inevitably will only get worse with climate change.
3. In connection with Climate Change Mitigation it is stated that it has been demonstrated that Rochford District has a lower per capita transport emissions when compared to Essex as a whole yet BBC Look East recently reported that dangerous levels of nitrous oxide caused by diesel fumes are being found in and around the Rayleigh area. Also in a recent national news report it stated that record amounts of carbon dioxide have been recorded and is on the rise the highest in the past 4 years.
So why are we contemplating building more and more houses on Green Belt land creating more emissions and more traffic adding to this major problem.
4. Regarding Landscape and Historic Environment the NPPF states that Local Authorities planning system should recognise that heritage assets are an irreplaceable resource and preserve them in a manner appropriate to their significance. Again this was totally ignored for the current development striding Rawreth and Hullbridge. As stated in the Archaeological Assessment for this development the Local Authorities archaeological advisor at Essex County Council required archaeological mitigation measures in advance of any development impacts occurring and noted that the historical field boundaries within the site comprise undesignated heritage assets of local significance and recommended that the orientation and preservation of these historic boundaries should be encouraged within the detail of the development proposals. This has not been incorporated within this scheme especially the Ward Boundary between Rawreth and Hullbridge. It is also stated that any new development has potential to lead to incremental changes in landscape and townscape character and quality in and around the district. This includes through inappropriate design and layout.
But once again RDC granted planning Approval for the Hullbridge site which indicated the majority of the future dwellings being 2.5/3storey in an area consisting of mainly bungalows and chalet bungalows.
5. In connection with Population and Communities. Local Authorities should/must ensure that there is sufficient choice of school places which is of great importance. Yet recently at a local workshop meeting in Hullbridge it was pointed out that the local primary school had a few available spaces these children would eventually have to attend the surrounding secondary schools who have all confirmed that they are over subscribed. But according to RDC because these are not actually located in Hullbridge this is not an issue.
6. Regarding Safety Rochford is maintaining that it has a relatively low crime rate and is one of the lowest in Essex. At a recent meeting with the police at the Rochford Parish Rooms the majority of the large number of people who attended all had the same complaint which was that most crimes are not being reported due to the fact that there is hardly any or no response from the police who stated that this was mainly due to severe cutbacks. So the statement made by Rochford cannot be taken seriously.
7. In connection with the Green Belt the Government has stated that the fundamental aim of the Green Belt policy is to prevent urban sprawl by keeping land permanently open the essential characteristics of Green Belts are their openness and their permanence. The majority of this Districts land mass is designated as Green Belt and should only be released under exceptional circumstances. When we recently asked a RDC Planning Officer what is meant by exceptional circumstances he confirmed that this has not been defined. The Green Belt is supposed to serve five purposes 1. To check the unrestricted sprawl of large built up areas 2. To prevent neighbouring towns/villages merging into one 3. To assist in safeguarding the countryside from encroachment 4. To preserve the setting and special character of historic towns/villages 5. To assist in urban in urban regeneration by encouraging the recycling of derelict and
other urban land
RDC have already released large areas of Green Belt for development all over the district. With regard to the New Local Plan the submitted map for the local Hullbridge area shows the majority of the proposed larger sites are Green Belt with the exception of a portion of CFS 100 Brownfield Site being a lorry/heavy goods breakers yard which is obviously highly contaminated.
8. Regarding Health the NPPF states that health and well-being and health infrastructure should be considered in local plans and the NPPG states that Local Planning Authorities should ensure that health and well-being and health infrastructure are considered in local and neighbourhood plans and in planning decision making.
But once again this has been totally ignored by RDC on the western side of the current Hullbridge development site there are three existing Telecommunication Masts.
According to the Guide to Mobile Phone Masts. Independent scientists and doctors these are a major health hazard. Cancer clusters have been found around Mobile Phone Masts up to 400metres from a mast which in this case encompasses the majority of these new dwellings. People living near each other and close to a mast have ended up with rare cancers at the same time as each other. This has been the case in Devon Lincolnshire and Staffordshire. Many doctors are now so concerned that they have all signed petitions to demand that Governments take the health concerns over Mobile Phone Masts seriously.
Forecasts suggest that the number of people aged 85 and over in the District will increase in the future. An ageing population has the potential to increase pressures on healthcare services in the District. We do not agree that any future developments will not as stated will not result in increased pressure on existing primarary healthcare facilities. As stated by the NHS any future developments are likely to have an impact on the NHS funding program and these need to be fully addressed not by just making financial contributions only which in itself does not solve the shortage of doctors nurses dentists hospital beds and appointment times.

As stated above it is shown that RDC have not addressed previously any of the alternatives in terms of major impacts and sustainability especially with the current major development in Hullbridge and we therefore have no confidence that this will change in any future emerging New Local Plan for this District.
RDC need to take into account further carbon emissions overcrowding traffic congestion flooding and further drains on the existing infrastructure.

Listed below are some key issues that we feel need to be addressed in any New Local Plan A. Infrastructure is paramount to all Planning Applications including the provision of all services especially the condition of the existing road network being capable of accepting the increase in traffic numbers. Just providing a new roundabout to provide access to any new large development should not be taken as providing adequate infrastructure as this does not reduce the amount of traffic.
B. The density for outer suburbs should be as stated 20–40 dph with very few apartments and more bungalows. Local Authorities are currently using 30-60 dph which causes more overlooking/overcrowding more 3 storey dwellings and less amenity space. Density should be allocated for actual dwelling plots and should not include open space play areas access roads and space required for attenuation basins which should all be omitted from overall site areas.
C. Approval for development sites that merge with neighbouring villages/parishes especially striding across Ward Boundaries should not be allowed.
D. Brownfield sites are being totally ignored and Local Authorities should not be allowed to re -designate Green Belt without at least applying for a Change of Use in order to for local residents to submit their valid objections.
E. Developers should not be allowed to provide financial contributions for off site provision instead of providing the required numbers of affordable homes.
F. All Local Authorities should ensure that all Planning Applications take into account current Building Regulations for example the style of windows to comply with means of escape ventilation requirements and the use of certain types of external cladding materials G. A minimum number of Lifetime Homes with full wheelchair accessibility should be required to all new developments.
H. All developments should have all required energy generated by on-site renewable and low carbon sources.
I. Not enough amenity space is provided for apartment complexes. Drying areas and bin storage should not be included as part of the amenity space together with balcony areas. Balconies should not be allowed to provide for additional storage and clothes drying.
J. DEFRA should reintroduce Sustainable Drainage Systems SUDs as compulsory legislation to stop flooding.
K. Transport carbon emissions should be taken into account in and around the local areas.
L. Provision of youth facilities should not be by providing football pitches alone.
M. Developers should not be allowed to remove trees and hedgerows prior to the granting of Planning Consent.
N. All developments should be made to comply with their Local Design Guide especially car parking arrangements.
O. All developments should comply with Secure by Design with no back alleys.
P. No Planning Approvals should be granted for any housing development to be constructed near or adjacent to existing Telecommunication Masts.
Q. The awarding of the New Homes Bonus issued to Local Authorities by Government should not be a reason for granting Planning Permission.

Local Plan Spatial Options Consultation
Please find below the comments from Hockley parish Council regarding the Spatial Options consultation.
The need for housing is understood but many of the proposals in the Local Plan Consultation and the impact of over-development in Hockley are a major cause for concern, especially without evidence of supporting infrastructure. This initial consultation informs residents of landowners who have put forward sites for future development so there is a personal gain aspect here. Rochford District Council has a duty to actively support residents needs in all communities and influence
Government policies.
Consultation Process -The volume of information contained in the consultation was difficult to access and view online. Some links did not work properly. RDC are not reaching residents who have no internet.
Spatial Themes not included - Cultural and Accessibility.
Vibrant Town Centres: Work actively with premises owners to assist in the re-letting of any empty shops. Maybe offer a reduced rent to new businesses as a start-up scheme for “local” business only – allowing the entrepreneurs in the Rochford District a chance to showcase their businesses. Discuss with owners of empty shops how they can best strive to fill these premises and if not, then have some visual displays in the windows, perhaps photos of the old towns or useful information, to make them more attractive.
Employment – District is lacking in Environmental services - woodland conservation and management. Work with local schools and colleges, as well as businesses and the job centre, to see what sustainable employment is needed in the district. Incorporate ways to assist in schemes/apprenticeships to train all ages get back into work or upskill (with jobs at the end of training.) Developers should be encouraged to use local labour. The current employment site allocations on Figure 30 do not provide enough space to meet the district’s employment needs through to 2040. There are eighty-seven thousand people in the district. There is no data on the form to suggest how many of these are in employment and how many are looking for work, but the
council need to reassess its future needs to future-proof our residents’ opportunities Improve Long-term Economic growth - Better road networks, gigabit broadband and Wi-Fi. The council should stop developing existing commercial land into housing.
Planned Forms of Housing: Young people/couples do indeed find it difficult to purchase property in Hockley. It is hoped that the new developments proposed will cater for their needs with more semi-detached properties than is now the case. The growing elderly population requiring
specialist/suitable accommodation need assistance. Many elderly single people are living in familysized homes when they would prefer more suitable accommodation such as bungalows or purpose-built flats. Mix of housing for “affordable“ properties with higher standards for gardens and recreational space. Consideration should be given to the provision of house for life, Adapted homes for the disabled, bungalows and other potential buildings for downsizing families. Housing
for the hidden homeless – those “sofa surfing” & Emergency housing. The plan makes no reference
to social housing quotas which should be included in all new developments. By working closely with planners and developers, as well as different charities and communities, residents, and businesses. You will then get a better understanding as to what you need and what will be achievable.
From 1st August it was announced that empty buildings and brownfield sites should be converted rather than build new. This alternative should be evaluated first.
Many development proposals would also mean a further reduction in air quality, light pollution and the loss of trees, farming, and arable land at a time when food production and supply is becoming a cause for concern.
Care needs to be taken to maintain the integrity of the existing settlements with respect to green boundary between Hockley and its neighbours. Essential green belt is being allowed to erode further (suggested land at north of Merryfields Avenue, Turret Farm, Church Road, land north east of Folly Lane, a number of sites on Greensward Lane, Lower Road and High Road) which will be impossible to replace.
Enforcement on unauthorised development is not adequately managed.
Local generation of low-carbon and renewable energy – It is encouraging to learn of Rochford
District Council’s intention to provide housing to meet the needs of both young and old that are
carbon neutral and energy efficient. New developments should be able to source some or all their energy from renewable sources. Solar in all new development as standard. Incentives to encourage existing developments to install solar onto their properties as well as any commercial buildings to be fitted with solar to their roofs; there are many flat roofed buildings all over the district
that could accommodate solar panels without damaging the landscape. Explore tidal energy and seek out suitable locations to ascertain whether it is viable. Retrofitting existing housing and commercial buildings.
Infrastructure - The Council cannot comment on the suitability of sites in the plan without completion of Infrastructure Delivery & Funding Plan, Level 2 Strategic Flood Risk Assessment and Local Cycling & Walking Infrastructure Plan. This is a continuing concern to residents due to the volume of recent and proposed development causing additional pressure on roads, education, social services, health facilities and local
employment opportunities all of which gives a sustainable balance for our communities. The Infrastructure Funding Statement states all financial and non-financial developer contributions relating to Section 106 conditions should be completed but this is not the case when larger sites
are split up. If developers do not honour the conditions the money reverts to ECC and RDC who should use this to improve our existing facilities, especially on our roads and cycle paths which are in a pitiful state of repair and will only worsen with further development if funding is not used where was intended. The volume of traffic has increased to an unacceptable level on the B1013
causing noise, air pollution and disturbance; Is the traffic survey up to date?. The main access to Hockley and on to Southend is via the B1013; one of the busiest ‘B’ roads in the country. It is difficult to understand how this already congested road could cope with the vehicles from another 1,000 houses in Hockley, let alone those from adjacent villages and towns. Rochford District is on
a peninsular: traffic can go no further than Southend especially with limited access to the north of the county via Battlesbridge. It is suggested the Council undertake a road traffic survey before continuing with the District Plan.
Good public transport links are crucial for our villages, neighbourhoods, and town centres. Hockley
benefits from being on the main Southend Victoria/Liverpool Street train line. Unfortunately its bus
service is not so efficient with the nos 7 and 8 services passing through the village from Southend to Rayleigh and vice versa twice an hour. Services to other parts of the district/county have to be accessed from these two termini. The council needs to follow the rule “No development before infrastructure”. Houses are being built without adequate road, pedestrian, and cycle networks in place. New developments should be planned with cycle paths and walkways that link up with existing paths. Designated cycling paths that are separated from existing roads and pavements, but adjacent to our road networks would help improve traffic flow. Ensure the cycle network links with public transport as part of a complete review of sustainable transport. Cycling infrastructure and other sustainable transport methods should be prioritised over a car-centric highway use.
Balancing access against increased congestion will be the issue for a lot of the promoted sites in Hockley. If RDC keep adding small developments to the boundaries of the town, it will overcrowd existing houses and add to urban sprawl.
Ensuring that public rights of way are not blocked by landowners and are kept free from debris. Assess paths to make them accessible to the disabled so that all is inclusive. There are some green areas that do not have public facilities and it would be advantageous to look at offering this in the larger spaces. For example, a small toilet block and hand washing facilities in a car park.
Community infrastructure - Community infrastructure should be preserved and extended.
Access to town centres and secondary shopping by bicycle and foot should be made easier and safer. Hockley has a road network no longer fit for purpose, some schools are near to capacity, it is difficult to obtain a GP or dental appointment. Hockley is served by two GP practices, as has been the case for 50 years or more. Hockley’s health clinic closed in the last few years and
young mothers and the elderly have to travel to Rayleigh for medical attention. What are the plans for additional health services in line with the vastly increased population should the plan be enforced?. There is little to no disabled play areas or play equipment. There are always issues with waste collections, drain and road cleaning and verge trimming. The District Council does not have the staff to deal with all these issues. The current recycling site at Castle Road, Rayleigh is
no longer capable of expanding to meet the needs of an ever-growing population. The plan should also identify a site to accommodate commercial waste facilities to stop fly tipping.
Open Spaces - The value of our open spaces and the issues with climate change has become a priority. People will continue to reduce travel and split time working from home. Our open spaces are essential for wellbeing, exercise and relaxation. We are on an overpopulated peninsular surrounded by water with one way in and one way out and there is a proven risk of flooding. Open
space is at a premium. Unfortunately for the youth of Hockley, there is no sports field they can use in the village. The District Plan does mention the use of the Greensward Playfield and it is to be hoped this will be progressed. The District Plan places great emphasis on health and wellbeing. Fortunately Hockley is well served with a network of footpaths. It is important that they
are maintained and not encroached upon by development All green spaces, no matter how small, hold some significance, especially to those who use them
for recreation. They are of community value and should not be developed. It is reasonable for RDC to encourage the development of a garden village away from existing communities to accommodate the Governments home building targets. RDC must protect all recreational spaces
and improve them, where necessary.
Conservation areas, Green Belt & sites subject to the exclusion criteria (i.e. Sites of Special Scientific Interest) on the call for sites must be protected from Development.
Local Wildlife Sites review: RDC policies for protecting wildlife areas need to be updated. Designating initial sites is a step in the right direction but more must be done. It is proven that mental health issues can be relieved by nature and keeping the sites sacred is more important now than it ever was. Keeping a biodiverse environment, with wildlife and the environment in which it relies is paramount. The plan should create new wildlife meadows to encourage the pollinators to future proof our own existence.
RDC to focus on concerns and consideration to wildlife, birds, animals, and insects. Alongside plants and endangered species. Surrounded by Green Belt, Hockley is lucky in having access to a number of open spaces. It is noted that the Marylands Nature Reserve is included in The District Plan but not Plumberow Mount Open Space or St Peter’s Road Open Space – all maintained by the Parish Council. Marylands Woods, Plumberow Woods, Crabtree Woods, Hockley Hall Woods and nearby
Beckney Woods are all ancient woodland but in private hands. It would be of great benefit to the community if they were included in the Local Plan and protected for the future. Betts Wood and, of course, Hockley Woods are in the care of the RDC. With so much development, it is obvious that flora and fauna will suffer. Consideration should be given to identifying further green spaces (not just play areas) for public use. Efforts should be
made to ensure wild-life corridors are incorporated into developments near to woods and open countryside.
Heritage
The District Plan contains a list of conservation areas. It is disappointing to note that St Peter and Pauls’ Church, Church Road and adjacent buildings (the old school house, Hockley Hall, Mill House and the former rectory) does not appear. In the surrounding green belt, it is constantly under threat and it would be a tremendous loss to the community should this historic part of the
village be developed.
Plumberow Mount (a Romano/British tumulus) does not appear in the document as an ancient monument.
Promoted Sites (Hockley)
The plan proposes around 1000 additional houses in Hockley with other developments on land bordering the parish. This density will have a major detrimental impact on the quality of life for the settlements.
• CFS105 (Land North of Hambro Hill) would negatively impact the openness of the Green Belt between Rayleigh & Hockley. Rochford Green belt study states this parcel of greenbelt has a ‘Moderate’ rating for Purpose 1, and a ‘Strong’ rating for 2 & 3. It checks the unrestricted sprawl of large built-up areas, prevents Rayleigh & Hockley merging into one another, and assists in safeguarding the countryside from encroachment.
• The Merryfields Avenue (green belt) proposal has been previously rejected by residents due to access issues as the land borders on the Nature Reserve and footpath 13. Consideration should be given to incorporating it into the Reserve rather than releasing it for development. The owner of the tract of land has made a few unsuccessful planning applications in the past on account of the threat to local wildlife, impact on ancient woodland, lack of access, the danger of flooding from the nearby stream and run off from the road. The cost effectiveness of providing access and services could prove to be exorbitant along with any damage incurred on the nearby
Nature Reserve, better that the land become part of the Reserve.
• Proposals for Folly Chase and Church Road will increase density and give further traffic problems on a busy county access road which has light industry and equestrian centres but does not have footways for pedestrian safety; vehicles are also subject to dangerous line of sight restrictions. The Folly Chase proposal was previously rejected by residents and supposedly dismissed by RDC but still appears in the Local Plan for development. The land to the north east of Folly Chase is adjacent to ancient woodland with protected trees (Betts Wood).
To the west of the site there is a green lane bordered with ancient trees which should be protected if development takes place. There is no public access to the site and there is concern that the adjacent community centre could be sacrificed for this purpose. What are the plans for the Community Centre and public footpaths which must be retained?
• Sheltered accommodation is in danger of being lost at Lime Court and Poplar Court.
• The proposal for development on land at Belchamps is particularly contentious due to the lack of open space for activities available to youngsters and community groups in the Rochford District. Any considered development would be a detrimental impact to the Historical
woodlands. This site has been a very valuable well used resource and it is important this is retained for our future generations.
• As Hockley Woods is the largest remaining wild woodland in the country RDC should be doing EVERYTHING it can to save it from development, either adjacent to or close by. RDC should also actively be adding to it by planting more trees to future proof its existence and status. RDC must protect any thoroughfares that access Hockley Wood.
These comments will be publicised on the Parish Council website, I would be grateful if you could do the same on the Rochford District Council website.

1. INTRODUCTION
1.1 These representations have been prepared by Pegasus Group on behalf of Penland Estates Limited in respect of their land interests in Rochford District Council (RDC).
1.2 These representations are submitted in response to the current Rochford Local Plan Regulation 18 ‘Spatial Options' consultation, which sets out the different growth
strategy options that could be pursued by the Council in the emerging Local Plan. The evidence base accompanying the Spatial Options document includes a Site Appraisal Paper which identifies the suitability of potential sites for allocation, including Penland Estate Limited's interests at:
• Site Reference CFS190: Land South of Pooles Lane, Hullbridge
1.3 The purpose of these representations is primarily to respond to the questions raised by the consultation to ensure there is a sound basis for emerging policies, as well as to support the most sustainable growth options of those set out in the consultation. These representations also confirm the deliverability of the above site and the exceptional circumstances in support of a minor revision to the Green Belt alongside the provision of a site-specific policy that allocates Land South of Pooles Lane, Hullbridge, for residential development in the emerging Local Plan. The representations are supported by high-level technical assessments and an indicative Framework Plan.
1.4 These representations should be read in conjunction with the enclosed high-level technical assessments and an Illustrative Framework Plan, which explain further
the opportunities available to create a high-quality and sustainable residential development with the ability to contribute positively towards the District’s significant housing needs.

2. SPATIAL OPTIONS DOCUMENT
2.1 This section responds to questions posed by the Spatial Options consultation that are relevant to Penland Estate Limited's interests in Rochford.
Q1. Are there any other technical evidence studies that you feel the Council needs to prepare to inform its new Local Plan, other than those listed in this section?
2.2 The technical evidence that has been prepared and is yet to be prepared by the Council is supported as being required to inform the production of a sound Local
Plan in accordance with the provisions of the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF 2021).
Q2. Do you agree with our draft vision for Rochford District?
2.3 Penland Estates Limited considers that the Draft Vision for Rochford District Council provides a sound basis for preparing a spatial strategy. Land to South of Pooles Lane, Hullbridge, will deliver upon the draft vision of Rochford District by providing a high-quality, well-designed development in a sustainable location with good
access to services and facilities which will foster vibrant and healthy communities.
Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help guide decision-making?
2.4 Penland Estates Limited broadly agree with the importance of adopting a range of separate visions for each of the District's settlements to help apply the district-wide vision and objectives at more localised settings. Nevertheless, there is likely to be considerable cross-over between the specific visions for individual settlement, and
as such, the benefits of this approach might not be fully realised.
2.5 Furthermore, this is likely to be quite a time-consuming exercise for the Council's Planning Policy Team to create separate visions for each of the District's
settlements. The Draft Local Development Scheme (2021-23) anticipates that the Local Plan could be submitted to the Secretary of State for independent
examination by Spring 2023, thus providing a short timescale to prepare and submit the emerging Local Plan. Therefore, it is considered that the resource of the
Planning Policy team is likely to be better deployed in other more pressing aspects of the emerging Local Plan process.
Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified? Is there anything missing from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel needs to be included?
2.6 The Spatial Options document identifies five ‘Strategic Priorities.' Strategic Priorities one (meeting the need for homes and jobs in the area) and five (making suitable and sufficient provision for climate change mitigation and adaptation, conservation, and enhancement of the natural and historic environment, including landscape) are of particular interest to our client's site.
2.7 Our client is promoting Land South of Pooles Lane, Hullbridge, for the allocation of residential development through the emerging Rochford District Council Local Plan (RDCLP). It is estimated that the site is capable of delivering up to 226 new homes towards meeting the housing need target for the RDCLP. In addition to delivering much-needed market and affordable housing, the site will deliver upon the draft strategic priorities of the RDCLP as follows:
2.8 Meeting the need for homes (Strategic Priority 1 and 2) – Penland Estates Limited prides itself on working with developers that deliver well-designed, highquality, and sustainable homes for all to enjoy. Any scheme delivered on the site would provide a range of housing types and tenures to meet local needs and the needs of the wider District. This would include affordable housing provision which would be tenure blind in terms of design and well-integrated into the scheme to enhance social cohesion and generate community spirit. It is agreed that the
delivery of new homes sufficient to meet local housing need should be assigned great importance.
2.9 Climate change (Strategic Priority 5) – Any scheme would provide modern high-quality living with housing that meets the latest Building Regulation requirements in respect of energy and water consumption. In addition, the site is located in a highly sustainable settlement, within walking distance of a range of shops, services and pre and primary schools. The site’s location and proximity to
the local service provision in Hullbridge would assist in reducing travel by car and thus assist in reducing carbon emissions.
2.10 Natural environment (Strategic Priority 5) – Any scheme brought forward would aim to achieve a net gain in biodiversity through the retention, protection and enhancement of any on-site habitats, provision of extensive new public open space and high-quality landscaped areas. Existing vegetation at the site would be retained and enhanced through new planting to enhance the potential for habitat creation. In addition, drainage attenuation basins, required as part of the surface water drainage strategy, offer further potential to boost on-site biodiversity.
2.11 Furthermore, whilst the site is currently located in the Green Belt, the evidence provided in our representations and accompanying Green Belt Appraisal demonstrate that the site performs poorly against the five purposes of Green Belt as set out in the NPPF and is capable of coming forward for development without unduly damaging the integrity of the Green Belt. The evidence gathered by the Council clearly illustrates that the District's housing need cannot be sufficiently met
through urban and previously developed land only. Some release of Green Belt land in appropriate locations should be recognised as being necessary where 70% of the
District is designated as Green Belt. The release of Green Belt sites such as Land South of Pooles Lane, Hullbridge, will allow the continued sustainable growth of existing settlements, and would be consistent with the NPPF.
2.12 Historic environment (Strategic Priority 5) – The evidence provided in our representations, the accompanying Heritage Appraisal (see attached at Appendix A) and the Council's Initial Heritage Assessment of Submitted Sites (October 2020)
demonstrates that the site does not adversely impact any nearby heritage assets either directly or indirectly.
Q5. Do you agree with the settlement hierarchy presented? If not, what changes do you think are required?
2.13 The Options Spatial Paper includes a draft settlement hierarchy based on the 2021'Settlement Role and Hierarchy Study,' which uses various factors (including population size, availability and range of services and transport accessibility) to assess the relative sustainability of the District's multiple settlements.
2.14 The Adopted Core Strategy (2011) categorises Hullbridge (and Great Wakering) as a second-tier (out of four) settlement, where there is considered to be a more
limited range of services and access to public transport is judged to be relatively poor. The Spatial Options paper shifts Hullbridge into tier three (out of four) of its
draft settlement hierarchy. This appears to be due to the sub-division of Tier 1 of the Adopted Core Strategy into Tier 1 and 2 of the draft settlement hierarchy, with
Rayleigh remaining in Tier 1 and Rochford (including Ashingdon) and Hockley (including Hawkwell) shifting down into Tier 2 2.15 In addition to Hullbridge, the new proposed Tier 3 includes Great Wakering and
Canewdon. Penland Estates Limited, as outlined below, considers that Hullbridge is better related to the Tier 2 settlement of Hockley in terms of access to services,
population, geographical size, and transport accessibility, compared to the Tier 3 village Canewdon:
2.16 Population – according to the Parish Council website, Hullbridge's population is approximately 7,300, which is markedly greater than that of Canewdon (Tier 3) at circa 1,100. The other Tier 3 settlement of Great Wakering (including Little Wakering and Barling) has a similar population to Hullbridge at circa 7,200.
However, it is recognised that Hullbridge has a growing population, particularly through strategic allocations, such as the 500 unit Lower Road development in southwest Hullbridge (adopted Policy SER6 – South West Hullbridge). It is also anticipated that Hullbridge's population will continue to grow through strategic
allocations in the emerging Local Plan, given the sustainability of the settlement and its ability to support continued growth. This means that the population of
Hullbridge is anticipated to move closer to the suggested Tier 2 population threshold of 10,000.
2.17 Access to public transport – Hullbridge is serviced by the frequent no. 20 bus route operated by Frist Group (every 30 minutes between 7.00 to 21.00 Monday
to Saturday) to Southend via Rayleigh, where wider connectivity into London via the Greater Anglia train service is available. Great Wakering is similarly wellconnected as Hullbridge to public transport links; however, Canewdon is only serviced every two hours by the 60 bus route to Southend via Rochford. It is
recognised that neither Hullbridge nor Great Wakering includes rail links, as available in the Tier 2 settlements. Nevertheless, the frequent bus journeys to these rail station destinations from Hullbridge (and Great Wakering) provide accessible sustainable transport options for residents of these settlements.
2.18 Range of services and facilities – the village of Hullbridge has a good range of services and community facilities capable of meeting the everyday needs of
residents. These include three convenience stores, a dentist, GP surgery, library, pharmacy, a pre-school and primary school and public houses, fast food outlets
and restaurants. In comparison, Canewdon does not possess any such range of services facilities, with only a primary school, a convenience store, and a public
house. Great Wakering has a few more facilities, including a primary school, medical centre, and pharmacy and two public houses, albeit not to the extent found
in Hullbridge.
2.19 It is recognised that Hullbridge does not include a secondary school. Nevertheless, the no. 20 bus route provides a regular service (every 30 minutes) to the
settlements of Rayleigh and Hockley, which contain secondary schools as well as higher order retail services.
2.20 Access to jobs – several small-scale businesses are positioned around Hullbridge and at the various facilities and services mentioned above, which could
accommodate some local employment opportunities. It is considered that such employment opportunities would not be available at the Tier 3 settlement of Canewdon.
2.21 On the above basis, it is considered that the range of existing services and facilities available in Hullbridge mean that the village is better related to Tier 2 of the
settlement hierarchy than Tier 3. It is important that the Council has due consideration of the sustainability of Hullbridge when determining what level of growth is appropriate. The designation of Hullbridge as a Tier 3 settlement should not in itself be taken as a reason for allocating a certain level of growth. This is especially important as the Spatial Options document recognises that Hullbridge (and Great Wakering) are larger settlements than Canewdon; the scale of new
growth that would be appropriate for the settlements would therefore differ.
Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan?
2.22 Penland Estates Limited strongly agree with the identification of a housing requirement of 7,200 homes based on the standard method, which is in accordance
with paragraph 61 of the NPPF. The acknowledgement that this housing requirement forms the minimum housing needs for the District is also strongly agreed with; the Council must explore all opportunities available to accommodate additional growth above the minimum requirement and take on unmet need from neighbouring authorities that are constrained in the level of housing growth they are able to deliver.
2.23 The Spatial Options Document recognises that there is potential for Rochford District to accommodate unmet need from neighbouring authorities. The District's
neighbours are burdened with constraints to identifying sufficient land for housing, such as significant areas of Green Belt land which envelops existing urban areas
and areas of high flood risk. The authorities located within the same housing market area as Rochford have also struggled with maintaining sufficient levels of housing
delivery, further highlighting the importance of this matter. We therefore consider it to be highly likely that there will be unmet need arising from neighbouring authorities. In particular, early evidence issued for the Southend-on-Sea Local Plan preparation has indicated that Southend will require some of their housing requirement to be delivered in Rochford District (Issues and Options consultation,
April 2019). It is therefore vitally important that Rochford District pursues a growth strategy that includes a buffer in excess of the minimum housing required to meet local needs.
2.24 On the basis of the above, Growth Option 1 should be discounted as the strategy would not secure the level of housing required to meet the identified minimum
housing requirement. A sound Local Plan could not therefore be produced following this strategy.
2.25 Of the remaining options which would deliver sufficient housing growth, Penland Estates Limited is strongly supportive of Option 2 (Urban Extensions), particularly Option 2b 'Urban extensions dispersed to settlements based on hierarchy.'
2.26 Firstly, it is recognised that Rochford District Council have had a historic record of housing under-delivery, which in 2020 resulted in the Council having to publish a
Housing Delivery Test Action Plan as their 2019 Housing Delivery Test (HDT) was calculated at 77%. The 2020 Action Plan noted that the delayed delivery of several
strategic sites was a key factor. In particular, this was due to prolonged landowner and developer negotiations, delays at the planning application stage, and the time
taken to discharge pre-commencement conditions. The growth strategy for the Local Plan should therefore limit any over-reliance on large-scale strategic urban
extensions for delivering the required amount of housing.
2.27 Consequently, our client considers that the Council should identify available and deliverable small and medium-sized sites (10 and 1,500 homes) dispersed to
settlements based on hierarchy. This approach would be consistent with Paragraph 69 of the NPPF (2021), which states that "small and medium sized sites can make
an important contribution to meeting the housing requirement of an area, and are often built-out relatively quickly." The delivery of sites at this scale also helps to
ensure sustainable growth can take place across the District in a dispersed manner that allows all settlements to grow organically. 2.28 The NPPF allows for revisions to be made to the Green Belt boundary through the
Local Plan process where there are exceptional circumstances. As explained earlier, release of Green Belt land is required if the Local Plan is to deliver sufficient housing to meet the local housing needs for the District. This forms the exceptional circumstances required for the release of land from the Green Belt in appropriate locations. The delivery of small and medium-scale sites released from the Green Belt, such as Land South of Pooles Lane, will also play an important role in the Council meeting their five-year housing land supply as required by paragraph 68 of the NPPF.
2.29 Land South of Pooles Lane, Hullbridge, is available and deliverable within the Local
Plan period and should be considered further by the Council. Secondly, Option 2b will support existing services by directing further growth to villages like Hullbridge to support the vitality of local services. This approach is consistent with NPPF 79 of the NPPF (2021), which outlines that "planning policies should identify opportunities for villages to grow and thrive, especially where this will support local services."
Consequently, sites in sustainable locations with good access to a range of services and facilities (generally Tier 2 and 3 settlements) should be selected to ensure the
sustainable and effective growth of settlements across the District.
2.30 The Council's Settlement Role and Hierarchy Study assesses the relative sustainability of individual settlements by considering its 'completeness'. The
theory is that the more services a place has, and the easier to access those services are, the more complete that place is. The 'completeness' assessment is shown in
the form of a heatmap, and for Hullbridge, this is shown on Page 82 of the Spatial Options Paper. Land to the South of Pooles Lane adjoins the north-eastern
settlement boundary of Hullbridge, which benefits from a 'walking completeness score' of between 11 and 13, which is the highest score in Hullbridge and is in the
second-highest category overall.
2.31 This is because the north-eastern section of Hullbridge includes Hullbridge preschool and Riverside Primary School, Hullbridge Community Centre, and a bus stop providing a frequent bus service to Southend and Rayleigh (one bus every 30 minutes). These services and facilities are less than a five-minute walk from Land
to the South of Pooles Lane. Additional services and facilities, including convenience stores, a dentist, GP surgery, library, pharmacy, and other fast food outlets and
restaurants, are within a 10-minute walk from the site. By affording sustainable levels of growth to sites such as these, it will assist in safeguarding existing services, public transport links and infrastructure which local people currently rely upon and support vibrant rural communities.
2.32 For the reasons set out above, Penland Estates Limited strongly supports the pursuance of Growth Option 2b, with concentrated growth dispersed to settlements based on hierarchy. This includes allocating growth in high performing and sustainable Tier 3 settlements, such as Hullbridge.
Q11. Do you agree we should require development to source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon and renewable sources? Are there other opportunities in the District to supply low-carbon or renewable energy?
2.33 Penland Estates Limited supports the Council's ambition of ensuring future growth takes place in a manner that is aligned with the national objective of transitioning towards a zero-carbon economy. Penland Estates Limited intends to work with developers that will create high-quality, energy-efficient buildings, which could
incorporate energy generation and conservation technologies, in line with the Council's strategy to reduce carbon emissions.
2.34 Notwithstanding this, there needs to be a balancing act in order to meet this target against the need to deliver a viable scheme. It is clear that further consideration is
required regarding the expected capital uplifts in the emerging Local Plan to ensure that energy efficiency is considered alongside viability. In doing so, the guidance
should consider the Government's figures in their Draft Future Homes Standard which will be in place by the time homes allocated by the new Local Plan are likely to be built. Any policy brought forward on this matter should therefore be supported by appropriate evidence that has investigated potential impacts on viability. The policy itself should include wording to reflect the importance of considering the overall viability of a scheme when determining the application of energy efficiency
initiatives over and above that required by Building Regulations
Q12. Do you agree we should require new development to achieve energy efficiency standards higher than building regulations? What level should these be set at?
2.35 The Council should be consistent with the Government's Draft Future Homes Standard that proposes to remove the ability of local planning authorities to set higher energy efficiency standards than those in the Building Regulations. This is because the Government considers the situation confusing, particularly as the application of energy efficiency standards across local authority boundary lines often means that homes need to be built to different technical specifications. This inconsistency creates inefficiencies in supply chains, labour and potentially the quality of outcomes.
2.36 Nevertheless, Future Homes Standard outlines that changes to the Building Regulations are expected to mean that between 75- 80% fewer carbon emissions
are released into the atmosphere from new development compared to ones built to the 2013 Part L requirement. Requiring new developments to achieve energy
standards higher than the proposed changes to the Building Regulations would need robust evidence identifying the need for such a requirement.
13. How do you feel the plan can help to support the local generation of lowcarbon and renewable energy? Are there locations where you feel energy generation should be supported?
2.37 The Council should promote the idea of the Local Plan supporting renewable energy developments by designating appropriate locations within the District for lowcarbon and renewable energy generation projects. The Council could consider a
'call for sites' process for potential low carbon and renewable sites submitted by landowners, site promoters or developers. The Council could then assess the suitability of submitted sites using relevant criteria.
Q15. Are the principles set out in the draft place-making charter the right ones? Are there other principles that should be included?
2.38 Penland Estates Limited broadly supports the principles contained in the draft place-making charter, which sets out a number of key principles for how new
development is expected to be delivered in a way that contributes positively to their setting and wider environment. In taking this charter forward however, it should be made clear what weight will apply to the principles contained in the charter at the development management stage, as well as how the charter will interface with development management policies.
2.39 Penland Estates Limited prides itself on working with developers that deliver welldesigned, high-quality and liveable schemes for all to enjoy. Place-making and
creating a sense of identity is at the heart of the scheme design shown on the enclosed Development Framework Plan (see attached at Appendix B), with a
consideration of the opportunities and constraints of the site (see plan attached at Appendix C). New dwellings would be modern but sensitively designed to complement the character of the local area, and public open space would be delivered to a high standard to stimulate on-site recreation and interaction between residents. The development would be a positive and environmentally friendly place to live, work and play.
Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new Local Plan?
2.40 The production of new design guides, codes or masterplans alongside the new Local Plan could provide applicants with clarity about design expectations at an early stage. However, there are two important considerations to take into account.
Firstly, site-specific design guidance is likely to be useful only in cases where the development proposed is at a strategic scale or there are unique constraints which
design guidance would help to overcome. For the majority of small and mediumscale development, development management policies relevant to urban design and placemaking are sufficient in securing a high-quality design.
2.41 Additionally, the production of design guidance requires time and staffing resources. The Council should consider the level of detail required in a design code
and the possible impacts of delays due to detailed discussions and negotiations between applicants regarding a scheme's compliance with a design code. Given the Council's historic under-delivery of strategic housing sites, which has in part been attributed to delays at the planning application stage, it is considered that with the preparation of design guides and masterplans is likely to slow housing delivery rates further if required for all sites.
2.42 The suggestion that design guidance is produced alongside the Local Plan preparation would also potentially delay the Local Plan process; which would mean further delaying the delivery of much-needed homes, given the delays experienced in the Local Plan process thus far. It would also require developers to invest in upfront work with no certainty that their particular site would be allocated in due course.
2.43 As such, Penland Estates Limited considers the preparation of design codes, guides or masterplans should be limited to large-scale strategic sites or sites with particularly complex delivery strategies only. All other developments can be brought forward appropriately without specific design guidance, as development
management policies related to design will ensure the correct design principles are followed.
4 Q17. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best plan to meet our need for different types, sizes and tenures of housing?
2.45 Penland Estates Limited recognises the importance of providing a mix of homes to meet the identified local housing needs. Option 2 is supported as providing a logical and flexible approach to ensuring that each new development provides a mix of housing that is appropriate to its location, taking into account all relevant sitespecific factors. This would ensure schemes can provide a range of housing types and tenures to meet local needs and the needs of the wider District. This would include an element of affordable housing provision which would be tenure blind in terms of design and be well integrated into the scheme to enhance social cohesion and generate community spirit.
Q31. Do you consider net gains for biodiversity are best delivered on-site or offsite? Are there specific locations or projects where net gain projects could be delivered?
2.46 National guidance outlines that biodiversity net gain can be achieved on-site, offsite or through a combination of on-site and off-site measures. Schemes should come forward with the aim of achieving a net gain in biodiversity through the retention, protection and enhancement of any on-site habitats, provision of extensive new public open space and high-quality landscaped areas wherever
possible. However, the option of achieving net gain through off-site contributions or habitat creation should not be discounted, as there may be site constraints such
as viability which limit a site's ability to provide net gain on-site.
2.47 Existing vegetation at Land South of Pooles Lane site would be retained and enhanced through woodland belt planting to enhance the potential for habitat creation, as shown on the illustrative Development Framework Plan (Appendix B). In addition, surface water detention basins, required as part of the surface water drainage strategy, offer further potential to boost on-site biodiversity. All opportunities will therefore be taken to enhance the biodiversity of the site.
Q32. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best deliver a quality green and blue infrastructure network through the plan?
2.48 National policy outlines that strategic plans should take a strategic approach to green and blue infrastructure to help promote active and healthy lifestyles, combat climate change and alleviate air quality issues. Well-designed green infrastructure can provide a sustainable alternative to car use through a connected network of
public rights of way and greenways. Proposed option 3 is supported, as the delivery of new and enhanced green infrastructure on new development sites will assist in
creating an improved network of green infrastructure throughout the District.
2.49 In reference to Option 2b ('Urban extensions dispersed to settlements based on hierarchy'), the Council should select sites that are in close proximity to the existing and proposed green and blue infrastructure networks to ensure that future residents have a sustainable alternative to car use. Land to the South of Pooles Lane is located within the Option 2b strategic area, and there is an existing 'secondary greenway' (ref PROW 287_6) approximately 300m to the east of the
site, running in a north-south direction as indicated on Figure 32 of the Spatial Options Document. To the north, this greenway connects to a network of existing and proposed coast paths along the River Crouch, which is less than a 5-minute walk from the site. To the south, this 'secondary greenway' connects to a network of primary greenways circulating Hockley.
2.50 The Land South of Pooles Lane, Hullbridge, promoted by our client Penland Estates Limited, is well placed to encourage a shift away from the private car. As shown by the submitted Framework Plan, any development at the Pooles Lane site will integrate into the existing highway network by providing vehicular, pedestrian and cycle access points. The Council's Site Appraisal (2021) recognises the accessibility of the site to existing walking and cycling infrastructure, as Land South of Pooles Lane (ref CFS03) is scored at level 5 (highest category), as the site is within 400m of an existing cycle or footway.
2.51 In contrast however, the Site Appraisal (2021) scores the site at level 2 for accessibility to public rights of way (the second-lowest category), as there are
adjudged to be no PROWs with 400m. However, a PRoW (ref 287_12) does indeed run along part of the site's eastern boundary, as indicated on the submitted Framework Plan and connects to the 'secondary greenway' (ref PROW 287_6), further to the south. Future residents of the site will significantly benefit from the existing and proposed green and blue infrastructure, which is directly connectable from the site. This inaccuracy within the Council's site assessment should be rectified to correctly reflect the sites accessibility in all ways, including to the PRoW network.
Q36. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new or improved community infrastructure?
2.52 There is the potential for new development to contribute towards the upgrade and maintenance of existing facilities. Penland Estates Limited would welcome the opportunity to engage with the Council and local stakeholders in Hullbridge to understand local community needs.
Q41. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver improvements to open space or sport facility accessibility or provision?
2.53 In reference to Strategy Option 2b ('Urban extensions dispersed to settlements based on hierarchy'), the Council should support sites that can help improve open space or sports facility accessibility or provision. This would be in line with proposed option 4 for meeting open space needs through the Local Plan, which proposes requiring new developments to provide on-site open space or contribute towards improving existing recreational facilities.
2.54 Land South of Pooles Lane is located in the Option 2b settlement of Hullbridge. As identified in the 2009 Rochford District Council Open Space Study, Hullbridge has deficits against the local minimum standards of natural and semi-natural greenspaces (-2.05ha), amenity green space (-0.11ha) and children's play space (-0.01ha). Incidentally, Hullbridge has the second-highest deficit in the District for the provision of natural and semi-natural greenspaces. The provision of sports facilities is 0.53ha above the local minimum standards. It is recognised that the Open Space Study informing the evidence base is slightly dated. Nevertheless, it is
expected that the settlement's deficits (or low provision levels) of semi-natural greenspace and amenity green space, and children's play space are likely to still
exist in the village.
2.55 Taking this information into account, Land South of Pooles Lane has the potential to provide around 3ha of open space throughout the site, serving a range of
different purposes. Open space will be landscaped with a variety of natural and semi-natural areas, such as new woodland belt planting and mixed grassland areas
to promote biodiversity. Circular walking routes are provided, integrated into the wider network of public rights of way in the area. A centrally located locally equipped area for play (LEAPS) can also be provided. The open space would be delivered to a high standard to stimulate on-site recreation and interaction between residents. The development would be a positive and environmentally friendly place to live, work and play.
2.56 Land South of Pooles Lane achieves the highest score for access to public open space in the Council's Site Appraisal (2021) paper, given that Hullbridge Playing
Field is located directly opposite the site. Hullbridge Playing Field contains various existing sports facilities, including a BMX track, skate park, basketball court, sports pitch, as well as play equipment. Furthermore, Hullbridge Yacht Club, located on the River Crouch, is less than a five-minute walk, providing future residents with a wider range of sports and leisure facilities. The Council should consider allocating sites, such as Land South of Pooles Lane, in the emerging Local Plan that are well placed to provide accessible open space and sports facilities, either on-site or within
close walking distances.
Q51. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best address our transport and connectivity needs through the plan?
2.57 Paragraph 104 of the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF) identifies that transport issues should be considered from the earliest stages of plan-making,
which includes opportunities to promote walking, cycling and public transport. The importance of encouraging a shift towards more sustainable modes of transport is
recognised as this will assist in reducing climate change and congestion levels on roads.
2.58 The four options set out in the Spatial Option document are considered to be logical approaches to take in addressing transport and connectivity issues. The Rochford Local Plan should also promote sustainable forms of transport by allocating housing sites in sustainable locations in established settlements which possesses good quality public transport links, including; bus services, footways and cycleways. The preparation of an Infrastructure Delivery Plan or Cycling Delivery Plan would provide clear evidence of the infrastructure improvements that may be required to further support and achieve sustainable development.
2.59 The Land South of Pooles Lane, Hullbridge, is exceptionally well placed to encourage the shift away from the private car. As shown by the submitted
Framework Plan (Appendix B), any development at the Land South of Pooles Lane site will integrate into the existing highway and pedestrian infrastructure by
providing vehicular, pedestrian and cycle access points in appropriate locations. 2.60 By utilising the proposed access points, residents of the scheme will have
convenient and sustainable access (via walking or cycling) to education, a range of shops, and services capable of serving their day-to-day needs. The public transport links available to residents of a scheme at Land South of Pooles Lane are summarised in the schedule below. Access to these services could be further
improved through new development resulting in an increased level of users.
Public Transport Links
Bus stops outside Riverside School, Ferry Road:
No 20 bus service from Hullbridge to Southendon-Sea via Rayleigh:
Monday to Saturday- every 30 minutes
between 7.00 to 21.00, and hourly between
22.15 and 23.15
Sundays- every 30 minutes between 9.00 to
21.30
(0.3km – to bus stop, 3-10 minute walk)
Hockley train station,
Station Approach Hockley SS5 4BG
(6.2 km, 19 minute cycle, 10 minute car)
Rayleigh train station, 1 Castle Dr, Rayleigh, SS6 7HT
5.1 km
(18 minute cycle, 9 minute car,15 minute bus)
Q60a. Do you agree with our vision for Hullbridge?
2.61 Penland Estates Limited broadly support the draft vision of Hullbridge becoming self-sufficient and accessible by sustainable means and to make the most of its location by opening up its coastline as a more attractive and usable space for both residents and visitors. Any development should respond to meeting the housing needs of local residents, and it should be acknowledged that the aims of meeting housing needs and Hullbridge becoming self-sufficient are interlinked. The growth of service provision would be supported by new housing and new customers, which would encourage new businesses as well as support the vitality of existing
businesses.
2.62 The vision currently references the need to provide suitable housing for the elderly, which our client supports. However, the vision should be expanded to incorporate
the needs of young families and parishioners seeking local and affordable housing to ensure a diverse and sustainable settlement can be maintained.
2.63 Land South of Pooles Lane would seek to provide a range of housing types and tenures to meet local needs and the needs of the wider District. This would include
a provision of affordable housing which would be tenure blind in terms of design and be well integrated into the scheme to enhance social cohesion and generate
community spirit.
Q60b. With reference to Figure 48 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the land edged blue should be made available for any of the following uses?
Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
Community infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
Other
2.64 As mentioned in answer to question 6 above, Penland Estates Limited supports Growth Strategy Option 2b. This strategy would provide new development in
sustainable locations across the settlement hierarchy, of a scale that is suitable to the services provision in the relevant settlement. Land South of Pooles Lane (ref
CFS190), promoted by Penland Estates Limited to provide a medium-sized housing scheme, is exceptionally well placed in this regard. It would adjoin the north-western boundary of Hullbridge and lead to the natural extension of this sustainable settlement. The site is incredibly well related to existing services as illustrated on
the walking completeness score replicated below. Development of the site offers the potential to increase permeability within this part of the village, improving
access for existing residents located north of Pooles Lane. 2.65 This accessibility has been reflected in the Council's Site Appraisal Paper (2021), which aims to provide an indication of the relative sustainability and suitability of potential housing sites. For example, the site scores in the highest accessibility (category five) for access to a primary school (less than 400m), a bus (more than 10 bus services provided per hour within 400m), and walking and cycling infrastructure (less than 400m from existing footway and cycle paths). This assessment is strongly supported as reflecting the location of the site in relation to services and facilities, as illustrated in the summary table below.
[see document for table]
2.66 However, the site scores poorly in the following categories: green belt impact (level two), agricultural land classification (level one), access to a train station (level one), access to a secondary school (level one), town centre (level one) and employment site (level one). Additional information is outlined below to provide a more robust assessment of the site's credentials against its poorly performing categories from the Site Appraisal Paper and demonstrate the deliverability of the site.
Green Belt
2.67 Given the extent of the Green Belt across the District and drawn tightly around sustainable settlements such as Hullbridge, it is vital that specific parcels of Green
Belt land adjacent to settlement boundaries are subject to a detailed Green Belt review process. Notwithstanding its Green Belt designation, this land will often provide a sustainable location for growth by virtue of its proximity to the local service provision and public transport links. We consider that this is the case of Hullbridge, where our client is promoting Land South of Pooles Lane, Hullbridge.
Indeed, this is recognised in the Rochford District and Southend-on-Sea Borough Joint Green Belt Study (February 2020) undertaken by the Council, which at paragraph 3.9 states that the most sustainable sites for allocation may be located in areas that make a strong contribution to Green Belt purposes.
2.68 As explained earlier in these representations, the exceptional circumstances required to justify the release of land from the Green Belt are considered to exist
by virtue of the evidence base demonstrating there is insufficient non-Green Belt land available to accommodate the growth required during the Local Plan period. Paragraph 130 of the NPPF readily acknowledges that the plan making process can incorporate the review of existing Green Belt boundaries in exceptional
circumstances. Penland Estates Limited believe that exceptional circumstances exist to warrant such a review and consider that a modification is required in order
to deliver economic and housing growth which is recognised by the Government to be of national and potentially international importance.
2.69 Central to this review should be an assessment of specific parcels of land with development potential against the five purposes of Green Belt as set out in the
NPPF. Sustainable sites for housing growth which are found to not contribute to the five purposes of the Green Belt should be released and subsequently allocated for
development. It is strongly contested that this is the case for the Land South of Pooles Lane. The evidenced and justified release of this land from the Green Belt will allow development to come forward which will meet the objectives of achieving sustainable development as set out in paragraph 8 of the NPPF and assist in
delivering growth of regional and national importance.
2.70 In respect of Land South of Pooles Lane, an independent Green Belt Assessment of the site has been commissioned. The Assessment, produced by Pegasus Group, is appended to these representations (Appendix D). The Green Belt Assessment draws on the recently published Green Belt Study (February 2020) but applies a
finer-grain assessment in order to provide a comprehensive and robust, yet concise
assessment. The conclusions in respect of Land South of Pooles Lane contribution to the Green Belt purposes, is outlined below:
• Purpose 1: To check the unrestricted sprawl of large built-up areas. Site Contribution is assessed as Low/weak.
• Purpose 2: To prevent neighbouring towns merging into one another. Site Contribution is assessed as Low/Weak.
• Purpose 3: To assist in safeguarding the countryside from encroachment. Site Contribution is assessed as Moderate.
• Purpose 4: To preserve the setting and special character of historic towns. Site Contribution is assessed as Low/Weak.
• Purpose 5: To assist in urban regeneration, by encouraging the recycling of derelict and other urban land. Site Contribution is assessed as n/a.
2.71 The detail underpinning the above listed conclusions is evidenced in the Pegasus Group report. In light of the specific assessment against each Green Belt purpose,
the Green Belt Appraisal provides an overarching conclusion which confirms that Land South of Pooles Lane provides a low contribution to the NPPF Green Belt
purposes. In respect of bringing forward development at the site, the Appraisal concludes that:
2.72 “the Council agree that there are exceptional circumstances to justify the release of land from the Green Belt to accommodate development needs, then the Green Belt land immediately around Hullbridge – the site, would be suitable for such release.”
2.73 It is strongly recommended that the Council review the Green Belt Assessment alongside the other submitted evidence from their Site Appraisal Paper and Green
Belt Review study. The results of the Green Belt Assessment have strongly influenced the formulation
of the Framework Plan, in particular with regard to the incorporation of landscape mitigation measures. These take the form of a substantial landscape buffer along
the length of the eastern boundary, which will comprise new woodland planting and will integrate with and enhance existing vegetation. The landscaping strategy for
the site will aid in creating a strong defensible Green Belt boundary, as well as create a scheme that responds sensitively to the countryside character, with a soft
transition from built development to rural countryside.
Agricultural Land Classification
2.74 The Site Appraisal Paper (2021) scores Land South of Pooles Lane (ref CFS190) level one (the lowest category), as the majority of the site is adjudged to contain Grade 1-3 agricultural land (best most versatile or BMV). The other sites in Hullbridge also mostly score level 1, with a few scoring level 2 (i.e. any part of the site contains Grade 1-3 agricultural land). The assessment is based on Natural England Agricultural Land Classification mapping. However, the Natural England maps' scale is intended for strategic use and is not sufficiently accurate for the assessment of individual fields. Given that the site is currently used for arable grazing, it is unlikely that the land will be classified as BMV agricultural land.
Nevertheless, it is clear that the loss of some agricultural land will be necessary if Hullbridge is to continue growing in a sustainable manner. The sites available for
development in this area are of a similar agricultural value, and it is considered the benefits of sustainable development would be sufficient to outweigh the loss of
agricultural land.
Drainage
2.75 The site is located within Flood Zone 1 (lowest risk) as defined by the Environment Agency. The site is therefore considered sequentially preferable for residential development in flood risk terms.
2.76 The score of level two for 'critical drainage risk' appears to have been informed by a high-level review of the surface water flood risk for the site. Mapping on the
Environment Agency long term flood risk website illustrates that the majority of the site is in an area of low or very low surface water flood risk. There are small,
localised areas of medium and high surface water flood risk, associated with low spots within the site or near watercourses. 2.77 This is a matter that can be suitably addressed through any future planning application, which would be supported by a surface water drainage strategy
incorporating Sustainable Urban Drainage Systems (SuDS). The Framework Plan which has been produced has been informed by a high-level Flood Risk and
Drainage Constraints Plan (Appendix E) which illustrates how surface water flood risk can be appropriately mitigated through the inclusion of detention basins in
appropriate locations. The location and design of the basins will be subject to further detailed drainage assessment, however it is considered that a scheme can
be designed that effectively mitigates the risk of surface water flooding.
Access to a train station
2.78 The nearest train station to Land South of Pooles Lane (ref CFS190) is located in Rayleigh approximately 5.2km, which is just over the 5km threshold for a level one score. However, the assessment should take into account where opportunities exist for linked trips via other sustainable modes of transport such as by cycle or public
bus. Land South of Pooles Lane is located less than two minutes' walk from the nearest bus stop, where there is a frequent bus service (every 30 minutes) to Rayleigh railway station, with the journey taking approximately 15 minutes (including walking to the bus stop). This provides a very sustainable option for future residents of this site, and the Council should consider this factor when
assessing the site's sustainability.
Access to secondary school
2.79 It is recognised that Hullbridge does not include a secondary school, and as a result, the site scores level one in the Site Appraisal Paper. However, as mentioned above, the frequent no. 20 bus route (every 30 minutes between 7.00 to 21.00 Monday to Saturday) between Hullbridge and FitzWimarc School, in Rayleigh takes
approximately 15-20 minutes. This is considered to be an acceptable distance for secondary-aged pupils who often travel by bus, bike or even train to get to school.
The Council should therefore consider the accessibility of secondary schools by modes of public transport when assessing the relative sustainability of a site.
Access to a town centre
2.80 The nearest town centre of Rayleigh is around 6.2km from Land South of Pooles
Lane (ref CFS190), which is therefore within level one threshold, as the site is more than 2.3km from the town centre. However, it should be recognised that Hullbridge
contains a range of services, which could be found on a high street, with three convenience stores, medical centre, a pharmacy and other facilities. These services
are therefore capable of supporting the day-to-day needs of residents within Hullbridge, limiting the need to travel beyond the village on a frequent basis.
2.81 The site is also less than two minutes' walk from the nearest bus stop, where there are frequent bus services (every 30 minutes) to Rayleigh town centre, with the
journey taking approximately 15 minutes. This provides a very sustainable option for future residents of this site. Furthermore, due to the impacts of the COVID-19
pandemic, there has been a greater focus on online retail shopping; thus, it is considered that the 2.3km threshold is unjustified adopted by the Site Appraisal Paper, particularly where residents of Land South of Pooles Lane could either access retail facilities by public transport or online.
Employment site
2.82 The nearest designated employment (Imperial Park) area is 4km from Land South of Pooles Lane in Rayleigh, which is just over the level one threshold of 2.3km.
However, this employment site can be accessed by frequent bus service (every 30 minutes), with the journey taking approximately 20 minutes, providing a
sustainable option for future residents of this site. The Council should also consider the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic with increased levels of working from home
practices when considering the relevant proximity of employment sites.
Conclusion
2.83 Penland Estates Limited consider that Land South of Pooles Lane, is suitable, available and achievable for development, taking into account the evidence that it
has prepared to support the site’s promotion so far. The site should be allocated in order to achieve a sustainable and deliverable development strategy for Hullbridge,
consistent with the Local Plan strategy as a whole.

Q1. Are there any other technical evidence studies that
you feel the Council needs to prepare to inform its
new Local Plan, other than those listed in this section?

The Council would expect to see specific reference to:
• The Infrastructure Delivery and Funding Plan
• Level 2 Strategic Flood Risk Assessment
• Local Cycling and Walking Infrastructure Plan
These plans are vital to the long-term sustainability assessment of any proposed sites. Without these
we are unable to comment
Evaluation of the impact of current development on the town of Rayleigh
Rochford District Council should produce its own estimate of Housing need with which to Challenge the figures imposed by Westminster, it is known that the nearest neighbours have all done this.
The Town Council cannot comment on the suitability of the sites in the plan without completion of an
Infrastructure Delivery and Funding Plan which is being undertaken at present, why has this consultation been undertaken before this is available. RDC, ECC, and SBC,
I would expect it to see specific reference to
i) the main Roads and the principal junctions and exit points to Rayleigh, there is potential in this
plan is to build on London Road, Eastwood Road, Hockley Road and Hullbridge Road simultaneously.
ii) Consultation with the actual schools in Rayleigh as to capacity, too often there are no places in
specific school.
iii) Consultation with Doctors and Pharmacies as well the local Healthcare Trust, again there is
evidence of no capacity in certain parts of Rayleigh.
iv) Next level HealthCare such as Hospitals, need consulting, as they are overstretched.
v) Air Quality Management - too many parts of Rayleigh have poor CO2/CO readings
Any such Plan would need agreement with Rochford District Council, Essex County Council, and
Southend Borough Council as they are all affected

Q2. Do you agree with our draft vision for Rochford
District? Is there anything missing from the vision that
you feel needs to be included? [Please state
reasoning]
Mostly. Although you have not included enough information on how you might achieve housing for
the hidden homeless or those on low incomes, schemes to allow the elderly in large houses to be able
to downsize or how you plan to provide suitable commercial units of varying sizes, to allow businesses
to up or downsize into a suitably sized premises without them needing to relocate into another area.
No provision for emergency housing.

Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of
separate visions for each of our settlements to help
guide decision-making? [Please state reasoning]
Yes, as each settlement has its own characteristics and needs.

Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and
objectives we have identified? Is there anything
missing from the strategic priorities or objectives that
you feel needs to be included? [Please state
reasoning]
No comments.

Q5. Do you agree with the settlement hierarchy
presented? If not, what changes do you think are
required? [Please state reasoning]
Yes. Rayleigh is the largest town in the district but care needs to be taken to maintain the integrity of
the existing settlements with respect to green boundary between Rayleigh and its neighbours.

Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you
consider should be taken forward in the Plan? [Please
state reasoning]
Creating a new town would enable all the infrastructure to be put in place, allowing more scope for
cycling routes and pedestrianised areas. This will stop the urban sprawl which is currently happening
in the larger town (and proposed in option 1), creating traffic havoc and pollution. A single large
"garden" village, possibly shared with Southend could allow a more environmentally friendly
development. A development that allows the infrastructure to be developed in advance of the
housing.

Q7. Are there any reasonable alternatives to these options that should be considered instead? [Please state
reasoning]
Small development and windfall developments should be included in housing count.

Q8. Are there any key spatial themes that you feel we
have missed or that require greater emphasis? [Please
state reasoning]
Yes: Cultural and Accessibility.

Q9. Do you agree we should take a sequential approach to flood risk and coastal change in our plan, locating
development away from areas at risk of flooding and
coastal change wherever possible? How can we best
protect current and future communities from flood
risk and coastal change? [Please state reasoning]
Yes. You must ensure the district has a suitable plan to protect not only the towns and village communities, their houses and businesses but also the natural areas as well. The district needs adequate defences to limit flooding in all areas, protecting people and wildlife. Maybe these could be incorporated in the “natural” landscape theming so as to deflect any water away from these areas.
New developments not only need to address their carbon footprint but also the design of the housing they build so that they limit flood damage; raised floors, bunded gardens etc.
The plan must include or identify a flood plane that is protected from development.

Q10. Do you agree that the Coastal Protection Belt and
Upper Roach Valley should be protected from
development that would be harmful to their
landscape character? Are there other areas that you
feel should be protected for their special landscape
character? [Please state reasoning]
All the coastal areas and areas of special interest, especially where there is a significant risk of
flooding and harm to the environment need careful consideration.
The Ancient woodlands such as Kingley Woods, Hockley Woods and Rayleigh Grove Woods and all
natural parks, not just the actual woodlands but also the surrounding areas

Q11. Do you agree we should require development to
source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon
and renewable sources? Are there other opportunities
in the district to supply low-carbon or renewable
energy?
Yes.
New developments should be able to source some or all of their energy from renewable sources.

Q12. Do you agree we should require new development to achieve energy efficiency standards higher than
building regulations? What level should these be set
at? [Please state reasoning].
Yes. The Town Council believes that you should aim to achieve a higher standard if possible and
encourage developers to put forward new ways of achieving this. You must plan for future generations and should not be stuck in the past. Why go for minimum standards? Always aim higher! Keep the technology under review to capitalise on new development.

Q13. How do you feel the plan can help to support the local generation of low-carbon and renewable energy? Are there locations where you feel energy generation
should be supported? [Please state reasoning]
Solar in all new development as standard. Incentives to encourage existing developments to install
solar onto their properties as well as any commercial buildings to be fitted with solar to their roofs;
there are many flat roofed buildings all over the district that could accommodate solar panels without
damaging the landscape. Explore tidal energy and seek out suitable locations in order to ascertain
whether it is viable. Retrofitting existing housing and commercial buildings

Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a placemaking charter that informs relevant policies? Should the same principles apply everywhere in the district, or should different principles apply to different areas? [Please state reasoning]
The district has some very distinct areas and a “one shoe fits all” would be detrimental to some smaller communities. The place-making charter should be bespoke, with each area being considered
in its own right. The rules on building should be strict so as to enhance the areas of development and needs to consider the wider picture in respect of amenities, open spaces, retail, schools, services, pollution, character and accessibility (to name but a few). There should not be deviation of plans unless there are exceptional circumstances. Time and again, SPD2 documents are ignored and ugly extensions and dormers are built to the detriment of the area.

Q15. Are the principles set out in the draft place-making
charter the right ones? Are there other principles that
should be included? [Please state reasoning]
They are, as long as they are adhered to.

Q16.
a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or
masterplans should be created alongside the new
Local Plan?
Yes.
b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a
single design guide/code for the whole District, or to
have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual
settlements or growth areas? [Please state reasoning]
You need different design guides as this district is both unique and diverse and the “one shoe fits all"
would be detrimental to its character and charm.
c. What do you think should be included in design
guides/codes/masterplans at the scale you are
suggesting? [Please state reasoning].
You need to ensure that the character and heritage of the settlements are adhered to whilst allowing for some growth, in order to rejuvenate the smaller settlements if needed.

Q17. With reference to the options listed above, or your
own options, how do you feel we can best plan to
meet our need for different types, sizes and tenures of
housing? [Please state reasoning]
By working closely with planners and developers, as well as different charities and communities,
residents and businesses. You will then get a better understanding as to what you need and what will
be achievable.

Q18. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there areas or sites in Rochford that you feel require a specific approach to housing types, size and tenure?
What is required to meet housing needs in these
areas? [Please state reasoning]
The district has a large number of houses, existing and approved that have four or five bedrooms. The number of homes available with two or three bedrooms is minimal, which increases their price and availability. The smaller properties are the ones that need to be affordable for families. You must ensure that the “affordable“ properties are not all flats and that minimum or higher standards are
met for gardens and recreational space. There are sure to be single, elderly residents that would like to downsize from their large family homes, into a smaller, more manageable one but do not wish to go into an assisted living, residential or retirement homes. They may want a one or two bedroomed property, maybe one storey, or low-rise apartment that they own freehold. The Council would like to safeguard the number of smaller bungalows available and make sure that the existing stock is preserved and a suitable number are provided in the housing mix. You need to consider that some residents may need residential care and you should be looking at ways to cope with the rising number of elderly and provide accommodation for them also.
Consideration should be given to the provision of house for life, bungalows and other potential buildings for downsizing families.
The plan makes no reference to social housing quotas.
The district desperately needs to meet the needs of the hidden homeless. People like the adult children on low wages who have no hope of starting a life of their own away from their parents. By living in these conditions, even if the family unit is tight and loving, it will cause mental health issues, stress and anxiety. You also need accessible properties for the disabled members of our community, where they are assisted in order to fulfil a normal as possible life. All these issues, and perhaps many more, need be addressed.

Q19. Are there any other forms of housing that you feel we should be planning for? How can we best plan to meet the need for that form of housing? [Please state
reasoning]
Housing for the hidden homeless – those “sofa surfing”, or adult children living at home with parents as they are on low wages or wages that would not allow them to move out to rent or buy somewhere on their own. Adapted homes for the disabled. Smaller, freehold properties for the older generation to enable them to downsize from large family homes. Emergency housing.

Q20. With reference to the options listed, or your own
options, what do you think is the most appropriate
way of meeting our permanent Gypsy and Traveller
accommodation needs? [Please state reasoning]
You need to find a permanent site that has a little room to expand but not exponentially. The “Traveller” life has changed over the years and you should revisit the criteria for the traveller community to meet the legal requirements. Strong controls are needed to prevent illegal building work and to ensure the site populations do not exceed capacity.

Q21. With reference to the options listed, or your own
options, what do you think is the most appropriate
way of meeting our temporary Gypsy and Traveller
accommodation needs? [Please state reasoning]
See answer to Q20

Q22. What do you consider would need to be included in a criteria-based policy for assessing potential locations
for new Gypsy and Traveller sites? [Please state
reasoning]
See answer to Q20.

Q23. With reference to the options listed above, or your
own options, how do you feel we can best ensure that
we meet our employment and skills needs through
the plan? [Please state reasoning]
The council should stop developing existing commercial land into housing. Too many sites have already been lost and many more are planned to go. Consider how the plan can help those businesses wanting to expand. Work with local schools and colleges, as well as businesses and the job centre, to see what sustainable employment is needed in the district. Incorporate ways to assist in schemes to train all ages get back into work or upskill. Developers should be encouraged to use local labour

Q24. With reference to Figure 30, do you consider the
current employment site allocations to provide
enough space to meet the District’s employment
needs through to 2040? Should we seek to formally
protect any informal employment sites for commercial
uses, including those in the Green Belt? [Please state
reasoning]
No. The current employment site allocations on Figure 30 do not provide enough space to meet the district’s employment needs through to 2040. There are eighty-seven thousand people in the district. There is no data on the form to suggest how many of these are in employment and how many are looking for work but the council need to reassess its future needs in order to future-proof our residents’ opportunities. The plan should only formally protect sites the that have a future and a
potential to expand or continue effectively.

Q25. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new
employment facilities or improvements to existing
employment facilities?
Option 3 could deliver new opportunities for employment as it would be a new site completely. Industrial units of various sizes, with room for expansion plus retail, hospitality and other employment could be included in the criteria for the development.
Q26. Are there any particular types of employment site or
business accommodation that you consider Rochford
District is lacking, or would benefit from?
Environmental services - woodland conservation and management. (We need to find funding for this
as it is important!) HGV training school and modern transport training. Improve manufacturing base.
Q27. Are there other measures we can take through the
plan to lay the foundations for long-term economic
growth, e.g., skills or connectivity?
Better road networks, gigabit broadband and Wi-Fi. Apprenticeships or training for all ages with jobs
at the end of training. CCTV where appropriate.
Q28. With reference to the options listed above, or your
own options, how do you feel we can best manage the
Airport’s adaptations and growth through the
planning system? [Please state reasoning]
No comments.
Q29. Do you agree that the plan should designate and
protect areas of land of locally important wildlife
value as a local wildlife site, having regard to the Local
Wildlife Sites review? Are there any other sites that
you feel are worthy of protection? [Please state
reasoning]
Yes. You should conform to and improve existing RDC policies for protecting wildlife areas. Everyone should be doing all in their power to protect wildlife sites. All wildlife is important and has been neglected, sites have been slowly lost over the years. Wildlife now enters suburban areas as their own habitats have diminished and they can no longer fend for themselves adequately from nature. Badgers and hedgehogs as well as rabbits, frogs, newts, voles and shrews are declining and are seldom seen apart from dead at the roadside. Bat numbers are declining as their habitats are lost. Designating initial sites is a step in the right direction but more must be done. It is proven that mental health issues can be relieved by nature and keeping the sites sacred is more important now than it ever was.
Keeping a biodiverse environment, with wildlife and the environment in which it relies is paramount. You mention that Doggett Pond no longer meets the standard but are there no steps to improve its status instead of dismissing it? It is obviously an important site for the wildlife in that area. To lose it would be to our detriment. You should be looking at creating new sites with every large housing
development, and protecting them to improve our district and our own wellbeing. Private households should not be allowed to take over grass areas and verges or worse, concreting the verges over for parking and cost savings. These areas, although small are still areas for wildlife. Bees and butterflies are also in decline, as are
the bugs which feed our birds. The plan should create new wildlife meadows to encourage the pollinators in order to future proof our own existence. You should be exploring smaller sites that could be enhanced, managed and protected to give future generations a legacy to be proud of.
Q30. Do you agree that the plan should designate and
protect areas of land of locally important geological
value as a local geological site, having regard to the
Local Wildlife Sites review? Are there any other sites
that you feel are worthy of protection? [Please state
reasoning]
Yes. The plan must protect them for future generations and teach our children their history and importance so that they can continue to keep them safe.
Q31. Do you consider net gains for biodiversity are best
delivered on-site or off-site? Are there specific
locations or projects where net gain projects could be
delivered?
On site. You can then assess in real time and sort out any issues you would not have known about off
site.
Q32. With reference to the options above, or your own
options, how do you feel we can best deliver a quality
green and blue infrastructure network through the
plan? [Please state reasoning]
You need to retain what we already have by ensuring the necessary links are in place to join as many as possible, and ensuring that public rights of way are not blocked by land owners and are kept free from debris. You also need to assess some paths to make them accessible to the disabled so that all is inclusive. There are some green areas that do not have public facilities and it would be advantageous to look into offering this in the larger spaces. For example, a small toilet block and hand washing facilities in the car park. Obtaining funding from new developments that can enhance existing areas as
well as providing new spaces and facilities. The sites should be well-maintained.
Q33. Do you agree that the central woodlands arc and
island wetlands, shown on Figure 32 are the most
appropriate areas for new regional parklands? Are
there any other areas that should be considered or
preferred? [Please state reasoning]
They are a step in the right direction, but you need to assess periodically in order to be able to add further links to any new parkland that may be created in the future. The map is unclear as it does not show exact routes. There is a large open space to the South West of Rayleigh (on the border), South of Bardfield Way and The Grange/Wheatley Wood, which could be enhanced. Existing sites must be retained
Q34. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver new
strategic green and blue infrastructure? [Please state
reasoning]
Enhancing existing areas and ensuring developers include green space and recreational facilities
within their developments. A new, separate development would be able to deliver this within their plan layout. Ensuring there are suitable links, access and footpaths. Making sure some of these footpaths are maintained and accessible for the disabled.
Q35. With reference to the options above, or your own
options, how can we address the need for sufficient
and accessible community infrastructure through the
plan? [Please state reasoning]
Assess the shortfall of facilities and networks before plans are approved so that adequate planning
and funding can be secured before any building takes place.
Q36. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new or
improved community infrastructure? [Please state
reasoning]
A new town would have this infrastructure built into its plans. Funding for improvements must otherwise come from developers if an area is already overpopulated.
Q37. Are there areas in the District that you feel have
particularly severe capacity or access issues relating to
community infrastructure, including schools,
healthcare facilities or community facilities? How can
we best address these? [Please state reasoning]
Rayleigh is overcrowded; it has a road network no longer fit for purpose, some schools are near to capacity, it is difficult to obtain a GP or dental appointment. There is little to no disabled play areas or play equipment. There are always issues with waste collections, drain and road cleaning and verge trimming. The District Council does not have the staff to deal with all these issues. The council should either build another waste recycling site, or develop a better waste collection program which allows extra waste to be collected next to the bin. The current recycling site at Castle Road is no longer
capable of expanding to meet the needs of an ever-growing population. The plan should also identify
a site to accommodate commercial waste facilities to stop fly tipping.
Q38. With reference to the options above, or your own
options, how do you feel we can best meet our open
space and sport facility needs through the plan?
[Please state reasoning]
Improve what we already have. The tennis courts on Fairview Park needs improvement. Safeguard our open spaces to protect wildlife and recreation. Develop different types of sporting facilities. We need to offer free recreation.
Q39. Are the potential locations for 3G pitch investment
the right ones? Are there other locations that we
should be considering? [Please state reasoning]
All-weather facilities should be considered
Q40. Are the listed potential hub sites and key centres the right ones? Are there other locations that we should
be considering? [Please state reasoning]
They look suitable. They will probably need funding.
Q41. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to help deliver
improvements to open space or sport facility accessibility or provision?
A new development would be able to deliver this in their plans or fund improvements for existing facilities in line with national strategy and requirements.
Q42. Are there particular open spaces that we should be
protecting or improving? [Please note, you will have
an opportunity to make specific comments on open
spaces and local green spaces in the settlement
profiles set out later in this report]
The sites will be specific in each parish. You must protect all of these recreational spaces and improve them, if necessary. Once lost to development, they can never come back.
Q43. With reference to the options listed in this section, or your own options, how do you feel we can best
address heritage issues through the plan? [Please
state reasoning]
You should reassess the planning policies regarding alterations made to the buildings on the heritage
list, especially those in conservation areas. There have been a few occasions where buildings of “interest” (or other) have been altered, and that places in conservation areas have been allowed canopies, shutters and internal illumination of signage without challenge. Any building work should be sympathetic to the area and you should require corrections to unauthorised changes, even if they
have been in place for some time. Shop fronts are huge areas of uninteresting glass with garish colours. No objections are raised to signage and advertising that is out of character with a conservation area in a heritage town. Ensure statutory bodies are consulted and heeded.
You should take effective actions to manage the footways, ‘A’ boards and barriers are obstructions to
those with impaired sight or mobility.
Q44. Are there areas of the District we should be
considering for conservation area status beyond those
listed in this section? [Please state reasoning]
You should not take areas of precious woodland to make way for housing. Sites within the existing Rayleigh Conversation Area should not be considered

Q45. Are there any buildings, spaces or structures that
should be protected for their historic, cultural or
architectural significance? Should these be considered
for inclusion on the Local List of non-designated
assets? [Please state reasoning]
Yes there are many sites of historic importance which should be included.
Q46. With reference to the options listed above, or your
own options, how do you think we can best plan for
vibrant town centres in Rochford, Rayleigh and
Hockley? How can we also ensure our village and
neighbourhood centres remain vibrant? [Please state
reasoning]
You can only have a vibrant town centre if there are shops to go to. If these units are subsequently changed to residential then our town centres will be fractured and uninviting. The new Use Class E will mean it will be even more important for the council to protect our retail outlets. You need to work actively with premises owners in order to assist in the re-letting of any empty shops. Maybe
offer a reduced rent to new businesses as a start-up scheme. You could contain this as a “local”
business only – allowing the entrepreneurs in the Rochford District a chance to showcase their
businesses. You also need to be able to negotiate with the owners of empty shops how they can best strive to fill these premises and if not, then have some visual displays in the windows, perhaps photos of the old towns or useful information, to make them more attractive. Explore business rates levies. Any plan should be reviewed frequently; at least every 5 years
It is a well-documented fact that independent businesses have done better than large chains during Covid as they are able to diversify at short notice. RDC need to incentivise new small or micro businesses into our town centre, either through grant support or another mechanism. Occupied premises create employment, increase footfall and reduce vandalism. Landlords should be engaged with to ensure quick turn-arounds, or for more flexible lease agreements where for example a new
business can take on a shorter lease to test the market.
Good public transport links are crucial for our villages, neighbourhoods and town centres.
Q47. Do you agree with the local centre hierarchy set out in Figure 36? If not, what changes would you make?
[Please state reasoning]
Yes
Q48. With reference to Figures 38-40, do you agree with
existing town centre boundaries and extent of
primary and secondary shopping frontages in
Rayleigh, Rochford and Hockley? If not, what
changes would you make? [Please state reasoning]
Yes.
Q49. Should we continue to restrict appropriate uses within town centres, including primary and secondary
shopping frontages within those centres? If yes, what
uses should be restricted? [Please state reasoning]
Yes. A mix of retailers is essential as a lack of variety will eventually kill off the high streets. We need to have a balance of outlets that keep the area viable as you would lose the vibrancy you are hoping to achieve.
Q50. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver improved
retail and leisure services in the District? [Please state
reasoning]
Unfortunately, there has been a tendency to switch from commercial outlets to residential, where smaller retail areas have been sold off and housing development has been allowed. In a new development there would be scope to add a small, medium or large retail precinct, depending on the development size. Retail parks, leisure areas and outlets are proving in many cases, the preferred option for consumers, normally as a result of having everything in one place, free on-site parking and maximum choice. We feel that some of the sites, whilst not suitable for large housing developments, may be suitable for something of this type. It would create much needed employment, opportunity and tourism for the
area.
Q51. With reference to the options above, or your own
options, how do you feel we can best address our
transport and connectivity needs through the plan?
[Please state reasoning]
The council needs to follow the rule “No development before infrastructure”. Houses are being built without adequate road, pedestrian and cycle networks in place. New developments should be planned with cycle paths and walkways that link up with existing paths. The existing paths need updating and attention
Q52. Are there areas where improvements to transport
connections are needed? What could be done to help
improve connectivity in these areas?
More work needs to be done on the A127 and The Carpenters Arms roundabout. The feeder lanes
proposed some years ago to link the Fairglen interchange with The Rayleigh Weir in both directions is
now essential as this is a bottleneck. Hockley needs another access. Connecting the cycle ways into a
cycle network as part of the plan.
Q53. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new
transport connections, such as link roads or rapid
transit? What routes and modes should these take?
[Walking, cycling, rail, bus, road etc.]
As the preferred strategy option is 3b, this could create opportunities for improved links to Southend. You should also consider more and smaller buses to link the towns and villages. Designated cycling paths that are separated from existing roads and pavements, but adjacent to our road networks would help improve traffic flow. Ensure the cycle network links with public transport as part of a
complete review of sustainable transport.
Q54. Do you feel that the plan should identify rural
exception sites? If so, where should these be located
and what forms of housing or employment do you feel
need to be provided? [Please note you may wish to
comment on the use of specific areas of land in the
next section]
This may be a suitable option for a retirement village that could be restricted to single storey dwellings only, and could include community facilities such as convenient store, community centre and so on.
Q55. Are there any other ways that you feel the plan should be planning for the needs of rural communities?
[Please stare reasoning]
Better public transport and sustainable transport links.
Q56.
a. Do you agree with our vision for Rayleigh? Is there
anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]
The plan is adequate so far is it goes, but you have more work to do. You must plan for a reduced volume of traffic and air pollution. More attention is needed to initiatives that design-out crime and fear of crime, and this needs to be functional, sustainable and viable. The Draft Vision Statement ignores the over-development, the lack of infrastructure and facilities we already suffer. Indeed, Rochford District Council’s stated aim within their Asset Strategy and the plans of other Public Service providers is to reduce facilities in the Town further. This is at the same time as demand is growing from a sharply increasing population. This is particularly relevant for the growing elderly population. This will make the next 25 years very challenging.
1/ Cycling infrastructure and other sustainable transport methods should be prioritised over a carcentric highway use. We regret we do not because it is unrealistic, our response must be to inject a note of realism looking forward based on RDCs policies and past action. This goes to the heart of the new Local Plan.
We regret a realistic Vision Statement based on the current trajectory of further development recommended in the Draft Local Plan will be rather more dystopian. We could see a Rayleigh chocked by traffic. Although pollution should decrease with electric vehicles the advent of driverless vehicles, both domestic and commercial, servicing an ever-expanding population could result in gridlock. Pollution will increase from fossil burning home heating systems in many of the new homes. Failure to support public transport will inevitably maroon older residents in their homes far from those few
facilities and shops that remain in our town centre.
Public services offered by police and council (most likely giant unitary council catering for half million people based far away in an urban area), will seem very distant to most people. Most of the green open spaces not in public ownership, also some that are publicly owned, will be built on and have disappeared by 2050. Many public facilities and local public service providers will be taken away and sold off to property developers. The town centres will cease to be the shopping and social areas we know today as a result of Council plans and changing shopping habits. Rayleigh retail business will have closed and online and out of town retail parks will prosper with their free parking facilities. In the same way that London boroughs developed through the decades and centuries, the traditional housing we know today, with private gardens will be replaced by blocks of flats with large vehicle parking areas with recharge points.
2/ Another vision could be forged with the right policies in an enlightened Local Plan. RDC could opt for a garden village settlement away from all the Districts Towns and villages. Rayleigh like other towns that have suffered from overdevelopment in recent decades and should be protect from large scale private development during the forthcoming Plan Period. Only development or local needs should be permitted. Local facilities like Mill Hall would be saved and car parking retained and made
cheaper to assist local town centre business to survive what will be a challenging period. Secondary
shopping facilities in Rayleigh would be supported and encouraged with public finance where required. Public transport would be supported and encouragement, especially when given for children to reach school without parents’ vehicles. Renovation and refurbishment of historic buildings with modern green energy would be promoted over demolition and intensification. Public services would be encouraged to return/expand to Rayleigh, in existing buildings like Council Offices, Police Station and Library etc. The town centre should be the heart of our community not just something you drive
through to reach somewhere else. This could be our vision and our aim for the future.
b. With reference to Figure 44 and your preferred
Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted
sites should be made available for any of the following
uses? How could that improve the completeness of
Rayleigh?
Balancing access against increased congestion will be the issue for a lot of the sites in Rayleigh. If you keep adding small developments to the boundaries of the town, it will overcrowd existing houses and add to urban sprawl.
i. Rayleigh has taken the brunt of development without significant infrastructural improvement.
ii. Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
Commercial development should be supported in town centres, secondary shopping facilities and on approved industrial estates (the latter should not become retail / entertainment locations and residential development should not encroach on them to avoid conflict). Community Improvement Districts should be established
iii. Community infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
Community infrastructure should be preserved and extended. Access to town centres and secondary
shopping by bicycle and foot should be made easier and safer.
c. Are there areas in Rayleigh that development should
generally be presumed appropriate? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]
No. Large scale residential development in Rayleigh should be resisted in the new Local Plan. So called
windfall development should be incorporated in the overall development targets thereby reducing
large scale development.
d. Are there areas that require protecting from
development? Why these areas? [Please state
reasoning]
Conservation areas and green belt and sites subject to the exclusion criteria on the call for sites should be protected. Proposed sites within Rayleigh and on the Western side should not be considered for development. Only an infrastructure plan would provide evidence that the chosen sites are sustainable in the long term, and greenbelt and environmental policies should be adhered to in relation to open spaces on the edge or within the town.
e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on
Figure 44 hold local significance? Are there any other
open spaces that hold particular local significance?
All green spaces, no matter how small, hold some significance, especially to those who use them for
recreation. They are of particular community value and should not be developed. They must be seen as the vital green area not the next place along the line to be built on. It is reasonable for RDC to encourage the development of a garden village away from existing communities to accommodate the Governments home building targets
Q57.
d. Are there areas that require protecting from
development? Why these areas? [Please state
reasoning]
Hockley Wood
Q58.
a. Do you agree with our vision for Hockley and
Hawkwell? Is there anything you feel is missing?
[Please state reasoning]
Yes. Insofar as it relates to Rayleigh.
Q58.
d. Are there areas that require protecting from
development? Why these areas? [Please state
reasoning]
As Hockley Woods is the largest remaining wild woodland in the country you should be doing
EVERYTHING you can to save it from development, either adjacent to or close by. You should also actively be adding to it by planting more trees to future proof its existence and status. You must protect any thoroughfares that access Hockley Wood.
Q60.
a. Do you agree with our vision for Hullbridge? Is there
anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]
Yes. Insofar as it relates to Rayleigh.
d. Are there areas that require protecting from
development? Why these areas? [Please state
reasoning]
Anything too close to the river due to flood risk.
e. Do you agree that the local green spaces shown on
Figure 48 hold local significance? Are there any other
open spaces that hold particular local significance?
[Please state reasoning]
All green spaces, no matter how small, hold some significance, especially to those who use them for
recreation. They are of particular community value and should not be developed. They must be seen as the vital green area not the next place along the line to be built on. It is reasonable for RDC to encourage the development of a garden village away from existing communities to accommodate the
Governments home building targets
Q63.
a. Do you agree with our vision for Rawreth? Is there
anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]
Yes. Insofar as it relates to Rayleigh.
c. Are there areas in Rawreth that development should
generally be presumed appropriate? Why these
areas? [Please state reasoning]
d. Are there areas that require protecting from
development? Why these areas? [Please state
reasoning]
Protection needs to be given to development that change the dynamics of the village and those areas that border Wickford. There needs to be a significant amount of green belt land left to separate the two areas to prevent urban sprawl. Rawreth Lane gets heavily congested at peak times, and with Wolsey Park still not complete this is likely to increase. If there is an accident or breakdown on the road network, it has a huge knock on through Rayleigh and the surrounding areas and Watery Lane isn’t a reliable back up for when there are issue. Therefore, further development on the boundary or
otherwise could be detrimental to not only local residents but the wider District too. RDC should be supporting farmers wherever possible to continue to grow their crops in the district and protect suitable farm land in the area. We do not want to lose the local producers

Q66. Do you agree that our rural communities do not
require individual vision statements? Are there
communities that you feel should have their own
vision? [Please state reasoning]
At this time – yes, but we feel they should have some consideration in the future, in order to protect
them. It would be for the communities to decide their vision statements and we would be happy to
support them.
Q67. Do you agree with our vision for our rural
communities? Is there anything you feel is missing?
[Please state reasoning]
Yes.
Q68. Are there other courses of action the Council could
take to improve the completeness of our rural
communities?
Listen to the residents to see where they would like to go next. See if they require anything specific; travel links, facilities, affordable housing and so on. Empower Parish and Town Councils to take
relevant local actions

The easiest way for me to comment on the Local Plan is to make a general observation rather than try to fit it in with your documents.
I do not agree with the draft vision for the reasons set out below:
• the Council has failed to recognise that the need for housing is grossly overstated.
The significant number of houses which have been built recently are not for local people but for large numbers of people coming into the area-many from London. Rochford District Council should not be trying to solve the housing problems of London Authorities and others.
• Design
The houses built are bland and badly designed with no regard for the historic setting within the Rochford Hundred area.
• Infrastructure
There has been no attention paid to the infrastructure issues-there were no new schools or doctors’ surgeries built, despite the Council naively thinking this would happen. The roads did not and still do not have the capacity and design needed to accommodate additional traffic.
The Local Plan talks about Green Space and Open Areas but in reality these are ignored when it comes to going along with what developers want rather than what the local residents want.
To meet my concerns, the Council will need to devise a Plan which is very specific in addressing the matters I have raised in order to ensure there is no further development of unsustainable numbers of unsuitable houses. Simply making generalised statements is not acceptable.

planning applications for consideration
I understand that there are multiple sites which are being considered for housing development in the area. Given the overwhelming recent evidence of climate change and it’s impact on the global environment, could you please advise whether the developers of these large scale building sites will be compelled to ‘up their game’ in respect of green initiatives (with the aim of delivering carbon neutral or very low carbon housing, heat pumps rather than traditional boilers, high performance insulation and glazing, electric car charging points, etc.)?

A friend of mine purchased a new home in the Folly Gate development and she is now in the process of selling it; the surveyor has identified multiple issues (which should, she hopes, be covered by the new build guarantee), however it is apparent that this development (and I suspect many) was put up cheaply with the minimum regard to quality and likely just enough regard to environmental impact in order to pass planning and building control regulations.

Whilst central government may be lagging behind in their attempts to tackle climate change, it would be good to know if the local council are demanding higher standards for new builds which might otherwise need retro fitting at a later date (creating more manufacturing impact), or worse still, they are still considered ‘acceptable’, when they could have been built to better standards in the first place, developments which lead the way in green credentials, and something which the local council can be proud of.

I would like to register my concern over the proposals to build on yet more sites in an already crowded and over populated area. I have lived in Victor Gardens for 37 years and one of the reasons we moved to this area was because of the green spaces and rural way of life. There have already been massive developments in the area and many old character houses have been demolished, new large houses built and the character and feel of the place has been spoilt already. The two square hideous houses built next to the Dentist and Barbers in White Hart Lane are just one example. We have lost a lot of our green fields already and to suggest we can accommodate all these houses on the New Local Plan is ludicrous. If lockdown has taught us one thing, it is that green spaces are needed for not only physical well being but also for our mental well being. The traffic around this area is already too busy. If you walk up the Main Road in Hawkwell to Hockley there is a continuous stream of traffic no matter what time of day you walk. Children walking to and from Westerings school are being subjected to constant pollution from the cars, as are the children waiting at bus stops to take them to school.Trying to get anywhere locally by car means being stuck in traffic and the B1013 is already a bottle neck, it took me 50 minutes to do a 15 minute journey last week and it regularly takes me over 35 minutes to do this journey,yet the Council want to build thousands of houses which will feed onto these roads. More cars will add to the already congested roads causing even more traffic problems and pollution. The footpaths which at the moment are used by people to get around, as well as for recreation, will have houses built adjacent to them preventing people from having the option of walking in a rural setting. It will be like walking through a housing estate.The argument that is used is that we need affordable housing, but all the evidence shows that the houses being built are huge houses which are not affordable to the first time buyers. Neither of my two adult children can afford to live in this area,so who are we building the houses for? Why not build 50 -100 smaller affordable houses in every town and village rather than target one area and swamp it.
If the plans go ahead, we will lose the character of Hawkwell , which will just become a part of Rochford and Hockley, swallowed up with no definition of where it starts and finishes, with one continuous traffic problem. Considering how much money was spent last year by the Government on health, I'm surprised that health hasn't been taken into consideration for this proposal. You can't keep building on already built up areas and expect the infrastructure, the Drs, the well being of people, the schools and the other amenities to cope, let alone severe flooding which will happen as more land is built on. We have had problems with flooding in the past and I remember houses in Hawkwell Chase flooding in the 90s, Hill Lane has been flooded on several occasions as has the road under the railway bridge by St Mary's church.
I strongly object in particular to the proposal to build on site CFS074 and sites CFS194, CFS169, CFS150 and CFS020,

Dear Planners

COL38
I notice you can no longer comment by clicking on the Spatial option map, is this because you have realised it should not be used for building, as in July 2000 it was agreed by RDC it should go to Ashingdon Parish Council to continue as a play space on a Peppercorn rent for 100 yrs (I was at the council meeting when it was agreed )

CFS023

1) This will strip the Green Belt land Bordering Beckney woods which is ancient woodland which in turn could damage the woods
2) The tranquillity required for the cattery would be lost.
3) The site does not have a gentle slope as mentioned in an earlier SHELAA report it is 60-80 ft North south and west east
4) We suffer from fluvial flooding due to the slopes and as there is blue clay needing deeper foundations this would exacerbate the problem by changing the water table
5) There would be a large impact on the wild life, a large variety of birds bats and adders also Foxes Badgers Muntjac deer .Crested newts have appeared in ponds.
6) Harrogate Drive is very narrow single track no footpath and there is no main Sewer. Wild life would suffer from loss of hedge rows
7) The entrance to Harrogate drive and the site would require a major change to the entrance from Greensward lane including losing property .The owner of [redacted] Greensward lane is adamant it is not for sale so it should be in white on option map.(How many more are like that?)
8) Any houses built would loose any privacy we have due to the large slopes
9) We already suffer from low water pressure and any more houses would worsen the situation

Overall

A) Once again infrastructure should come 1st the report should have been with the consultation.We have been complaining for years and nothing has improved I went to Rayleigh last week and there were queues from Spa Road to Hambro Hill no roadworks or bin lorries holding things up and it was not the rush hour!!
B) It would be far better to have a large site nearer main roads e.g. Lubbards Farm area it could also benefit from the power available from the Solar Farm addition to the Rayleigh substation. Instead of a collection of bits as proposed along Greensward lane
C) No space at local surgeries so more doctors
D) Schools are already close to max capacity
E) More facilities and care required for the ageing community
F) More Hospital beds
G) RDC should agree an overall plan for a new village in conjunction with Southend and Castle point
H) The action plan would have more comments if it was simpler to use for the older population.
I) Any development should have affordable housing not all high end, Hall Road suffers from that.

I would like to put forward my comments for the 20 year plan of Rochford.

As a 20 year old, I will be hopefully looking to buy a house within the next 3-5 years, and I would like to be able to buy a house which is sustainable, eco friendly and has working solar panels and similar technology. Personally, I wouldn’t necessarily enjoy living in one of the recent developments which seem to have many problems with the houses and are not sustainable and are extremely expensive to buy for the amount of space you get in my opinion.

Also, I think that something should be done to reduce traffic around Rochford, either by utilising other roads or finding ways to encourage walking/ making walking to places around Rochford easier for the locals.

I would love to continue living in Rochford as it’s where I have grown up, it has good transport links to London which I will require and all of my family are nearby, but at the moment there is not very much in Rochford Square left, and there is very few places to walk through nature, which is a real shame.

Persimmon Homes is a FTSE 100 housebuilder with a national presence. In 2020 the Group delivered 13,575 new homes, down from 15,855 in 2019 (largely in part due to the impact from Covid-19 on operations), although the selling price increased by about seven per cent.
Persimmon Homes has a strong presence in Rochford, having an option to deliver site CFS087: Land between Western Road and Weir Farm Road Rayleigh, and are actively seeking additional sites in Rochford to deliver much needed housing and regeneration in the Borough. Persimmon Homes welcomes the opportunity to comment on the New Local Plan Spatial Options Consultation Paper 2021.

In the short term, Persimmon Homes is aware that Rochford’s existing Local Plan is now out of date, as per the tests of the NPPF. Ensuring that an adequate supply of housing is provided is a key policy requirement of the NPPF. The Rochford District Core Strategy, which was adopted in December 2011, fails to meet the requirements of the NPPF. Therefore, it is imperative that the draft Local Plan continue to be progressed to allow it to be adopted as soon as possible so that the District can continue to plan effectively to meet the District’s ongoing needs.

Q1. Are there any other technical evidence studies that you feel the Council needs to prepare to inform its new Local Plan, other than those listed in this section?

The technical evidence that Rochford is preparing is comprehensive, though we would suggest the following additional evidence (which may be included within the evidence base documents listed) will also be required to inform the new Local Plan:

Heritage

An ‘initial Heritage Assessment’ is listed, which is vague, which is not sufficiently detailed or robust to properly consider the relationship of heritage assets and emerging site allocations. Persimmon Homes is, in particular, concerned that it identifies site CFS087 as having a ‘moderate-adverse’ impact on the Grade II listed Weir Farmhouse, despite this asset being located some distance from site CFS087 and screened from view (as would have been evidence if Place Services had undertaken site visits) by existing mature vegetation and twentieth century housing developments. The heritage asset listed within Place Services report therefore has no relationship with our allocated site, and cannot be seen from the site.

It is recommended therefore that the Council’s Heritage Evidence Base will need to be properly updated to include, at a minimum, some or all of the following:

• A Heritage Asset Review, to assess the significance of heritage assets and the contribution they make to their environment;
• Lists of Buildings of Local Architectural or Historic Interest;
• Conservation Area Character Appraisals Programme – noting that these were last reviewed in 2008 and therefore these need updating so that the Council have up to date evidence and therefore able to properly consider applications affecting these assets;
• Historic Environment Characterisation Studies; and
• Heritage Impact Assessments, and Archaeological Evaluation Reports, where relevant, on each allocated site. We would strongly recommend that these are prepared in accordance with each site developer and will need to involve site visits, rather than relying on a simple mapping exercise.

Highways

An ‘initial Transport Assessment’ is listed as being provided, which is a vague description and does not specify the required level of detail to support the Plan. It is recommended that this will need to include, at a minimum, some or all of the following:

• Transport evidence for the new Local Plan;
• Transport evidence mitigation;
• Sustainable Modes of Travel Strategy;
• Cycling Action Plan/Local Walking and Cycling Infrastructure Plan/Cycling Delivery Plan;
• Transport modelling of key strategic routes/junctions – the Spatial Options Document goes on to highlight the congestion affecting the road network, and identifies the improvements already planned for the A127 and Fairglen Interchange; and
• Infrastructure Delivery Plan.

Housing

Alongside the HELAA and SHMA, we would recommend the following:

• Self-Build Custom Build Housebuilding Register;
• Housing Implementation Strategy;
• Settlement Capacity Studies;
• Brownfield Land Registers;
• Schedule of Brownfield Sites and Extant Permissions; and
• Housing Trajectories.

Q2. Do you agree with our draft vision for Rochford District? Is there anything missing from the vision that you feel needs to be included?

The draft vision at present appears to be too vague and lacks a real vision. It is clear that the two big challenges facing the country in the next 20-30 years are a lack of homes, particularly for both young and elderly, along with the impending threat of climate change and its attendant impacts. Therefore, both of these need to be reflected in the vision. Rochford should strive, in its local plan, to not only meet its housing supply but to plan beyond, as well as to meet the threat of climate change by encouraging
all developments to be ‘green’, to exceed climate change targets and to seek alternatives to the private car to transform how Rochford residents travel.
For example, the ‘Our Society’ vision needs to have a greater vision for the delivery of new housing and
supporting infrastructure. Rochford should welcome the challenge of building at least 360 homes per year, by choosing to focus on high quality developments and the attendant benefits of planning for the delivery of these homes.
Similarly, the ‘Our Environment’ vision does not refer to climate change, which is a missed opportunity, given the pressing need facing the Country in addressing Climate Change impacts and its repeated messages within the NPPF, particularly as detailed within Chapter 14, and at paragraph 153 which states that, “Plans should take a proactive approach to mitigating and adapting to climate change…”.
Alongside this, the Covid-19 pandemic has transformed how people work, with more people now choosing to work from home, more often. This needs to be reflected in the ‘Our Economy’ vision – can Rochford provide the employment hubs and flexible working conditions to meet the new ‘normal’ for example.

Q3. Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our settlements to help guide decision-making?

Persimmon Homes would agree that separate visions for each settlement would help guide decision making and notes, for example, the wide character as detailed within the settlement profiles from page 71 onwards of the Spatial Options paper. This confirms that Rochford ranges from Tier 1 Settlements such as Rayleigh with 34,000 residents, to isolated hamlets such as Paglesham and Stonebridge of only 250 residents. Clearly, the type and level of development is going to differ and a set of visions for each settlement would provide clarity to developers on the type, and level, of development that would be appropriate. Such vision statements could usefully be informed by the following:
 Historic Environment Characterisation Studies;
 Heritage Impact Assessments;
 Settlement Capacity Studies;
 Transport Studies and Strategies;
 Green Belt Studies;
 Strategic Land Availability Assessment;
 Flood Risk Assessments;
 Design and Development Briefs; and
 Masterplanning Studies

Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified? Is there anything missing from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel needs to be included?

The Spatial Options Paper lists 23 Strategic Options and Persimmon Homes broadly agrees with these, though we would have the following observations to make:
 Strategic Objective 1 – Persimmon Homes understands the Council’s reasons for looking to prioritise previously developed land first. However, the Paper goes onto confirm at page 29 that previously developed land will not be able to meet the Council’s housing targets in full; therefore there is no justification in prioritising previously developed land first. In many cases, greenfield sites are able to be brought forward quicker than previously developed land, particularly in the case of previously developed land having existing uses that need to be relocated first, or contaminated land that requires remediation. Accordingly, this objective could be reworded as follows:
“To facilitate the delivery of sufficient, high quality and sustainable homes to meet local community needs, through working with our neighbours in South Essex and encouraging the redevelopment of previously developed land alongside suitably located greenfield sites to ensure the plan requirements are met in full.”
 Strategic Objectives 4 and 5 – these objectives could usefully reference the change in remote working patterns and confirm that Rochford will promote the use of flexible working practices to meet the needs of the ‘new normal’ arising from Covid-19, as well as offering flexible work
spaces to meet the needs of the 21st Century Office;
 Strategic Objective 6 – we would disagree with the phrasing ‘highest attainable quality’ as this is vague and imprecise; design is, to a large degree, subjective (particularly moreso where Local Authorities lack design codes and guides to guide the design of built form). We would therefore recommend the following revised wording:
“To ensure that all new homes and commercial premises are built to a high quality design and sustainability standard with a good level of access to green space and the countryside.”
 Strategic Objective 13 – this objective could usefully highlight Governments’ requirement to direct development to Flood Zone 1 (i.e. areas at the lowest risk of flooding);
 Strategic Objective 23 – the sole objective relating to climate change could usefully reflect Governments’ Future Homes’ requirement (being introduced in 2025).

Q5. Do you agree with the settlement hierarchy presented? If not, what changes do you think
are required?
Persimmon Homes would agree with the settlement hierarchy presented, which demonstrates that growth should be predominantly located at Rayleigh, Hockley and Rochford. As Rayleigh is the sole ‘Tier 1’ settlement, it is logical that as the Plan progresses, that Rayleigh takes a larger proportion of development than other settlements.

Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan?

The NPPF makes it clear at para 61 that Local Planning Authorities should be looking to use the Standard Method to determine how many homes are required, stating, “To determine the minimum number of homes needed, strategic policies should be informed by a local housing need assessment, conducted using the standard method in national planning guidance…”.
Accordingly, it is confusing at Figure 15 that it includes a ‘current trajectory’ scenario of only 4,500 homes when this scenario will not deliver the Standard Method requirement of a minimum of 7,200 homes. The Council could, therefore, be clearer in this regard and confirm that this Scenario cannot be taken forward in isolation.
The Plan presents four options; Persimmon Homes would support a combination of Options 1 and 2.
Our comments of which are as follows:
 Strategic Option 1 – The Paper itself acknowledges that this Option will not be able to fully meet the Standard Method requirement, as well as acknowledging that it will not be able to deliver the brand new infrastructure that is required alongside new homes.
It is also identified within the Integrated Impact Assessment that the lower growth options will not deliver the required levels of growth, stating on page 25 that:
“The lower growth option will not meet the needs of all people in the district during the plan period. The medium and higher growth options will meet the needs of all people in the district and improve accessibility to housing, employment, training, health, and leisure opportunities.
The higher growth option is more likely to meet the needs of not only people in the district but beyond, as well and encourage the integration and interaction of cross-boundary communities through the delivery of large-scale developments. The medium and higher growth options are also considered for their overall potential to deliver a wider range of housing types, tenures and
sizes, particularly catering for the needs of groups with protected characteristics, such as specialist housing for the elderly and disabled.”
Furthermore, the Integrated Impact Assessment states that: “…smaller scale development proposals bring less opportunity for strategic infrastructure improvements, and may place increased pressure on local road networks.”
The Paper also identifies that said option to increase densities in urban areas are unlikely to be compatible with historic centres and local character, as confirmed within the Integrated Impact Assessment, which states:
“…it is recognised that the lower growth option will focus development in existing urban areas, with a higher potential in this respect to impact on historic centres.”
It also goes on to confirm
"Option 1 would not deliver sufficient housing to meet local needs over the Plan period, in this respect it is also likely to deliver less affordable housing and long-term negative effects can be anticipated.”
Again, we would request that the Council undertake updated Conservation Area Appraisals and Settlement Surveys so that the Council has the required evidence base to consider if increased densities, taller buildings etc. would be appropriate in the historic centres and urban areas, as this would help inform the actual number of dwellings available under this option.
We would also question that this Option uses sites that have retained site allocations from the 2011 Core Strategy, and would question why these sites have not been developed by now – are these sites developable and deliverable as per the tests of the NPPF. This is something that the District Council should review.
Accordingly, this option cannot be taken forward within the next stage of the Local Plan on its own, though it is acknowledged that some level of urban intensification on appropriate sites may be suitable to help meet the Standard Method.
 Strategic Option 2 – Option 2a proposes Urban Extensions focused in the main towns; as Rayleigh is the Districts sole Tier 1 settlement, it is logical and sensible that urban extensions should be focused in Rayleigh. Furthermore, it benefits from not being restricted by any flood zones, being sequentially preferable to many other settlements in the District.
The Spatial Options document identifies that this option would be able to deliver new infrastructure; meet local housing needs; and deliver quickly; all of which Persimmon Homes endorses.
This Option would also deliver the required level of growth required for employment needs, as confirmed within the Integrated Impact Assessment:
“The medium and higher growth options are more likely to have a significant positive effect on this IIA theme through the delivery of new employment land and retail floorspace. These options are also likely to deliver more new infrastructure upgrades and sustainable transport routes to attract further inward investment. Further to this, the higher growth options could contribute to the delivery of sub-regional improvements to green and blue infrastructure, which could have a positive effect on the tourism economy. Whilst positive effects are considered likely under all options, the lower growth option is considered less likely to lead to positive effects of
significance.”
It goes on to state:
“Urban extensions under Options 2a and 2b provide large scale development opportunities that can deliver new infrastructure provisions to support both existing (particularly those in edge of settlement locations) and future residents.”

It concludes:
“Significant positive effects are considered likely under Options 2a, 2b and 4.”
The delivery of sites under the medium and higher levels of growth would also allow for the delivery of climate change measures that are required and discussed later in the Spatial Options Document. The delivery of these measures may not be possible through reusing
existing buildings (Strategic Option 1) as confirmed within the Integrated Impact Assessment:
“…the delivery of large-scale growth that is more likely to come forward under the medium and high growth options present more opportunities for the delivery of low carbon infrastructure through economies of scale compared to the lower growth option.”
On the same theme, the medium and higher levels of growth options are much more likely to be able to deliver the biodiversity and green infrastructure improvements and contributions required, than on existing brownfield sites, as also confirmed within the Integrated Impact
Assessment:
“The medium and higher growth options are also noted for their potential to support the delivery of strategic green infrastructure provisions and associated biodiversity net gain. This includes improvements being explored in the green infrastructure network across the sub-region through the South Essex Green and Blue Infrastructure Study (2020), such as the Regional Parkland.
The Regional Parkland has the potential to act as alternative greenspace targeted at reducing recreational pressures at designated biodiversity sites. These options thus provide a greater contribution to the principles of the Essex Coast Recreational disturbance Avoidance &
Mitigation Strategy (RAMS).
The lower level of growth will mainly result in the delivery of new homes on urban and brownfield sites so has greater potential to avoid designated sites and support urban greening to some extent. The urban focus however is less likely to bring forward strategic mitigation, such as the Regional Parkland to mitigate the recreational pressures on designated biodiversity resulting from a growing population. As a result, the medium and higher growth options are considered more likely to perform better overall in relation to this IIA theme; however, the potential for a significant effect is uncertain as will be dependent on the location of growth.”
It continues:
“…the potential for larger-scale development under Options 2a and 2b is recognised for the potential for greater net gains in biodiversity.”
The site that Persimmon Homes is promoting – site CFS087 – would be capable of being delivered under this Option.
 Strategic Option 3 – The Spatial Options document identifies a number of significant ‘Cons’ which would impact upon the delivery of this option (and thus threaten the delivery of the plan as a whole), all of which we would agree with and would therefore recommend that this option is not progresses as:
o The plan identifies that this option involves complex land ownership issues which is likely to be difficult to resolve and address;
o Significant redrawing of the Green Belt boundaries, including proposing development in more sensitive Green Belt locations than other strategic options;
o Focussing development in a single location/settlement would deprive other settlements of being able to accommodate development, and thus potential infrastructure improvements.
On Environmental impacts, the Integrated Impact Assessment identifies that harm that this option would have on Environmental Quality, stating that:
“…extensive countryside development proposed through the concentrated growth options (Options 3a, 3b and 3c); which is considered highly likely to lead to negative effects of significance in this respect. Options 3a and 3b are also likely to intersect the flood plains of the Crouch and Roach tributaries, and development will need to ensure appropriate mitigation to avoid impacts on water quality…Negative effects of significance are considered more likely under Options 3a, 3b, 3c and 4 given the extent of concentrated growth development locations
in the countryside.”
 Strategic Option 4 – This option proposes a ‘balanced combination’ of all three; we would recommend a balanced combination of Options 1 and 2 represents the most suitable Spatial Strategy going forwards for the reasons given above and indeed as detailed within the Spatial Options document, and the Integrated Impact Assessment, which concludes:
“Option 4 is noted for its potential to perform better against a wider range of the IIA themes than the remaining options. This predominantly relates to the flexibility provided in a tailored approach, essentially combining the best performing aspects of each individual approach (urban intensification, urban extensions and concentrated growth).”

Q7. Are there any reasonable alternatives to these options that should be considered instead?

Southend are currently consulting on its ‘Local Plan - Refining the Plan Options’, with the Consultation running through until 26 October 2021. The NPPF is clear that Local Authorities should also plan to meet housing needs that cannot be met within neighbouring authority areas (para.61), stating that, “In addition to the local housing need figure, any needs that cannot be met within neighbouring areas should also be taken into account in establishing the amount of housing to be planned for”.
In this regard, it is noted that within their Plan proposes a ‘Development Opportunity D’ of c.10,000 homes, of which 4,900 homes lies within Rochford.
It is imperative, therefore, that Rochford works alongside Southend to understand if it needs to plan for these 4,900 new homes alongside its own minimum of 7,200 homes, which would need to be reflected within the next stage of the Rochford District Local Plan.

Q8. Are there any key spatial themes that you feel we have missed or that require greater emphasis?

Persimmon Homes would request that further spatial themes topic papers are required, or updated, for:
 Place Making and Urban Design – further questions within the Spatial Options paper deal with design (Q14 – Q16), but as yet a corresponding topic paper has not been published to consider this issue. The NPPF places an increasingly strong emphasis on design, with the recent 2021 revision further emphasising the Governments’ commitment to building ‘beautiful’ homes and places, to be underpinned by Design Codes and guidance. Understanding how Rochford District Council intends to interpret this requirement will be key for Developers as the plan progresses and beyond.
 Flood Risk and Drainage – Briefly discussed within the Climate Change topic paper, but this issue needs to be sufficiently evidenced as the plan progresses.
 Landscape and Visual Impacts – As above.
 Heritage – The Heritage Topic Paper confirms that existing Conservation Area Appraisals date back to 2007 (if they exist at all) and that these, along with the ‘Local List’ may be updated as the Local Plan progresses. Persimmon Homes would strongly support this evidence being undertaken as understanding heritage impacts is often key, which cannot be understood without up to date evidence.
 Duty to Co-Operate and Strategy Options – As identified at Q7, these topic papers do not address the potential for Rochford needing to meet Southend’s housing needs, as is currently presented as a potential option within their new Local Plan ‘Refining the Plan Options’ consultation.

Q9. Do you agree we should take a sequential approach to flood risk and coastal change in our plan, locating development away from areas at risk of flooding and coastal change wherever possible? How can we best protect current and future communities from flood risk and coastal change?

Persimmon Homes strongly recommends that Rochford take the sequential approach to Flood Risk as required by paragraphs 161-162, confirming that new development should be directed to areas with the
lowest risk of flooding from any source.
The flood map at Climate Change and Resilient Environments Topic Paper identifies that the four
settlements least impacted by Flood Zones are Rayleigh, Hullbridge, Hockley and Ashingdon, and therefore these settlements are sequentially preferable for residential development to meet the Local Plan needs than those settlements that lie within Flood Zones 2 or 3 (such as Great Wakering).
We would also take this opportunity to identify to the Council that the site that Persimmon Homes is
promoting (Site CFS087: Land between Western Road and Weir Farm Road, Rayleigh) lies within Flood Zone 1 and is therefore sequentially more preferable than those sites being promoted that lie within Flood Zones 2 and 3.

Q11. Do you agree we should require development to source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon and renewable sources? Are there other opportunities in the District to supply lowcarbon or renewable energy?

Climate change is a principal risk for Persimmon Homes and a significant issue, with more extreme weather events such as heatwaves, rising sea levels and flooding being experienced and resulting in impacts of both global and local significance. Society is more environmentally conscious with the international community and Government taking a leading role to reduce greenhouse gas emissions by setting and legislating ambitious targets for all to achieve.
As one of the UK’s leading house builders we acknowledge our role in supporting these common aims.
We understand the risks and challenges that climate change presents to our business and the wider industry. We are proactively working with all stakeholders to more effectively integrate climate change issues within our operations and ensure that sustainable improvements are managed in a pragmatic and robust manner.
We recognise that we have a key role to play in minimising our contribution to climate change, through
our own operations, our supply chain and by striving to ensure that the homes and communities we build are sustainable, inherently energy efficient and encourage our customers to live in a way that minimises any impact to climate change. We are committed to working alongside all stakeholders to achieve this.
Working with the Carbon Trust, a global climate change and sustainability consultancy providing specialist support to assist businesses to reduce their greenhouse gas emissions, Persimmon has set ambitious targets to be net zero carbon in our homes in use by 2030 and in our operations by 2040.These targets are supported by interim science based carbon reduction targets to reduce greenhouse gas emissions from our own operations by 46.2% (2019 baseline) and our indirect operations (i.e. those from our homes in use and our supply chain) by at least 22% per m2 completed floor area by 2030 (2019 baseline).
Referring back to the Spatial Strategy Options, the delivery of sites under the medium and higher levels
(Strategy Options 2 & 3) of growth would allow for the delivery of climate change measures that are required. The delivery of these measures may not be possible through reusing existing buildings (Strategic Option 1) as confirmed within the Integrated Impact Assessment:
“…the delivery of large-scale growth that is more likely to come forward under the medium and high growth options present more opportunities for the delivery of low carbon infrastructure through economies of scale compared to the lower growth option.”

Q12. Do you agree we should require new development to achieve energy efficiency standards higher than building regulations? What level should these be set at?

Persimmon Homes would support new homes being built to meet the new Future Homes Standard (being introduced from 2025), which proposes an ambitious uplift in the energy efficiency of new homes through changes to Part L (Conservation of fuel and power) of the Building Regulations. This will ensure that new homes produce 75-80% less carbon emissions than homes delivered under current regulations.

Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies?
Should the same principles apply everywhere in the District, or should different principles apply to different areas?

As the Spatial Options document identifies, Rayleigh is diverse area with a mix of character and vernacular. Accordingly, a ‘Place-Making Charter’ would be welcomed as an overarching theme to guide all new development in the area during the plan period. Persimmon Homes welcomes the Government’s increasingly strong emphasis on design and place making, noting and agreeing with the Government’s statement at paragraph 126 of the NPPF that, “high quality, beautiful and sustainable buildings and places is fundamental to what the planning and development process should achieve.”
Accordingly, the more guidance on this that Rochford can produce (noting that design is often, subjective and without suitable guidance, decisions can be delayed), would only assist developers in understanding the Council’s aspirations in this regard. This would be supported by paragraph 126 of the NPPF, which states that, “being clear about design expectations, and how these will be tested, is essential for achieving this.”
It would also assist decision making in local residents and members are involving in the creation of
place-making charters and other design guidance; to ensure that design is properly considered by members and local residents at an early stage in the process and to ensure their views on design and place making are heard early; rather than such views being made during the application process (such as at Committee) which will delay decision making.
This would also identify if the same principles should apply throughout the District, or if certain settlements have specific principles and design, requirements that only apply to their settlement for example. Such an approach would be supported by paragraph 127 of the NPPF (“Design policies should be developed with local communities so they reflect local aspirations, and are grounded in an understanding and evaluation of each area’s defining characteristics.”)
As above, the more guidance that can be produced, and the more involvement and agreement with local residents/members, can only guide and aid the decision making process.
Of the principles identified within Spatial Options paper, the majority of these would apply everywhere in the District, albeit on some sites certain principles may not apply (impacts on the historic environment for example).
On Design Codes, the NPPF confirms at paragraph 128 that, “all local planning authorities should prepare design guides or codes consistent with the principles set out in the National Design Guide and National Model Design Code, and which reflect local character and design preferences. Design guides and codes provide a local framework for creating beautiful and distinctive places with a consistent and high quality standard of design. Their geographic coverage, level of detail and degree of prescription should be tailored to the circumstances and scale of change in each place, and should allow a suitable degree of variety.” Persimmon Homes would support Rochford District Council in the preparation of
Design Codes in the District.

Q15. Are the principles set out in the draft place-making charter the right ones? Are there other principles that should be included?

Persimmon Homes would broadly support the draft Place-Making Principles, as they would provide a
broad framework for future Design guidance and policy produced by the Local Authority. We note however that there is not a principle relating to Biodiversity; given the Government’s commitment to ensure that development pursue opportunity for net gains to Biodiversity, it may be appropriate to reflect this within the place-making charter.

Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new Local Plan?

Persimmon would welcome the use of design guides, codes or masterplans, which would be supported by the NPPF:
“Being clear about design expectations, and how these will be tested, is essential…” (para. 126)
“Plans should, at the most appropriate level, set out a clear design vision and expectations, so that applicants have as much certainty as possible about what is likely to be acceptable.” (para. 127)
“To provide maximum clarity about design expectations at an early stage, all local planning authorities should prepare design guides or codes consistent with the principles set out in the National Design Guide and National Model Design Code, and which reflect local character and design preferences.” (para.128)

Q16b. If yes, do you think it is more appropriate to have a single design guide/code for the whole District, or to have design guides/codes/masterplans for individual settlements or growth areas?

Persimmon Homes would refer to paragraph 129 of the NPPF:
“Design guides and codes can be prepared at an area-wide, neighbourhood or site-specific scale, and to carry weight in decision-making should be produced either as part of a plan or as supplementary planning documents. Landowners and developers may contribute to these exercises, but may also choose to prepare design codes in support of a planning application for sites they wish to develop.
Whoever prepares them, all guides and codes should be based on effective community engagement and reflect local aspirations for the development of their area, taking into account the guidance contained in the National Design Guide and the National Model Design Code. These national documents should be used to guide decisions on applications in the absence of locally produced design guides or design codes.”
However, given the variety of settlements and styles within Rochford, we would suggest that separate
Design Codes be created for each settlement.

Q16c. What do you think should be included in design guides/codes/masterplans at the scale you are suggesting?

The National Model Design Code, published July 2021, confirms that the preparation of a Local Design Code should follow seven steps:
1. Analysis.
1A - Scoping: Agreeing on the geographical area to be covered by the code and the policy areas that it will address.
1B – Baseline: Bringing together the analysis that will underpin the code and inform its contents.
2. Vision.
2A – Design Vision: Dividing the area covered by the code into a set of typical ‘area types’ and deciding on a vision for each of these area types.
2B – Coding Plan: Preparing a plan that maps out each of the area types and also identifies large development sites from allocations in the local plan.
2C – Masterplanning: On larger sites working with land owners and developers to agree a masterplan for each of the development sites establishing the key parameters and area types.
3. Code.
3A – Guidance for Area Types: Developing guidance for each area type by adjusting a set of design parameters.
3B – Code Wide Guidance: Agree on a set of policies that will apply equally across all area types.
We would advise the District Council to use the Model Design Guide as the basis for the production of
all Design Codes in the District.

Q17. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best plan to meet our need for different types, sizes and tenures of housing?

Of the options listed, Persimmon Homes would support:
 Option 2 – requiring a suitable or negotiable mix of housing that is response to the type or location of development;
 Option 5 – all homes to meet NDSS;
 Option 6 – all homes to meet M4(2); and
 Option 7 – a proportion of homes to meet M4 (3).
Option 1 listed proposes a non-negotiable mix to be provided on all housing developments. Clearly, this
option is unworkable in practice as certain sites are unable to deliver certain types of housing. For example, Brownfield sites in the urban areas are unlikely to be able to deliver suitable proportions of larger dwellings; likewise, heritage constraints in certain areas may influence the size of dwellings that a site could deliver to satisfy historic environment consultees. It is therefore more appropriate to require housing mix to be agreed during pre-application discussions, having regard to site and location characteristics, with the latest SHMA evidence used as a broad guide to inform those pre-application discussions.

Similarly, option 3, which proposes to allocation specific sites for certain types of housing, such as affordable homes, would have the potential to result in ‘ghettos’ and not created mixed inclusive communities (as required by paragraph 92 and 130 of the NPPF; good place-making would be achieved by requiring all developments to deliver policy compliant levels of affordable or specialist housing (subject to viability etc.) and to ensure that housing is of the same build quality/appearance as the
market housing.

Q31. Do you consider net gains for biodiversity are best delivered on-site or off-site? Are there specific locations or projects where net gain projects could be delivered?

Guidance confirms that net gains should normally be delivered on site. However, where achieving biodiversity net gain is not possible on site whilst still delivering a viable project; developers have the option to contribute at a local or regional scale to off-site Offsetting or Compensation. This approach can often successfully result in greater gains for biodiversity than could be provided within a constrained development site. It supports delivery of Local Nature Recovery Strategies and is consistent with the central conclusion of the 2010 report ‘Making space for nature’, that we need more, bigger, better and joined up habitats.
Referring back to the Spatial Strategy Options, the medium and higher levels of growth options are much more likely to be able to deliver the biodiversity and green infrastructure improvements and contributions required, than on existing brownfield sites, as confirmed within the Integrated Impact Assessment:
“The medium and higher growth options are also noted for their potential to support the delivery of strategic green infrastructure provisions and associated biodiversity net gain. This includes improvements being explored in the green infrastructure network across the sub-region through the South Essex Green and Blue Infrastructure Study (2020), such as the Regional Parkland. The Regional Parkland has the potential to act as alternative greenspace targeted at reducing recreational pressures at designated biodiversity sites. These options thus provide a greater contribution to the principles of the Essex Coast Recreational disturbance Avoidance & Mitigation Strategy (RAMS).
The lower level of growth will mainly result in the delivery of new homes on urban and brownfield sites so has greater potential to avoid designated sites and support urban greening to some extent. The urban focus however is less likely to bring forward strategic mitigation, such as the Regional Parkland to mitigate the recreational pressures on designated biodiversity resulting from a growing population.
As a result, the medium and higher growth options are considered more likely to perform better overall in relation to this IIA theme; however, the potential for a significant effect is uncertain as will be dependent on the location of growth.”
It continues:
“…the potential for larger-scale development under Options 2a and 2b is recognised for the potential
for greater net gains in biodiversity.”

Q32. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best deliver a quality green and blue infrastructure network through the plan?

Persimmon Homes would support a combination of option 1 and 3 listed on page 55 of the Spatial Options document to address green and blue infrastructure through the Local Plan:
 Option 1 – Allocating specific areas of land for strategic infrastructure appears a sensible and logical strategic objective to deliver tangible green and blue infrastructure through the course of the Local Plan. Strategic policies to the enhancement and protection of these areas would
be required to provide a policy framework for these specific areas (the coastal path project and South Essex Estuary Park for example), and contributions towards funding these projects could be secured, where required/relevant etc., through S106 contributions or CIL;
 Option 3 – Development sites of a certain scale (particularly edge of settlement, greenfield sites) are typically capable of being able to deliver on-site green and blue infrastructure; of providing connections to green and blue infrastructure through their site; or of securing financial contributions to improving green and blue infrastructure in the local area. With reference to our
site at Western Road, Rayleigh, the site benefits from an existing public right of way running through the centre of the site, and informal footpaths running along the southern boundary along the woodland edge. These informal paths have to be managed yearly in order to maintain these paths for the use of existing residents; without this regular maintenance these footpaths
would not be usable. The development of the site therefore look to retain these links and provide permanent, sustainable connections and to enhance these where possible, providing improved footpaths and links to the surrounding area, including to Kingley Woods to the west of the site. Access to the wider countryside can also be promoted through the development as
existing footpaths can be improved and maintained. There is scope to enhance the Green Infrastructure Network in the locality by providing more formalised and accessible links through the green spaces.

Q35. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how can we address the need for sufficient and accessible community infrastructure through the plan?

With reference to the four options, we would comment as follows:
 Option 1 – support the protection of existing school and healthcare facilities through specific allocations.
 Option two – support the allocation of specific sites for the creation of new community infrastructure (providing that site is being allocated for that use or would not conflict with other site promotions).
 Option 3 – Broadly support requiring new developments to deliver new community infrastructure on site, though would caution that this would only apply to sites of a certain scale.
For example, the Essex County Council Developers’ Guide to Infrastructure Contributions highlights that developments with an individual or cumulative size of 1,400 homes are likely to be required to deliver a new two-form entry primary school, whilst developments with an individual or cumulative size of 4,500 homes or more will need to provide a new two-form entry secondary school. It would be simpler for the LPA to identify new sites for community infrastructure (new schools/extensions to existing schools, new surgeries/extension to existing surgeries etc.), and require developments to contribute towards those new facilities (with reference to para.34 of the NPPF requiring that Local Plans should clarify the level of contributions expected from new developments).
With reference to the Spatial Strategy Options, the Integrated Impact Assessment states:
“The medium and higher growth options are more likely to have a significant positive effect on this IIA theme through the delivery of new employment land and retail floorspace. These options are also likely to deliver more new infrastructure upgrades and sustainable transport routes to attract further inward investment. Further to this, the higher growth options could contribute to the delivery of sub-regional improvements to green and blue infrastructure, which could have a positive effect on the tourism economy. Whilst positive effects are considered likely under all options, the lower growth option is
considered less likely to lead to positive effects of significance.
We would also question whether the Council intends to progress with a Community Infrastructure Levy, to fund the development of new infrastructure in Rochford, as no reference is currently found on the Council’s website (and no reference is made to CiL within the Spatial Options Document). CIL is seen by many as creating a more transparent contributions system, whereby developer contributions can be calculated upfront (which assists developers with viability calculations, as well providing clarity to local residents/interests groups on the level of funding provided by new development and where that funding is directed towards).
Persimmon Homes would support Rochford District Council in the development of a Community Infrastructure Levy.

Q43. With reference to the options listed in this section, or your own options, how do you feel we can best address heritage issues through the plan?

Persimmon Homes would request that the Conservation Area Appraisals be updated as part of the emerging Local Plan process; these were last produced in 2007 so by the time the plan is adopted, these will be over 15 years old. The Local Authority are aware that settlements and areas change over time, and as such, it would assist greatly for these documents to be regularly reviewed.
Persimmon Homes are also concerned that our site at Western Road, Rayleigh (ref. CFS087) is marked poorly in the accompanying Site Appraisal Paper due to impacts on Built Heritage. This appears to have been assessed purely on the basis that there is a listed building – the Grade II listed Weir Farmhouse (List UID: 1322351) – but that this assessment has seemed to be have been undertaken purely as a mapping exercise and without any consideration to the sites relationship to this asset on the ground. The listed building is located a considerable distance from our site, and is screened from view not only by existing twentieth century development but also by considerable mature trees (which would be retained as part of any development proposals); therefore development of our site (ref. CFS087) would have no impacts on the setting of this listed building, as is fully confirmed within the Heritage Statement that accompanies these representations.
With reference to the Spatial Strategy Options, the Spatial Options Paper identifies that said option to
increase densities in urban areas are unlikely to be compatible with historic centres and local character,
as confirmed within the Integrated Impact Assessment, which states:
“…it is recognised that the lower growth option will focus development in existing urban areas, with a higher potential in this respect to impact on historic centres.”
We would therefore recommend that all assessments of built heritage impacts be fully assessed by up to date evidence, noting that the Council’s Conservation Area Appraisals haven’t been updated since 2007 and therefore may not accurately reflect existing site conditions.

Q51. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best address our transport and connectivity needs through the plan?
Persimmon Homes would support the four options listed to address transport and connectivity through the plan.

Q53. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there opportunities for growth to deliver new transport connections, such as link roads or rapid transit? What routes and modes should these take? [walking, cycling, rail, bus, road etc.]

With reference to, our site at Western Road, Rayleigh (ref. CFS087), and the site is within a very sustainable location being walking distance to local amenities including schools (0.6 miles) and a train station (1.1 miles). A main bus route also runs in very close proximity to the site. The wider main road network is also easily accessible.
The development will provide betterment to existing footpaths, creating enhanced foot and cycle links to services and employment areas for new and existing residents. The existing PROW could be upgraded into a cycle link and a formal path that can connect to an east/west foot/cycle link that runs from Western Road to Weir Farm Road. This will allow a good connection to High Road and therefore services/employment/further transport networks. As previously stated, existing footpaths running through the site are informal and could be upgraded as part of the redevelopment proposals for the site to provide permanent, sustainable connections for existing and new residents.
Access to the wider countryside can also be promoted through the development as existing footpaths can be improved and maintained.

Q56a. Do you agree with our vision for Rayleigh? Is there anything you feel is missing?
Persimmon Homes agrees with the vision for Rayleigh. As the District’s only Tier 1 settlement, it is correct that it should take large proportion of the District’s Plan Requirements during the Plan Period.

Q56b. With reference to Figure 44 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted sites should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of Rayleigh?
1. Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
2. Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
3. Community infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
4. Other

Persimmon Homes is promoting site CFS087 for residential development. This 10-acre site is located
north of the A127 by Rayleigh Weir. The site is contained between the current residential area defined by the southernmost extent of Western Road and Eastern Road with the A127.
The majority of the site comprises rough grassland, which has no beneficial use. There is a Public Right
of Way (No25) running south from Eastern Road. The development offers the opportunity to formalise footpath links from Western Road. It would also offer the opportunity to create recreational routes through to Weir Farm Road. The allocation has the potential to enhance the Green Infrastructure Network in the local area.
The site benefits from being closely related to the existing built up area of Rayleigh, its town centre, train station, bus routes and key services. The Vision is that the site will add to the growth of Rayleigh, providing homes in a sustainable location close to existing services, transport links and accessible green space.
The site is located immediately south of the Main Settlement of Rayleigh and north of the A127.
Rayleigh Town Centre is within a 10-minute walking distance and the Train Station, with a direct link into London, is only 1.1 miles walking distance. A main bus route linking the town centre/train station, Southend, Basildon and Canvey Island runs through High Road. This is in close proximity of the site. The site has good access to the wider main road network.
The site is within walking distance to the nearest Primary and Secondary School (0.6 miles and 1.1 miles respectively).
The development of the site would provide beneficial enhancements to the public open space provisions
and improved walking/cycling links across the site to encourage new and existing residents to use
sustainable modes of transport.
The site does not serve the five purposes of Green Belt (as confirmed within the Council’s evidence base) and would benefit from housing development to allow for improved biodiversity creation and management. Development of the site would also provide an enhanced settlement boundary to the A127 and provide an improved setting for Ancient Woodland and Local Wildlife Site.
Development of the site will allow for delivery of required housing in a sustainable location.
Persimmon Homes are currently preparing an updated Promotional Document to support the allocation of the site for residential development, which will be submitted shortly.

Conclusion
The adoption of the new Local Plan (2023) remains, optimistically, 2 years away. The Council does not
have a published strategy for bolstering housing land supply in the period up to the adoption of the new Local Plan. The Council need to identify a strategy to boost significantly the supply of housing in the period up to the adoption of the development plan, such measures should include the early identification of suitable new sites and seeking to pro-actively work with landowners and developers to bring such sites forward.
The Council must ensure that a new development plan is taken forward without further delay. The continued lack of an up to date development plan is significantly hampering delivery and the regeneration imperative.
Persimmon Homes have an interest in site CFS087: Land between Western Road and Weir Farm Road
Rayleigh, which the Site Appraisal Paper confirms suitable, deliverable and available for residential
development, and are actively seeking additional sites in Rochford to deliver much needed housing and
regeneration in the Borough. Further details of this site, along with plans, are submitted as part of this submission to support its allocation within the Local Plan for development.

Rochford Council – New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation
Representations on behalf of Manor Oak Homes
On behalf of our client, Manor Oak Homes, we are pleased to enclose representations to your New Local Plan:
Spatial Options 2021 consultation. As a housebuilder with an active interest in land in the district, Manor Oak
Homes is extremely grateful for the opportunity to comment on the emerging plan.
While we appreciate that the Council’s preference is for respondents to complete the online response forms, our
client’s response is a detailed one that raises a number of inter-related issues and is supported by a package of
documents. The response is contained in the accompanying statement by Armstrong Rigg Planning, which is structured to correspond with the questions asked in the consultation document and is supported by the following enclosures:
Enclosure 1: Red Line Location Plan
Enclosure 2: Constraints & Opportunities Plan
Enclosure 3: Indicative Masterplan
Enclosure 4: Flooding & Drainage Note prepared by MAC Consulting
Enclosure 5: Landscape & Visual Assessment prepared by Aspect Landscape
Enclosure 6: Ecology Note prepared by Aspect Ecology
Enclosure 7: Arboricultural Note prepared by Aspect Arboriculture
Enclosure 8: Built Heritage Note prepared by Asset Heritage Consulting
Enclosure 9: Accessibility Note prepared by MAC Consulting

In addition to providing Manor Oak Homes’ response to the questions posed in the consultation document, this
submission also provides additional information in support of the allocation of land within their control to the
north of Great Wheatley Road in Rayleigh. Their land comprises one of the ‘promoted sites’ referred to in the
‘Planning for Complete Communities’ section of the consultation document and identified on Map 44: Map of
Rayleigh – Site Ref. CFS077. Manor Oak Homes welcome the invitation to comment further on the site, and following further technical work, are pleased now to enclose additional information explaining its merit as a future location for housing.
We trust that due regard will be had to these representations. Should you have any queries or require any further information, please do not hesitate to contact me or my colleague, Geoff Armstrong.

1.0 INTRODUCTION
1.1 This statement sets out the response on behalf of our client, Manor Oak Homes (MOH), to the Rochford New Local Plan: Spatial Options Consultation 2021. The consultation paper seeks views on three components - Strategy Options, Planning Themes and Planning for Complete Communities – posing specific questions on each. This statement has been structured to provide a response under those headings to the specific questions asked with reference, where appropriate, to the evidence base documents and topic papers.
1.2 In preparing this response, particular consideration has been given to the tests of soundness required to be met as set out at Paragraph 35 of the NPPF, including whether the options put forward would result in a Local Plan that is: positively prepared; justified; effective; and consistent with national policy.
1.3 In addition to providing Manor Oak Homes’ response to the issues raised in the consultation paper, this
submission also provides additional information in support of the allocation of land within their control
to the north of Great Wheatley Road in Rayleigh (Enclosure 1). Their land comprises one of the
‘promoted sites’ referred to in the ‘Planning for Complete Communities’ section of the consultation document and identified on Map 44: Map of Rayleigh – Site Ref. CFS077.
1.4 Further information specifically relating to the site is set out at Section 5 and is supported by the following documents:
Enclosure 1: Red Line Location Plan
Enclosure 2: Constraints & Opportunities Plan
Enclosure 3: Indicative Masterplan
Enclosure 4: Flooding & Drainage Note prepared by MAC Consulting
Enclosure 5: Landscape & Visual Assessment prepared by Aspect Landscape
Enclosure 6: Ecology Note prepared by Aspect Ecology
Enclosure 7: Arboricultural Note prepared by Aspect Arboriculture
Enclosure 8: Built Heritage Note prepared by Asset Heritage Consulting
Enclosure 9: Accessibility Note prepared by MAC Consulting.

2.0 SPATIAL VISION
ROCHFORD IN 2050
Q2: Do you agree with our draft vision for Rochford District? Is there anything missing from the vision that you feel needs to be included?
2.1 MOH support the Draft Vision, welcoming in particular the Council’s wish to plan positively and to set a longer-term vision to 2050. Setting a longer-term vision would be consistent with paragraph 22 of the NPPF, but if this vision is to be achieved, then the new plan must be up-to-date and fit for purpose. It is vital therefore that the need for growth is embraced positively and that the most sustainable and deliverable options to achieve this are pursued so that the needs of the area are fully met, including any shortfall in past delivery, and where the need to travel is reduced and the benefits for both existing and future residents are maximised. Recent experience has shown that a number of neighbouring
authorities (e.g Castle Point) will struggle to meet their needs in full, and therefore, opportunities to assist them should also be explored upfront at an early stage and provision made accordingly to ensure that Rochford’s new plan can be found sound at the earliest opportunity.

Q3: Do you agree that we should develop a range of separate visions for each of our
settlements to help guide decision-making?
2.2 MOH support the adoption of a set of settlement-based visions. The work undertaken by the Council as
part of the Role and Hierarchy Settlement Study shows the extent to which the role and function of the
settlements in the district differ and the adoption of settlement-based visions would enable this
individuality to be reflected and the strategy for each to be appropriately tailored. Indeed, in a
primarily rural authority like Rochford, each settlement performs a different role for its population and
hinterland and the capacity it has to accommodate sustainable new growth will vary according to that
role or other physical or policy constraints. It is considered that visions that reflect and respond to
these individualities would provide greater certainty regarding the role each settlement is expected to
perform moving forward enabling the needs of the district to be met.

I am sending you a letter with our responses to the questions relevant to the Croudace development in Rochford. I have also attached a copy of the area Croudace propose to build on in relation to Question 57b. I hope you find these comments constructive and informative.

Spatial Options Consultation

Q2. Do you agree with our draft vision for Rochford District? Is there anything missing from the vision that you feel needs to be included? [Please state reasoning]
We agree with the draft vision for Rochford District, especially in relation to the delivery of high quality homes supported by accessible and responsive services and facilities, creating healthy and sustainable communities.
Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified? Is there anything missing from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel needs to be included? [Please state reasoning]
We agree with Strategic Priority 1, Objective 1, facilitating the delivery of high quality and sustainable homes that meet your local community needs. Whilst we agree that previously developed land should be an important part of meeting needs for development, the council needs to be realistic about how much of the district’s need for development can be accommodated on previously developed land.
We agree with Strategic Objective 2 of Priority 1 which states that Rochford need to plan for a mix of homes to support current and future residents. It is important that the council take into account the types of dwellings required when allocating sites, considering the likely sizes and types of dwellings likely to be accommodated on any given site. Sites such as that at Hall Road, Rochford, being promoted by Croudace, offers an important opportunity to provide a diverse portfolio of housing, addressing the affordability issue that Rochford currently struggles with. From 2016-2019 Rochford only delivered 677 of the 876 new dwellings set out in the housing delivery test (2020). This rate of delivery also falls short of the South Essex Strategic Housing Market Assessment of May 2016 and June 2017 which stated that between 331 and 361 new dwellings should be delivered per annum up to 2037.
We agree with Strategic Objective 6 of Priority 1 which states that the council want to ensure that all new homes “are built to the highest attainable quality, design and sustainability standards”. Croudace prides themselves on the quality and design of the housing they build and we are certain we will meet the council’s standards for development.
We agree with Strategic Objective 11 of Priority 3 which wants to encourage sustainable travel within the district such as walking and cycling. Croudace’s two sites, CFS081 and CFS082 at Hall Road in Rochford, are within walking distance of Rochford town centre, encouraging residents to walk or cycle to the town centre. This factor should be given significant weight when appraising possible Greenfield and green belt releases.
Q5. Do you agree with the settlement hierarchy presented? If not, what changes do you think are required? [Please state reasoning]
We agree with the settlement hierarchy presented as we think it is reasonable to have Rayleigh, the largest town should be at the top of the hierarchy with Hockley and Rochford in tier 2 and the smaller settlements in the tiers below.
Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan? [Please state reasoning]
Of the identified strategy options we believe Option 2b should be taken forward by the Plan. Option 2b would see urban extensions dispersed to settlements based on hierarchy. We agree that spreading the housing supply across a number of builders is the correct and less risky strategy and means that more housing can be delivered sooner, relieving Rochford of its affordable housing supply shortage. We believe that some of the better sites for sustainable development are within the greenbelt so as Option 2b states, some Green Belt land will need to be released. Option 2 would deliver 3,000 – 5,000 more dwellings than Option 1, which already delivers 3,000 – 5,000 homes, with 1,000 – 2,000 of these new houses being affordable, giving a potential total of 10,000 new houses of which 4,000 are affordable houses. We believe this is the correct solution to solving the affordable housing issue in Rochford. As stated in the 2021 draft Local Plan for Rochford, for every 10 additional homes the local community sees the benefit of creating or sustaining 9 local jobs and bringing in £250,000 in additional local spend from new residents.
Q12. Do you agree we should require new development to achieve energy efficiency standards higher than building regulations? What level should these be set at? [Please state reasoning]
For residential development, the Planning Practice Guidance (paragraph 012) is clear that any energy performance standard required by a local policy should not exceed the equivalent of Level 4 of the Code for Sustainable Homes. The building regulations remain the most straightforward way of the country as a whole meeting the challenge of climate change. The Government is working on its Future Home Standard for significantly reducing the carbon emissions of homes, with a challenging but achievable timetable for introduction over the period to 2025. Local policies on the subject can add value where there is a locally-specific justification or opportunity, but the council needs to be clear that the policies it proposes on this front are justified, will add value, and will be capable of implementation without creating substantial duplication of work for both council and applicant that is more simply administered through the building regulations system.
Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies? Should the same principles apply everywhere in the District, or should different principles apply to different areas? [Please state reasoning]
The plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies. However, the same principles should not apply everywhere in the district because some policies would not be relevant in a residential development for example.
Q15. Are the principles set out in the draft place-making charter the right ones? Are there other principles that should be included? [Please state reasoning]
The principles set out in the draft place-making charter are commendable but it is important that the Council set out in policy what they require regarding place-making in the district. These policies will have to be financially budgeted for and may slow down development.
Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new Local Plan?
It would not be necessary to create new design guides, codes or masterplans alongside the new Local Plan as this would create an additional burden on the council and potentially delay the release of the new Local Plan. Any design guides, codes or masterplans could be created once the new Local Plan was published.
Q17. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best plan to meet our need for different types, sizes and tenures of housing? [Please state reasoning]
The best method to ensure Rochford Council can deliver different types, sizes and tenures of housing is to allocate different types of sites to be available for builders to buy. Ranging from brownfield sites in urban areas to Green Belt land being released for new housing developments, making available different types of sites will ensure a mix of housing types, size and tenure are built. It is also important to take into account when creating policy regarding the development of housing that the demand for different type, size and tenure will fluctuate as the demographic and requirements in relation to services of the district change. For this reason, it is important that some flexibility be designed into the policy when determining what size, type and tenure of housing is to be built on a site and that this be determined when the application is received taking into account the current local housing context. With regard to affordable housing, we expect the council to calculate how many affordable houses they need for a given period so as to not slow down the application process with lengthy negotiations. We also want to raise the issue of all the other policy measures and building regulations that builders have to comply with when assessing the number of affordable houses that need to be built, and taking into account the financial feasibility of these requirements.
Q18. With reference to your preferred Strategy Option, are there areas or sites in Rochford that you feel require a specific approach to housing types, size and tenure? What is required to meet housing needs in these areas? [Please state reasoning]
For Sites CFS081 and CFS082 at Hall Road, Rochford, Strategy Option 2b would be suitable for the specific housing approach which would see a mix of 1 to 4 bedroom houses built on these parcels of land. The suitable housing tenure for these sites would be a mixture of owner occupation and affordable houses falling under affordable rented tenure and intermediate (shared ownership) homes. What is required to meet the housing needs in these areas are an increased land supply to provide more housing for Rochford. Rochford has become one of the most unaffordable district counties in the country, with house prices increasing by 70% in the past 15 years. The 2016 and 2017 South Essex SHMA calculated that Rochford district council needed to build at least 360 houses for the next 20 years, however, Rochford currently build on average 166 new houses per year, which falls below the government requirement set out in the SHMA. If Rochford continue to undersupply new dwellings, housing-related issues such homelessness and concealed homes, where young people are forced to stay or move back in with their parents longer than they would want to, will become an increasing issue within the district.
Q23. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best ensure that we meet our employment and skills needs through the plan? [Please state reasoning]
By providing well designed, high quality and affordable housing Rochford will be able to attract more potential workers and businesses to the district and prevent young people moving away from the area in search of affordable housing. This will ensure a stable and able work force whilst also providing jobs to the local population during the construction period of the new dwellings.
Q27. Are there other measures we can take through the plan to lay the foundations for long-term economic growth, e.g. skills or connectivity?
The foundations of long-term economic growth is through having affordable housing young people can afford. This will decrease the likelihood that they will move away, taking their skills with them, whilst also attracting potential businesses to the area to provide services. Providing this housing will also create new jobs during the construction phase which can up-skill workers over a prolonged period of time.
Q31. Do you consider net gains for biodiversity are best delivered on-site or off-site? Are there specific locations or projects where net gain projects could be delivered?
We believe net gains for biodiversity are best delivered off-site. This ensures there are no unforeseen costs during a development and we believe it is more beneficial to the environment to have biodiversity in specific areas than have it spread through developments.
Q46. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you think we can best plan for vibrant town centres in Rochford, Rayleigh and Hockley? How can we also ensure our village and neighbourhood centres remain vibrant? [Please state reasoning]
We think the best plan to ensure Rochford’s town centre remains vibrant is through option 6, specifically providing sustainable connections from any large-scale new housing development to Rochford town centre. Building new housing developments within a 20 minute walk of the town centre is a method of providing sustainable connections to existing town centres, and sites CFS081 and CFS082 fall within these parameters. Additionally, providing accommodation for more residents will provide greater footfall to the businesses within the town centre, further sustaining the services and employment opportunities for Rochford district.
Q57a. Do you agree with our vision for Rochford and Ashingdon? Is there anything you feel is missing? [Please state reasoning]
We agree with your vision for Rochford and Ashingdon, however, the allocation for housing has not been covered. Providing new housing will support Rochford and Ashingdon’s town centre business and provide more sustainability to services.
Q57b. With reference to Figure 45 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted sites should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of Rochford and Ashingdon?
1. Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
2. Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
3. Community infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
4. Other
We believe that site CFS081 and the eastern part of CFS082 (as shown on the attached plan) should be made available for housing market falling under Strategy Option 2b. This could improve the completeness of Rochford and Ashingdon by providing the required ‘critical mass’ in terms of housing density for additional services such as a more frequent bus services or an additional bus stop on the proposed site. This will improve the site assessments access to a bus service from a 1 to a 5 and improve the access to bus services assessment. Site CFS082 is missing from Figure 45 when it is included on the Interactive Consultation Map. We propose to build on half of the total site, preventing Rochford and Hawkwell coalescing and retaining and protecting part of the metropolitan green belt. With these two sites combined, over 600 houses could be delivered for Rochford, which would provide three main benefits. The first benefit would be to local businesses, as an increasing population would bring additional income to the business, which would allow local businesses to grow. The second benefit is that with an increasing population, other firms would view the district as a viable location to establish themselves in, further increasing employment opportunities in the district and providing more services to the area. The third benefit would be Rochford and Southend Borough District would avoid housing-related shortage issues such as homelessness and concealed households. Building more housing would also prevent young people moving away in search of housing they can afford, preventing an ageing demographic which would present its own challenges to the district.
Q57c. Are there areas in Rochford and Ashingdon that development should generally be presumed appropriate? Why these areas? [Please state reasoning]
Sites CFS081 and the Eastern half of site CFS082 should be presumed appropriate for development as they are within sustainable walking distance to Rochford town centre, and therefore offer a highly sustainable way of accommodating the housing needs of the town, a factor which we believe has been given inadequate weight in the council’s published site assessments. As well as meeting housing needs, building these developments would provide jobs over the construction period and prevent homelessness and concealed households becoming an issue within the district. These developments would also increase footfall for local businesses, making local businesses more sustainable, and potential businesses seeing Rochford as a viable area to locate their business. These factors bring the added benefit of greater sustainability to the local businesses and employment opportunities to the wider community.
We acknowledge that sites CFS081 and the eastern half of CFS082 are currently in the green belt. As we are only proposing building on the eastern part of site CFS082, the green belt harm assessment should be re-examined for this site to ensure that it has been fairly appraised relative to all other sites being considered. Limiting development to the eastern part of CFS082 reduces the potential harm caused to green belt purposes, preventing Rochford and Hawkley merging into one another in line with paragraph 138 subsection b of the 2019 NPPF.
The recent development of 620 homes to the east of sites CFS081 and CFS082 has demonstrated that growth of Rochford town in this direction can be successfully accommodated. There is a strip of land along the western edge of that development which remains designated as green belt, providing public open space. We believe the council needs to assess sites CFS081 and CFS082 (east) in light of the fact that the open space there is now not countryside, but is meeting the open space needs of the urban area. If sites CFS081 and the eastern part of CFS082 were to be released from the green belt they would effectively continue the urban area around this open space.
We also question the impact on Built Heritage assessments for sites CFS081 and CFS082 labelled at 1 and 2 respectively. We can only conclude that this low score is due to the nearby Pelham’s Farmhouse, which is a grade II listed building. However, on a site the size of CFS081 there is scope to plan the open space on site so as to minimise direct impacts which may arise to that heritage asset.
We question the assessment for site CFS081 in regards to the access to bus stop being scored at 2. CFS082 assessment scored a 4 and we propose linking the two sites allowing site CFS081 better access to bus stop services, and the area is closer on foot to the town centre. CFS081 and the eastern part of CFS082 are also large enough that they would reasonably be expected to make contributions toward new bus stops and improving bus services. We would also like the access to bus services re-appraised if were given permission to develop on the two sites as the increase in population density may provide the ‘critical mass’ to make the sites viable for the Rochford SS4 1NL bus service to come more frequently then it currently does. This would improve the appraisal score and make the development more sustainable.
The access to secondary schools for site CFS081 is appraised at a level 4 whereas site CFS082 is appraised at the lowest level of 1. With these two sites side by side, with access to the same road network as each other, we question why site CFS082’s access to secondary schools was appraised so low. If needs be, we can provide a financial contribution to a local secondary school to improve the facilities and size of the local secondary school.
We would like the access to town centre for site CFS082 to be reappraised as it is only a level 1 whereas site CFS081 is appraised at a level 4. With the two sites being developed on, a pathway through site CFS081 could be created for site CFS082 allowing it better access to Rochford town centre. The two sites fall within a 20 minute walk of Rochford town centre which should mean the appraisal for site CFS082 is higher.
We also question the appraisal for the access to employment site for site CFS082 at level 2 when CFS081 is appraised at level 4. With both sites having access to the same road network, these appraisals should be the same. We also question if the town centre has been considered as an employment site as it often is a major source of employment within a town. The town centre is only a 15 minute, 1 mile walk away or a 3 minute drive so the access to employment site for site CFS082 should be appraised higher.
We question why both sites CFS081 and CFS082 are appraised at levels 3 and 2 respectively for distance to strategic road network when both have access to the A127 being only 6 minutes away and 2 miles in distance via Cherry Orchard Way.
We would also like the appraisal for access to train services for site CFS082 to be reappraised as site CFS081 is appraised at level 3 whereas the former is at level 2. Through the development, site CFS082 will have access to Rochford train station like site CFS081. Rochford station is only a 15 minute walk or 3 minute drive away from the sites, at a distance of 1 mile from both sites. We therefore argue that the appraisal for access to train services for both sites should be higher.
We would also like the appraisal for site CFS082 proximity to water apparatus to be reassessed as it is a level 1 whereas neighbouring site CFS081 is appraised at a level 5. The River Roach does flow south of both sites and there is Rochford Reservoir only 1 mile away.
The assessment for Critical Drainage Risk for site CFS082 can be improved from a level 2 with implemented drainage systems for the proposed development.
We also question the level two assessment of impact on Ancient Woodland for site CFS082 being at a level 2 when the site is currently used as an agricultural field with no Ancient Woodland currently existing on the site. Site CFS081 with no ancient woodland on it as well was assessed at level 5 for impact on Ancient Woodland.

Dear Rochford District Council members,

My husband and I are writing in response to your New Local Plan and, in particular, to the Spatial Options Document 2021.

We have lived in the Ashingdon Road, near to the Golden Cross, for 51 years and have seen many changes in that time, mostly to the number of houses that have been built, either as new estates or squeezed into unused spaces between existing homes, and how the traffic from these all feeds into the Ashingdon Road.

We understand that growth must happen, that the area is and will continue to grow as it has been doing and that RDC has an obligation to provide a certain number of homes every year. However, it seems to us, that the Rochford Eco Village proposed by the owners of Doggetts Farm is an excellent way forward and we would highly recommend it.

It aims to meet everything that the local residents are most concerned about – firstly, affordable houses that can quickly be constructed, are carbon negative and have zero utility bills. Secondly, leisure facilities, these are recognised much more now than they were 50 years ago as being vital to our health and wellbeing as are woods, beauty spots and walks away from traffic pollution. Thirdly, the inclusion of doctors’ and dentists’ surgeries together with a Special Needs School and sensory play facilities for the further development of children and adults. None of this has been included in the housing estates that have been built since we lived here, and would have all the benefits of providing growth, homes and employment while protecting the environment.

Doggetts Farm lies between Rochford and Ashingdon and could well become a flagship of a carbon neutral, affordable development in this area that will not impinge further onto the Ashingdon Road. This is an opportunity that has not been available in the last 50 years but my husband and I firmly believe that you, as a Council, now has the responsibility to make it happen for the sake of everyone’s children and grandchildren in the next 50.

1.0 Introduction

1.1 These representations are submitted to the Rochford Local Plan Spatial Options (RLPSO) on behalf of M Scott Properties Ltd (‘Scott Properties’) in relation to Land North of Doggetts Close, Rochford (‘the Site’).

1.2 The Site has previously been submitted into the Call for Sites, reference CFS217, with representations submitted to the Issues and Options consultation in 2017.

1.3 Scott Properties is promoting the Site for specialist accommodation for the elderly to meet an identified need. The benefits of such accommodation include the provision of the homes themselves, and that it enables people to ‘rightsize’, releasing typically larger family homes back into the general market.

1.4 The Site is currently located within the Green Belt, this being the only significant constraint in bringing forward this land for specialist accommodation. The Site is otherwise unconstrained and is in a sustainable location, particularly for the specialist homes proposed.

1.5 These representations are also accompanied by a Summary Vision Document (Appendix A) to provide further information on the Site and the proposals for specialist accommodation.

2.0 Response to Spatial Options Consultation Questions

Q4. Do you agree with the strategic priorities and objectives we have identified? Is there anything missing from the strategic priorities or objectives that you feel needs to be included?

2.1 Strategic Objective 2 refers to providing a mix of homes, including support for the ageing population. However, this is referred to as being through the provision of private and social care schemes.

2.2 Whilst some older people will need to utilise a care scheme, many do not and simply need access to more appropriate housing. This includes the provision of bungalows, which can provide an attractive option for people as they age and as mobility may become more challenging.

2.3 Age-restricted bungalows sold on the open market also provide residents with an opportunity to retain the freehold ownership of their home, something that Scott Properties has found is desired by many older people.

2.4 Providing such housing gives people an option to ‘rightsize’ into suitable accommodation at an earlier stage in their life and can help avoid unnecessary falls and mobility issues later in life, when moving home can also become more of a challenge.

2.5 Strategic Option 2 should recognise the importance of providing such homes alongside the provision of care schemes.

Q5. Do you agree with the settlement hierarchy presented? If not, what changes do you think are required?

2.6 Rochford is home to a wide range of services and facilities and we agree that it should be highly ranked within the settlement hierarchy. As one of the larger settlements in the District, it is important that this is recognised so that proportionate growth reflecting its characteristics can be directed to it.

Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan?

2.7 Any option taken forward should also recognise the importance of providing suitable homes for older people. With the ageing population in the District and a 46% increase in over 70s by 2040 compared to current levels, it is particularly important that suitable housing is provided.

2.8 Specialist homes should be located in sustainable locations so that residents have easy access to services and facilities within close proximity. To reflect this, such sites should be within or at the edge of existing settlements, in locations that provide easy access to local amenities.

2.9 There are limited potential sites within existing settlements, and these are in any case often either too small to accommodate specialist housing as part of a mix of dwellings, unsuitable for such a use, or unviable. Edge of settlement sites are ideal for providing specialist housing schemes as they are well located in relation to services whilst being large enough to deliver a sufficient quantum of homes to create a local community, and more likely to be viable for such development.

2.10 As part of any strategy for growth, in order for the Local Plan to be sound, it will be necessary to direct a relatively large proportion of housing growth to Rochford. The Rochford and Ashingdon area is categorised as a top tier settlement within the current Development Plan, i.e. it has been confirmed as one of the most sustainable settlements to which to direct additional growth.

2.11 As the RLPSO recognises, Rochford and Ashingdon together form a functionally-connected settlement home to around 18,000 residents. Between Rochford town centre and a number of neighbourhood centres located throughout the wider settlement, Rochford provides for a wide range of services and facilities.

2.12 The RLPSO also recognises that Rochford benefits from good walking access to most services, and that the only parts of Rochford with particularly poor access to services are around Purdeys Industrial Estate and the residential neighbourhoods of Ashingdon village.

2.13 Development around Rochford and Ashingdon forms part of Strategy Options 2 and 3, with a potential urban extension under Option 2 and larger scale concentrated growth under Option 3. Under Option 4, it could also form part of the strategy, with this comprising a mix of previous options.

2.14 Given the existing size of Rochford and the services and facilities available, it will be important for any option taken forward to include growth directed to Rochford. This is of further importance given the need for housing in the short and medium term, with housing adjacent to the existing settlement of Rochford able to be delivered quickly given the infrastructure already available.

2.15 In relation to Option 1 (urban intensification), we do not consider this to be a realistic option on which to base the Local Plan strategy.

2.16 The RLPSO describes this option as making best possible use of existing planned developments, previously developed land and other under-utilised land, such as vacant buildings and contaminated land; and notes that a strategy based on urban intensification could also include taking a more permissive approach to higher densities in suitable locations (such as town centres and near stations).

2.17 The RLPSO suggests that at least 4,200 homes will be built over the next 10 years under Option 1 and notes the Urban Capacity Study suggests up to a further 1,500 homes could be built through a mixture of maximising the capacity of planned housing developments and taking a more permissive approach to higher densities in urban areas.

2.18 Clearly, it will be appropriate for the Local Plan to encourage an element of urban intensification and the efficient use of previously developed land to help meet housing needs. However, the approach cannot be relied upon to meet development needs in full.

2.19 The NPPF (paragraph 60) stresses that it is a Government objective to significantly boost the supply of housing and to meet local housing needs. Furthermore, as per paragraph 35 of the NPPF, it is a specific requirement of a sound Local Plan for it to seek to meet the area’s objectively assessed needs, as a minimum.

2.20 Option 1 alone cannot meet objectively assessed needs in full. The RLPSO suggests a need to plan for at least 7,200 additional homes, but that Option 1 would only deliver 4,200 homes over 10 years. This would leave the District significantly short on housing.

2.21 In any case, we question whether it is realistic to project delivery of 4,200 homes over 10 years through such an approach. To provide this number would require an average of 420 homes to be delivery per annum over a 10-year period. The Council reports that between 2010 and 2020 the District average was 176.8 dwelling completions per annum. It also reports that this number included contributions from strategic site allocations made by the Rochford Allocations Plan. It is totally unfeasible, therefore, to suggest that this rate can be more than doubled without any further allocations, particularly when one considers that there is only a finite supply of previously developed land suitable and viable for residential redevelopment, much of which is likely to have already been redeveloped.

2.22 One of the tests of soundness for a Local Plan is its effectiveness – whether it is deliverable. We do not consider that a strategy which relied on urban intensification to deliver 4,200 homes would be effective.

2.23 A further concern with a strategy that relies principally upon urban intensification is its ability to deliver the types and tenure of homes that are required. It is likely urban intensification would deliver primarily smaller dwellings and on individual sites each comprising a relatively small number of dwellings. As such, this approach is unlikely to provide a range of different accommodation types to meet the needs of all future residents. Furthermore, it is unlikely that this approach would deliver a range of different tenures of accommodation, including affordable housing, in a manner that may be expected from larger developments. Additionally, it is unlikely that such sites will be able to deliver other community benefits on top of housing, or significant infrastructure improvements.

2.24 We would also question whether a strategy that sought to significantly increase densities would be appropriate for the District. Such an approach is likely to be of detriment to the character of the District’s settlements, and potentially harmful to the amenity of existing and future residents.

2.25 We consider that in order to ensure a sound Local Plan, deliver sustainable development that meets the needs of all of the District’s residents, and to formulate a Local Plan that complies with national policy, it will be necessary to revise the existing Green Belt boundaries and allocate additional sites for development.

2.26 It is entirely appropriate for revisions to the Green Belt boundary to be made through the Local Plan, as the NPPF confirms at paragraph 140. The NPPF also states that alterations to the Green Belt should only be made where exceptional circumstances are fully evidenced and justified; and that strategic policies should establish the need for any changes to Green Belt boundaries.
2.27 Exceptional circumstances are not defined in national policy or guidance. However, there is case law which provides a basis for the consideration of the issue. In particular, the judgment in Calverton Parish Council v Nottingham City Council & Ors [2015] EWHC 1078 (Admin) suggests (paragraph 51) that the following matters are relevant in the consideration of whether exceptional circumstances exist to justify alterations to the Green Belt:

• the scale of the objectively assessed need;
• constraints on supply/availability of land with the potential to accommodate sustainable development;
• difficulties in achieving sustainable development without impinging on the Green Belt;
• the nature and extent of the harm to the Green Belt; and
• the extent to which impacts on the purposes of the Green Belt may be mitigated as far as practicable.

2.28 Given the scale of the District’s objectively assessed need, and the inability to sustainably meet the range of different needs without revising the Green Belt boundary, it is evident that there are exceptional circumstances that justify alterations to the Green Belt through the Rochford Local Plan. The Local Plan will need to make revisions to the Green Belt boundary in order to provide a sound, sustainable strategy for the District.

2.29 As such, this directs the Local Plan towards Options 2, 3 or 4.

2.30 Under Option 2, sites could be utilised at the edge of sustainable settlements, which should include Rochford, to deliver a range of housing growth. This option provides the flexibility to utilise smaller sites to deliver homes earlier alongside larger sites to meet the overall housing need.

2.31 Both Options 2a and 2b include development to the east of Rochford, which we consider is appropriate and necessary to assist in meeting the housing need, direct growth to sustainable locations and provide choice for residents.

2.32 Option 3 comprises concentrated growth of 1,500+ dwellings. A potential location is shown to the east of Rochford, Option 3c. Whilst this scores negatively in the Integrated Impact Assessment (IIA) in relation to landscape, environmental quality and natural resources, some of these impacts will depend upon the exact scale of development chosen and there are likely to be opportunities to utilise smaller sites which can come forward sooner and may have less of an impact.

2.33 In relation to environmental quality, this negative effect seems highly uncertain given that the impacts on air quality cannot be known at this time, especially considering that mitigation could be provided if needed.

2.34 Option 4 comprises a balanced combination of the previous options. This scored most highly within the IIA given the flexibility to provide a tailored approach.

2.35 We agree with this conclusion and consider that Option 4 will provide the best approach to meeting housing, and other needs, within the District. For specialist homes for older people in particular, it is important that specific sites are allocated in sustainable locations to meet this high need. A balanced approach under Option 4 gives the flexibility to be able to do this.

2.36 The Site promoted by Scott Properties is in a sustainable location and can deliver specialist housing for older people (in the form of bungalows) early in the Plan period. The location of the Site adjacent to the existing developed area of Rochford enables it to utilise existing infrastructure and it could form part of Options 2, 3 and 4.

2.37 Whichever option is taken forward, the allocation of the Site to provide housing for older people should form a key part of this to deliver much needed homes to meet the requirements of the ageing population of Rochford.

Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies? Should the same principles apply everywhere in the District, or should different principles apply to different areas?

2.38 Any place-making charter should reflect that areas of Rochford District are different to one another and that different forms of housing have their own characteristics and requirements.

2.39 Providing specialist housing for older people, for example, requires a different approach to traditional family homes, with different requirements and character of development. Bungalows require a greater land take than two-storey homes, with it important to consider and reflect this to ensure that design is not stifled and schemes can respond to their surroundings and individual requirements.
2.40 Should the Council wish to provide a place-making charter, it will be important that this is through engagement with stakeholders, including developers, especially in relation to specialist housing.

Q17. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best plan to meet our need for different types, sizes and tenures of housing?

2.41 To provide suitable specialist homes for older people, it is important that these are carefully considered and specifically allocated for.

2.42 Whilst requiring all new homes to be built to Part M4(2) and a proportion to Part M4(3) of the Building Regulations can help ensure homes are available for a wide range of people, it does not specifically ensure provision of homes to meet the needs of older people, as the NPPF instructs. At paragraph 61 of the NPPF, it emphasises the need to ensure the housing needs of different groups, including but not limited to older people and people with disabilities, are met.

2.43 It is necessary for the new Local Plan to specifically consider the housing requirements for older people, and make specific provision, rather than meeting this through a requirement for housing to be generally in compliance with Parts M4(2) or M4(3).

2.44 The best way to plan for housing for older people is to allocate specific sites to meet this need. This then allows such sites to come forward without needing to try and compete with developers seeking to build general open market housing, which specialist housing providers are often unable to do.

Q19. Are there any other forms of housing that you feel we should be planning for? How can we best plan to meet the need for that form of housing?

2.45 The recognition of the need to plan for specialist housing is welcomed.

2.46 However, this should include housing for older people.

2.47 The housing needs of older people have often been overlooked, to the detriment of older people, as well as the housing market more generally. The housing needs of this ageing population are not being met at a national level. A 2020 study by the Centre for the Study of Financial Innovation found that since 2000, retirement housing has only accounted for 2% of all new homes built nationally – around 125,000 homes. However, each year approximately 700,000 people in the UK turn 65.

2.48 Separately, the increasing under-occupation of the national housing stock caused by a rapidly ageing population has been blamed for a dysfunctional housing market, in which first-time buyers find it difficult to get on the housing ladder and families find moving to larger homes prohibitively expensive.

2.49 The NPPF requires (paragraph 61) planning to meet the housing needs of different groups, including but not limited to older people and people with disabilities, are met.

2.50 Planning Practice Guidance (PPG) is clear on the importance of planning for housing to meet the needs of older people. The PPG expressly states:

“The need to provide housing for older people is critical” (Paragraph: 001 Reference ID: 63-001-20190626, emphasis added).

And;

“The provision of appropriate housing for people with disabilities, including specialist and supported housing, is crucial in helping them to live safe and independent lives.” (Paragraph: 002 Reference ID: 63-002-20190626).

2.51 The NPPF recognises that ‘older people’ are not a homogeneous group, but that older persons have a variety of differing accommodation needs. It defines older people for the purposes of planning as:

“People over or approaching retirement age, including the active, newly retired through to the very frail elderly; and whose housing needs can encompass accessible, adaptable general needs housing through to the full range of retirement and specialised housing for those with support or care needs”. (NPPF Annex 2)

2.52 The PPG confirms the need to recognise that there are multitude of different types of specialist housing designed to meet the diverse needs of older people, and that needs cannot be met simply through extra-care or sheltered housing. It notes that specialist housing for older people includes age-restricted general market housing. It states that this type of housing is generally for people aged 55 and over and the active elderly, and that it may include some shared amenities such as communal gardens, but does not include support or care services.

2.53 The PPG also states that specialist housing for older people can include retirement living, with limited communal facilities and generally without care services, but with some support to enable independent living (for example, the potential for 24 hour on-site assistance through an alarm system).

2.54 Many people do not require care but wish to ‘rightsize’ into a more suitable homes, often releasing equity in the process. With the ageing population expected to significantly increase in the District, as the RLPSO acknowledges, it is important that suitable homes are provided accordingly.

2.55 Currently residents are often left with no choice but to remain in larger family homes, sometimes as a single person household. Scott Properties’ proposal seeks to provide older people with an option at a point in their life before they require care.

2.56 Providing suitable homes in, and close to, existing settlements allows people to remain within their local community in more suitable housing. Providing a cluster of specialist homes together can create a community within the scheme itself, a further benefit of allocating specific sites.

2.57 In addition to the obvious benefit to older people who would directly benefit from the provision of such accommodation, an attractive rightsizing option for older people which still allows them to live independently and own their own home can help reduce the under-occupancy rate of the existing housing stock, and free-up larger dwellings for families currently in housing need.

Q57a. Do you agree with our vision for Rochford and Ashingdon? Is there anything you feel is missing?

2.58 Whilst we agree with the principles of the vision, it should also include the provision of suitable homes for older people to enable them to live in appropriate housing in their local community, reflecting that this is evidently an important issue for the District and one the NPPF instructs Local Plans to address.

Q57b. With reference to Figure 45 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted sites should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of Rochford and Ashingdon?

2.59 The Site promoted by Scott Properties (CFS217), should be made available for specialist homes for older people.

2.60 As set out above and reflected in the Spatial Options document, the District has an ageing population and it is important to deliver new homes to meet this need, as required by the NPPF.

2.61 The provision of specialist homes also has a further benefit that it releases larger family homes back into the general market as residents move out of those homes and into more suitable homes.

2.62 To reflect the differing needs of older people in respect of housing, the Site should be allocated to provide specialist housing in the form of bungalows.

2.63 The Site is located in a sustainable location close to existing services and facilities, with many within walking distance. As a triangular and relatively small arable field it is currently underused and could be utilised much more efficiently to provide homes suitable for older people.

2.64 New residents on the Site would bring an additional benefit in terms of increased spend in the local area, helping to maintain the vitality and viability of Rochford town centre and support the proposed Vision Statement for the town centre as set out in the RLPSO.

2.65 It should be recognised that the development of the Site for specialist housing for older people would have a very different impact on local infrastructure than a general residential allocation. For example, it does not have any impact on early years, primary or secondary school infrastructure. In addition, it has a very different impact on the highway network, generating very little additional traffic at peak times compared with a general residential development. Not only are there likely to be significantly fewer vehicular movements associated with commuters generated by this development, but there will also be a lack of traffic generated associated with the school run. This is of particular relevance given the significant impact vehicular movements associated with transport to and from schools has – the sustainable transport charity Sustrans estimated in 2014 that school traffic contributed, nationally, to 24% of all traffic at peak times.
2.66 The Site itself is currently constrained by being designated as Green Belt, but has no other constraints as recognised in the SHELAA 2020. This recognised that the Site is deliverable, achievable and potentially suitable (subject to Green Belt review).

2.67 The Stage 2 assessment within the Council’s Green Belt Study 2020 states that the Site’s designation within the Green Belt limits harm to the Green Belt beyond. However, this is not a reason for keeping the land within the Green Belt. If the Council considers the wider land necessary to remain within the Green Belt that is a different consideration to whether the Site itself should be released from the Green Belt, and this should not be a reason for keeping the land as Green Belt.

2.68 In respect of the purposes of the Green Belt, the Site is contained by a Local Wildlife Site to the west and north, Doggetts Chase to the east and Rochford itself to the south. The Site is not located in close proximity to another settlement and its development would not result in actual or perceived coalescence.

2.69 Whilst Rochford does have numerous listed buildings, development of the Site will not adversely impact these and is such would not harm the historic setting of the town.

2.70 Whilst the current boundary to Doggetts Chase itself is relatively open, the hedgerow to the east of the track does provide a defensible boundary and there is an opportunity to provide significant new landscaping and a new boundary to the open countryside beyond.

2.71 A Green Belt Report in respect of the Site has previously been prepared and submitted to the Council, and is re-provided again here for completeness as Appendix B.

2.72 Overall the Site is in a sustainable location and well-placed to provide much-needed specialist homes for older people. Its removal from the Green Belt will enable this unconstrained Site to start delivering homes in the early part of the Plan period to meet the needs of the ageing population, with other resultant benefits for the District.

2.73 As set out above, the allocation of the Site can form part of strategy Options 2, 3 or 4. It could be an urban extension under Option 2, form part of larger scale development under Option 3, or either Option under 4. Whilst we consider that Option 4 is the most appropriate, the allocation of the Site to meet a specific need should be part of any option taken forward, as any sound strategy will need to include sites that can sustainably deliver in the short-term, and sites that can meet the needs of older people – allocation of CFS217 does both. 

3.0 Response to Integrated Impact Assessment

Assessment Framework

3.1 We welcome the recognition within the Integrated Impact Assessment (IIA) (at A.3) that “delivery of suitable homes for an ageing population…is a particular issue for the district”.

3.2 Furthermore, we agree with the findings of the IIA at A3 that medium and higher growth options provide greater opportunity for a wide range of different types of homes to be delivered, including specialist housing for older people.

3.3 However, we are concerned that, despite the recognition of this as being a particular issue for Rochford District, there is otherwise very little within the IIA regarding the need to ensure appropriate accommodation for older people is delivered.

3.4 Table 1.1 of the Integrated Impact Assessment (IIA) sets out the assessment framework for the IIA. This explains that the objectives of the population and communities theme are 1) to cater for existing and future residents’ needs as well as the needs of different groups in the community; and 2) maintain and enhance community and settlement identify. We support these objectives.

3.5 The IIA then sets out assessment questions intended to be used to assess whether options will meet these objectives. This includes:

Will the option / proposal promote the development of a range of high quality, accessible community facilities, including specialist services for disabled and older people?

And

Will the option / proposal meet the identified objectively assessed housing needs, including affordable, for the plan area?

3.6 We suggest that, given the requirements of the NPPF and PPG to address the diverse range of accommodation needs for older person, together with the acknowledgement that delivery of suitable homes for ageing population is a particular issue for the District, the IIA should include an assessment question which specifically asks whether options / proposals would help meet the accommodation needs of older people.
 
4.0 Conclusion

4.1 These representations have been submitted in relation to Land North of Doggetts Close, Rochford, to promote the allocation of the Site to provide much needed specialist accommodation.

4.2 The Site has previously been submitted into the Call for Sites, reference CFS217, with representations submitted to the Issues and Options consultation in 2017.

4.3 As set out, we consider that Strategy Option 4 will be the most appropriate to utilise a range of different options across the District and seek to provide housing across the Plan period. Option 4 should include some smaller sites in already sustainable locations which can start delivering earlier in the Plan period, being highly important given the high housing needs.

4.4 Being located adjacent to the existing developed area of Rochford, Scott Properties’ Site at Land North of Doggetts Close is one such site that is in a sustainable location and capable of delivering homes quickly.

4.5 The only significant constraint to the Site is the current Green Belt designation. As detailed above, the Site does not make any meaningful contribution towards the five purposes of including land within the Green Belt, with this designation preventing a sustainable site from delivering much needed homes for older people. The Local Plan provides an opportunity to rectify this and remove the Site from the Green Belt.

4.6 As recognised within the RLPSO, the District has an ageing population and, as set out in national policy and guidance, it is important for the Local Plan to seek to meet the needs of this age group. Whilst some older people will unfortunately require a care home or sheltered housing, many people simply wish to ‘rightsize’ whilst maintaining their independence. The Local Plan must reflect this and allocate specific sites to meet this need, as otherwise it risks failing to meet an identified need contrary to national policy.

4.7 Scott Properties’ Site at Land North of Doggetts Close is well located to provide bungalows for older people to help meet this need, providing residents with a choice of housing whilst enabling them to live independently in their local community. The accompanying Summary Vision Document provides further information about the Site and the proposals but we are also keen to discuss further with the Council to support its allocation.

ROCHFORD NEW LOCAL PLAN: SPATIAL OPTIONS CONSULTATION- SUBMISSION OF REPRESENTATIONS ON BEHALF OF SOUTHERN & REGIONAL DEVELOPMENTS LIMITED
Claremont Planning Consultancy have been instructed by Southern and Regional Developments Limited to prepare and submit representations to the new Local Plan: Spatial Options consultation.
Southern and Regional Developments are in control of two sites within the Rochford District; the land at Lower Wyburns Farm, Rayleigh, and Sutton Road, Rochford, with both sites previously promoted to the Council through the 2018 Call for Sites exercise for the emerging
Local Plan. For clarity, it has therefore been considered prudent to prepare and submit representations to the Spatial Options consultation separately considering each site separately.
As such, please find the following sets of representations enclosed:
• Lower Wyburns Farm representations to Spatial Options- Location Plan and Illustrative
Masterplan enclosed.
• Sutton Road representations to Spatial Options - Location Plan enclosed
We trust that these representations are clear and will be duly taken into consideration, however, if Southern and Regional Developments or Claremont Planning can assist with providing any further information in relation to the sites at Lower Wyburns Farm and Sutton Road, or the content of the representations submitted, please do not hesitate to contact me on the details below.

Rochford District Council – Lower Wyburns Farm, Rayleigh
Representations to the Spatial Options
1. Introduction
1.1. On behalf of Southern and Regional Developments Ltd, Claremont Planning Consultancy has been instructed to prepare and submit representations to the Spatial Options consultation being undertaken by Rochford District Council to inform the emerging Local
Plan.

2. Strategy Options
Q5. Do you agree with the settlement hierarchy presented? If not, what changes do you think are required?

2.1. Claremont Planning, on behalf of Southern and Regional Development’s Ltd, are supportive of the settlement hierarchy proposed. The identification of Rayleigh as the only ‘Tier 1’ settlement within the District is supported, finding this proportionate to the settlement’s larger population and comprehensive service base, which is of both local and regional prominence. The proposed settlement hierarchy correctly recognises the strategic location of Rayleigh which affords the settlement a functional relationship with the adjacent
Southend, Basildon, Chelmsford, and London Districts.
2.2. It is recommended that the spatial strategy advanced by the emerging Local Plan be strongly informed by the proposed settlement hierarchy. The proposed hierarchy of settlements evidences that Rayleigh benefits from a wide range of retail, employment, and community facilities and therefore represents a highly sustainable location for development. In accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 16 of the National Planning
Policy Framework (NPPF), development plans should be prepared with the objective of contributing to the achievement of sustainable development. As such, it is advisable that the overall distribution of growth is informed by this imperative, and a larger quantum of
growth apportioned to those settlements which are identified by the hierarchy as being most sustainable, chiefly Rayleigh. To accommodate the necessary growth of Rayleigh a full review of the settlement boundary should be undertaken through this plan review process, with Green Belt release of suitable sites promoted to ensure that Rayleigh can accommodate the level of growth its position in the settlement hierarchy requires.

Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan?
Strategy Option 1: Urban Intensification
2.3. It is advised that Strategy Option 1: Urban Intensification is not advanced on its own. The current standard method identifies a housing requirement of 7,200 dwellings for the district across the next 20 years, however the consultation document establishes that only 4,500 new dwellings can be delivered through Option 1. Paragraph 35 of the NPPF identifies that Plans must provide a strategy which as a minimum seeks to meet the area’s objectively assessed needs in order to be found sound. Delivering development through Strategy Option 1 will result in a substantial shortfall in housing delivery and will unlikely be considered sound by the Inspector when the Plan is examined.
Strategy Option 2: Urban Extensions
2.4. It is recognised that Strategy Option 2, which seeks to spread development across several development sites of between 10 and 1,500 homes adjoining existing towns and villages, could deliver a sustainable distribution of housing growth. The dispersal of urban extensions based on the settlement hierarchy is supported, where this would see growth delivered at the most sustainable settlements in the District. In accordance with the proposed settlement hierarchy, the allocation of urban extensions at Rayleigh, the District’s largest and most sustainable settlement, should be prioritised if this option is taken forward. When considering urban extensions, they should not prohibit the appropriate review of a settlement’s boundary and site releases from the Green Belt for development elsewhere. Co-ordinating urban extensions that are typically large scale developments
alongside smaller site allocations will facilitate the delivery of small to medium sites as advised by the NPPF at Paragraph 69; which will enable the continual supply of housing through a maintained trajectory.
Strategy Option 3: Concentrated Growth
2.5. Concentrating growth in one or more locations of 1,500+ dwellings, as promoted within Strategy Option 3 is not supported on its own at this time. Large allocations and the development of new settlements, by virtue of their complexity and infrastructure requirements, have much longer lead in times for delivery and therefore would be likely to contribute towards meeting housing needs towards the end of the Plan period and beyond.
As such, pursuit of this Strategy Option alone will not deliver sufficient housing to meet the Authority’s housing needs in the earlier years of the Plan, leaving the Authority vulnerable to speculative development which is not Plan lead particularly if delays in the delivery of
these allocations arise. Topic Paper 9: Housing prepared in support of the Spatial Options Consultation 2021 illustrates that over the last 10 years Rochford’s historic rate of housing delivery is 227 dwellings per annum, requiring an uplift of around 60% in annual housing
completions to meet the local housing need identified for the new Local Plan. The Authority should note that paragraph 69 of the NPPF advises against the concentration of growth as proposed within Strategy Option 3, instead recommending that development plans should seek to accommodate at least 10% of their housing requirement on sites no larger than one hectare. Given the uplift in housing delivery which will be required to meet housing need, it would be prudent that the Council also consider the allocation of small and
medium sized sites, such as the promoted land at Lower Wyburns Farm, which can contribute directly to the next 5 year supply and be delivered quickly, making a more
immediate contribution to housing supply alongside this Strategy.
Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination
2.6. Strategy Option 4 advances a balanced combination of the various Strategy Options presented, including making the best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building on one or two large growth areas (Option 3), and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2).
Claremont Planning strongly recommend that the Authority pursue the blended approach promoted within Option 4. It is considered that Option 4 represents the most sustainable means of meeting the District’s housing requirement, by maximising sites available within the existing urban area, and delivering smaller urban extensions at sustainable locations in accordance with the proposed settlement hierarchy. Paragraph 69 of the NPPF establishes that a blended approach which allocates small, medium, and larger sites for development is advisable, ensuring that any potential delays in the delivery of larger allocations do not
adversely affect housing delivery in the District.
2.7. Paragraph 35 of the NPPF sets out the tests for ‘soundness’ of development plans, establishing that plans should, as a minimum, seek to meet their areas objectively assessed housing need and be informed by agreements with other authorities so that any unmet need from neighbouring areas can be accommodated where it is practical to do so. The southern and northern parcels of the land promoted by Southern and Regional
Developments at Lower Wyburns Farm have been recognised by the Council within their Site Assessment Paper 2021, with references CFS068 and CFS069 respectively; for their potential to deliver growth through Option 2, small urban extensions. Claremont Planning
strongly support the Council’s recognition of the land’s potential and note that the land occupies a highly sustainable location adjacent to the District’s only Tier 1 settlement.
Furthermore, the promoted site should be recognised as a suitable location which could contribute towards unmet need arising from neighbouring authorities due to its close geographical proximity to adjacent districts, particularly to the Castle Point Borough and
Southend-on-Sea Districts, whilst also benefitting from a close functional relationship these due to its proximity to the strategic highway network, namely the A127.

3. Spatial Themes
Q9. Do you agree we should take a sequential approach to flood risk and coastal change in our plan, locating development away from areas at risk of flooding and
coastal change wherever possible? How can we best protect current and future communities from flood risk and coastal change?

3.1. National policy, chiefly paragraph 161 of the NPPF, is clear in its expectations that development plans apply a sequential, risk-based approach to the location of development which includes taking into account all sources of flood risk as well as current and future
impacts of climate change. As such, it is agreed that a sequential approach to flood risk and coastal change should be adopted by the Plan, and this would be a sound approach that is consistent with national planning policy. As recognised by the Council, much of the
District is affected by Flood Zone 3 with flood risk likely to be subject to coastal change as a result of climate change. As such, it is recommended that development opportunities within areas at lower risk of flooding are fully considered by the Authority. Approaching flood risk and coastal change sequentially would also accord with the proposed settlement hierarchy, concentrating development at the main settlements of the District, including Rayleigh which are the areas within the District at lower risk of flooding.
3.2. The land at Lower Wyburns Farm, Daws Heath Road represents one such suitable location for development if the sequential approach to flood risk is adopted. With respect to the parcel of land south of Daws Heath Road, only a very small area along Daws Heath Road, is affected by Flood Zone 2. With respect to the promoted parcel of land north of the road, this is more heavily influenced by flood risk, being completely covered by Flood Zones 2 and 3. Previous representations submitted to the Council through the SHLAA/Call for Sites process by Claremont Planning have considered the flood risk present on the site at length and it is advanced that the flood zone 3 areas should be removed from consideration for development and instead contribute toward public open space provision and ecological enhancement measures. Any development on the northern parcel should be focused upon redeveloping the existing dwelling on the site, away from the flood prone
areas and towards the frontage with Daws Heath Road.
3.3. When assessing the flood risk of the promoted land at Lower Wyburns Farm within their initial site assessments, the Council also recognise that the majority of the promoted land is at low risk of flooding, scoring the northern and southern parcels of the site as 3 and 4 respectively for flood risk on a scale on for which 5 represents the best performing sites.
Given that the vast majority of the promoted land at Lower Wyburns Farm south of Daws Heath Road is located within Flood Zone 1, and the Council’s recognition that the site performs strongly in respect of flood risk; Claremont Planning consider that the
development of this land would be in accordance with the recommended sequential approach to flood risk in the Plan.

4. Housing for All
Q17. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best plan to meet our need for different types, sizes, and tenures of housing?

4.1. Meeting the need for different types, sizes, and tenures of housing by requiring a suitable or negotiable mix of housing that is responsive to the type and location of development, as promoted by Option 2, is recommended by Claremont Planning. It is considered that this represents the most pragmatic approach to meeting these needs by providing flexibility in the market to ensure that the right types of homes are delivered in the right locations. Applying a blanket housing mix policy would fail to recognise that some types of land are
more well suited to certain forms of development. For example, both the Housing Topic Paper 2021 and 2017 SHMA establish that there is the greatest need for small and midsized semi-detached and detached dwellings. Claremont Planning consider that the release of Green Belt land, including the site at Lower Wyburns Farm should be strongly considered by the Council whereby the release of this land will both assist the Council in
meeting their overall housing need and facilitate the delivery of an appropriate mix of housing. In particular this will assist delivery of family sized housing which is better suited to delivery on greenfield land than constrained urban sites.

5. Green and Blue Infrastructure
Q32. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best deliver quality green and blue infrastructure network throughout the Plan?
5.1. The Green and Blue Infrastructure Topic Paper 2021 identifies that previous housing and economic growth throughout South Essex has not been sufficient to meet the region’s growth potential. As such, Claremont Planning maintain that although delivering quality
green and blue infrastructure is valuable, this must be balanced against the region’s need for growth. It is therefore recommended that identifying general objectives for strategic green and blue infrastructure through the plan (Option 2) is pursued by the Authority, with this Option relying on other existing allocations, such as open space, local green space, and local wildlife site designations to deliver improvements. The suggestion identified within the Topic Paper that the Plan could still contain policies that help to deliver improvements to green and blue infrastructure, including the capture of funding through planning obligations associated with development is recommended to be advanced
alongside this approach. Advancing Option 2 would continue to promote the delivery of improvements on site where appropriate, without constraining the ability of development to make the most effective use on land by requiring on-site improvements to be delivered.
Moreover, it is not considered that detailed, site-specific policies are relevant for inclusion within a strategic plan of this nature where national planning policy establishes in Chapter 3 of the NPPF the role that strategic policies should play, which is to set the overall strategies for the pattern, scale and design quality of places. As such, policies relating to site specific provision of green and blue infrastructure would be more appropriately dealt
with through the preparation non-strategic level Plans and Policies such as those in Neighbourhood Plans.
5.2. The Green and Blue Infrastructure Topic Paper 2021 also establishes that the connectivity of green and blue infrastructure is challenging, with many poor green and blue linkages between towns, villages, rural areas and waterfronts. Whilst Option 3, requiring certain new
developments to provide local green and blue infrastructure on-site, may increase the quantum of green and blue infrastructure throughout Rochford, there is risk that this may worsen the connectivity of these spaces through their piecemeal development.
Contrastingly, securing funding through planning obligations as part of Option 2 could deliver strategic improvements to this network to be made in accordance with a wider vision for the area. This would represent a more effective and deliverable strategy, meeting that criteria for soundness as identified in the NPPF.

6. Town Centres and Retail
Q46. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you think we can best plan for vibrant town centres in Rochford, Rayleigh and Hockley?
How can we also ensure our village and neighbourhood centres remain vibrant?
6.1. Claremont Planning support the ambition of Options 5 and 10 in their recognition that delivering a suitable mix of uses including residential development is essential in
continuing to support the vitality and viability of town centres. It is considered important however, that the Council recognise the importance of allowing settlements to expand through new development outside of the existing settlement boundary, as this can allow the population of settlements to grow. This in turn can increase footfall to existing shops and services, and enhance the vitality and viability of these settlements, especially where good pedestrian connectivity to the town centre is present. Whilst it is recognised that the
consultation document identifies that town centres within the District have not suffered declines in footfall as acutely as national trends would indicate, further development and growth at a settlement could ensure that town centres remain sustainable in the future.

7. Green Belt and Rural Issues – Plan Objective 20 (p.69-70)
7.1. The recognition that the release of Green Belt land will be required to meet housing needs through the emerging Plan is strongly supported. It is agreed that the Council can demonstrate the exceptional circumstances necessary to justify this release, in accordance with paragraph 141 of the NPPF. The Consultation Document has sought to establish that a spatial strategy reliant on urban intensification will not deliver sufficient housing to meet the Council’s objectively assessed need and confirms that early discussions with adjacent authorities has not identified capacity for accommodating unmet need arising from Rochford. As such, it is agreed and supported that the emerging Local Plan will be able to
demonstrate the exceptional circumstances necessary to justify the release of Green Belt land.
7.2. The Rochford District and Southend-on-Sea Joint Green Belt Study (February 2020) forming the evidence base to this consultation contains detailed site assessments that identify the contribution made by promoted sites to the purposes of the Green Belt. Within
this report, the land at Lower Wyburns Farm was assessed as making a strong contribution to the purposes of the Green Belt, finding that the site presents a strong openness and has a closer relationship with the surrounding countryside than the urban area. Likewise, the initial assessment proformas prepared by the Authority also rated the identified site as relatively strongly performing Green Belt. These conclusions are refuted and it is considered that these assessments failed to recognise several key features of the promoted land which diminish its contribution to the Green Belt. Notably, assessments of the land around the site have failed to identify that both the north and south parcels of the site are currently in use and developed; with the original farmhouse and livery stables in the southern parcel alongside a range of buildings and yards that accommodate B2 Industrial uses with external storage areas and further Sui Generis horticultural and
residential uses located within the northern parcel. As such, a large quantum of the promoted site’s area represents previously developed land and should be prioritised for development.
7.3. The Joint Green Belt Study however establishes that the environmental and sustainability effects of development need to be considered when releasing land from the Green Belt, where it may be that the most sustainable locations for development may not be
appropriate or sustainable, with this pragmatic approach to Green Belt release strongly supported by Claremont Planning where it accords with the provisions of paragraph 142 of the NPPF. Specifically, paragraph 142 of the Framework recommends that plans should give first consideration to land which is previously developed and/or well served by public transport when considering Green Belt release. It has been established that a proportion of the land promoted by Southern and Regional Developments at Lower Wyburns Farm
represents previously developed land, as previously recognised in the Council’s 2017 SHELAA assessment of the southern parcel (CFS068), with built form existing on the southern parcel of the site in particular with a variety of B2 industrial sheds alongside an established concrete hardstanding and occupied by structures extending up to two stories in height, obscuring any view of the wider countryside and significantly reducing the land’s openness. Moreover, the industrial units occupying the land at present host a variety of established uses, including a lawn mower repair shop and vehicle servicing, alongside a camping and caravan site, whilst the northern parcel of land is used as a plant nursery. As
such, both parcels benefit from established activity and transport movements further reducing openness characteristics attributed to the site.
7.4. At present the Green Belt Study does not adequately consider the characteristics of the site with respect to its established uses, built form and recognitions as previously developed land. This is demonstrated through the Parcel Assessments included in the Green Belt Study, with the promoted land included incorrectly within Parcel 21 alongside undeveloped farmland. The parcel sizes identified through the study vary considerably in
shape and size, with specific characteristics of land informing the parcel sizes. An example of this and the resulting assessment of Green Belt factors is Parcel P29 that covers the land off Rayleigh Down Road and The Drive, where residential buildings and area of external caravan storage alongside/ horticultural/agricultural buildings have been recognised within a smaller parcel area and assessed as having less contribution to
Green Belt as a result. This approach of applying a smaller parcel should also have been identifeid for the land at Lower Wyburns Farm, which would have enabled its assessment separately from the woodland, playing fields and pasture that makes up the rest of parcel
21 to the east. The Green Belt Study undertaken has therefore not allowed for the appropriate assessment of edge of settlement sites that would otherwise be considered as sustainable allocation options and be taken forward for further consideration through the
Local Plan process.
7.5. The reduced openness and lack of rural character afforded by the existing structures on site reduces the land’s contribution to the Green Belt considerably. In accordance with the principles established by the Joint Green Belt Study, alongside the reduced contribution of
the land to the purposes of the Green Belt, the highly sustainable location of the site adjacent to Rayleigh and the accessibility of local services and facilities from the site, should also ensure that the land at Lower Wyburns Farm is identified as a suitable candidate for Green Belt release.

Q56b. With reference to Figure 44 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted sites should be made available for any of the following uses?
How could that improve the completeness of Rayleigh?
1. Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
2. Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
3. Community Infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
4. Other

8.2. Promoted sites CFS068 and CFS069 (Land at Lower Wyburns Farm) identified on Figure 44 should be made available for residential development. Although land at Lower Wyburns Farm promoted by Southern and Regional Developments is not identified on the walking completeness score map presented within the ‘Complete Communities’ Topic Paper, the site is located adjacent to areas afforded attributed a walking completeness score of 8-10 showing that reasonable levels of services and facilities are located within the ‘walking catchment’ of the land. Notwithstanding this, it is recommended that the
Council be pragmatic in applying walking completeness scores where the Topic Paper confirms that being located outside of the comfortable walking catchment for a specific facility does not mean that the facility is inaccessible. This assertion is particularly relevant
for Rayleigh, where the Topic Paper establishes that 56% of the settlement is located within the walking catchment of a frequent bus service. A review of the promoted land’s context confirms that the site is located within a 5 minute walk from existing bus stops sited along the Eastwood Road. These bus stops provide very frequent services to a range of destinations including, Southend-on-Sea, Shoeburyness, Rayleigh, and Basildon Town
Centre. As such, Claremont Planning recommend that the Council recognises the highly sustainable location of the promoted land at Lower Wyburns Farm for residential
development, given both the variety of services and facilities located within the land’s walking catchment, and the site’s close proximity to frequent public transport services.
8.3. Moreover, the vision for Rayleigh advanced by the Consultation Document sets out the ambition to provide for a diverse range of housing which meet the needs of all in the community. The 2017 Strategic Housing Market Assessment (SHMA) establishes that both within Rochford, and across the South Essex region, the greatest additional demand for housing will be generated by households requiring family housing with three bedrooms. As such, it is considered that the release of the land at Lower Wyburns Farm from the Green Belt, and its allocation for residential development can strongly contribute to delivering housing to meet this need where greenfield land is considered to be more appropriate for
the delivery of family-sized housing. It is also advised that the Authority acknowledge the strategic location of the land at Lower Wyburns Farm in close proximity to the District boundary and connection to the A127 as a location which may be appropriate to meet any unmet need for family housing arising from the wider South Essex region.
8.4. It has been established that Rayleigh benefits from high levels of completeness, with a large percentage of the settlement located within the walking catchment of education, sport, leisure, and health facilities however, the ‘Complete Communities Topic Paper’ identifies that only 18% of Rayleigh is located within the walking catchment of green infrastructure. Previous representations made to the Authority promoting the land at Lower Wyburns Farm have identified that the site’s development will include provision of an area of public open space to the north west of the site. As such, it is considered that the allocation of the site will both continue to ensure that development at Rayleigh is located in the most sustainable locations, that are areas within the walking catchment of a good range of services and facilities, whilst also seeking to address deficiencies in green infrastructure provision in Rayleigh.
Enclosed: Site Location Plan: Lower Wyburns Farm, Daws Heath Road, Rayleigh
:Dwg SK001 Illustrative Masterplan

Rochford District Council – Land to the north of Sutton Road, Rochford
Representations to the Spatial Options Consultation
1. Introduction
1.1. On behalf of Southern and Regional Developments Ltd, Claremont Planning Consultancy has been instructed to prepare and submit representations to the Spatial Options consultation being undertaken by Rochford District Council to inform the emerging Local Plan.

Strategy Options
Q5. Do you agree with the settlement hierarchy presented? If not, what changes do you think are required?
1.2. Claremont Planning on behalf of Southern and Regional Development’s Ltd are generally supportive of the settlement hierarchy proposed. Rochford is identified as a ‘Tier 2’ settlement within the hierarchy recognising the settlement’s sizeable population and comprehensive local service base. Whilst it is acknowledged that Rochford has a considerably smaller population than
that of Rayleigh, meriting its location below Rayleigh within the settlement hierarchy; the placement of Hockley and Rochford within the same ‘Tier’ in the hierarchy is disputed. Although the populations are of a similar size, the proposed settlement hierarchy fails to account for the
strategic location of Rochford adjacent to London Southend Airport. The close proximity of Rochford to the airport provides the settlement with key transport infrastructure which connects Rochford to the wider South Essex region and rest of the country. As such, it is considered that Rochford should be distinguished from Hockley within the proposed settlement hierarchy by
virtue of its local and nationally strategic location.
1.3. It is recommended that the spatial strategy advanced by the emerging Local Plan be strongly informed by the proposed settlement hierarchy In accordance with the provisions of Paragraph 16 of the National Planning Policy Framework (NPPF), development plans should be prepared with the objective of contributing to the achievement of sustainable development. As such, it is
advisable that the overall distribution of growth is informed by this imperative and larger quantum of growth apportioned to those settlements which are identified by the hierarchy as being most sustainable. The proposed settlement hierarchy acknowledges the sustainability of Rochford for development, whilst these representations have also sought to illustrate the strategic location of
the settlement due to the presence of the London Southend Airport and its planned continued expansion to provide additional employment floorspace and associated employment opportunities.

Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan?

Strategy Option 1: Urban Intensification
1.4. It is advised that Strategy Option 1: Urban Intensification is not advanced. The current standard
method identifies a housing requirement of 7,200 dwellings in the district across the next 20 years however the consultation document establishes that approximately only 4,500 new dwellings can be delivered through Option 1. Paragraph 35 of the NPPF identifies that Plans must provide a strategy which as a minimum seeks to meet the area’s objectively assessed needs in order to be found sound. Delivering development through Strategy Option 1 will result in a substantial shortfall in housing delivery and will unlikely be considered sound by the Inspector when the Plan is examined.
Strategy Option 2: Urban Extensions
1.5. It is recognised that Strategy Option 2, which seeks to spread development across a number of development sites of between 10 and 1,500 homes adjoining existing towns and villages, could deliver a sustainable distribution of housing growth. The dispersal of urban extensions based on the settlement hierarchy is supported, where this would therefore see the largest quantum of growth apportioned to the most sustainable settlement settlements within the District as established by the proposed settlement hierarchy and it is therefore recommended that growth at sustainable settlements such as Rayleigh and Rochford should be prioritised if this option is taken forward.
1.6. Moreover, the land north of Sutton Road at Rochford as promoted by Southern and Regional Developments, has been identified within the initial appraisal undertaken by the Council as making a potential contribution to Strategy Option 2. It is agreed that the promoted land off Sutton Road could make an effective contribution to the delivery of this Strategy Option where the land abuts established areas of residential development at the settlement and is located in close proximity to employment opportunities at the Purdeys Industrial Estate. As such, the land at Sutton Road is considered to represent a logical location for the further expansion of Rochford should Option 2 be advanced by the Authority.
Strategy Option 3: Concentrated Growth
1.7. Concentrating growth in one or more locations of 1,500+ dwellings, as promoted within Strategy Option 3 is not supported. Large allocations and the development of new settlements, by virtue of their complexity and infrastructure requirements, have much longer lead-in times for delivery and therefore would be likely to contribute towards meeting housing needs towards the end of the Plan period and beyond. As such, pursuit of this Strategy Option alone will not deliver sufficient housing to meet the Authority’s housing needs in the earlier years of the Plan, leaving the Authority vulnerable to speculative development which is not Plan lead particularly if delays in the delivery of these allocations arise. Topic Paper 9: Housing prepared in support of the
Spatial Options Consultation 2021 illustrates that over the last 10 years Rochford’s historic rate of housing delivery is 227 dwellings per annum, requiring an uplift of around 60% in annual housing completions to meet the local housing need identified for the new Local Plan. The
Authority should note that paragraph 69 of the NPPF advises against the concentration of growth as proposed within Strategy Option 3, instead recommending that development plans should seek to accommodate at least 10% of their housing requirement on sites no larger than one hectare. Given the uplift in housing delivery which will be required to meet housing need, it would be prudent that the Council also consider allocating sites of a variety of sizes which can be builtout relatively quickly and make a more immediate contribution to housing supply.
Strategy Option 4: Balanced Combination
1.8. Strategy Option 4 advances a balanced combination of the various Strategy Options presented, including making the best use of urban capacity (Option 1), building on one or two large growth areas (Option 3), and a number of smaller urban extensions (Option 2). Claremont Planning strongly recommend that the Authority pursue the blended approach promoted within Option 4. It is considered that Option 4 represents the most sustainable means of meeting the District’s
housing requirement, by maximising sites available within the existing urban area, and delivering smaller urban extensions at sustainable locations in accordance with the proposed settlement hierarchy. Paragraph 69 of the NPPF establishes that a blended approach which allocates small, medium, and larger sites for development is advisable, ensuring that any potential delays in the delivery of larger allocations do not adversely affect housing delivery in the District.
1.9. Paragraph 35 of the NPPF sets out the tests for ‘soundness’ of development plans, establishing
that plans should, as a minimum, seek to meet their areas objectively assessed housing need and be informed by agreements with other authorities so that any unmet need from neighbouring areas can be accommodated where it is practical to do so. As established, the land at Sutton Road as promoted by Southern and Regional Developments has been assessed by the Council under reference CFS067 within their 2021 Site Appraisal Paper prepared in support the Spatial Options consultation. Within this assessment, the land at Sutton Road is positively considered by the Authority and its availability and deliverability for residential development recognised.
Moreover, Claremont Planning assert that the Council should recognise that the land at Sutton Road performed strongly through this assessment in relation a wide variety of criteria including but not limited to flood risk; landscape harm; site hazards and conditions; and access to facilities and services. As such, the land at Sutton Road should be strongly considered for allocation
through the emerging Local Plan, given both its environmental, and social sustainability.

2. Spatial Themes
Q9. Do you agree we should take a sequential approach to flood risk and coastal change in our plan, locating development away from areas at risk of flooding and coastal change wherever possible? How can we best protect current and future communities from flood
risk and coastal change?

2.1. National policy, chiefly paragraph 161 of the NPPF is clear in its expectations that development plans apply a sequential, risk-based approach to the location of development which includes taking into account all sources of flood risk as well as current and future impacts of climate change. As such, it is agreed that a sequential approach to flood risk and coastal change should be adopted by the Plan, and this would be a sound approach that is consistent with national planning policy. As recognised by the Council, much of the District is influenced by high flood risk that is likely to be subject to coastal change as a result of climate change. As such, it is recommended that development opportunities within areas at lower risk of flooding are fully considered by the Authority. Approaching flood risk and coastal change sequentially would also accord with the proposed settlement hierarchy, concentrating development at the main settlements of the District, including Rochford and Rayleigh which are the areas within the District
at lower risk of flooding.
2.2. The land at Sutton Road promoted by Southern and Regional Developments represents a suitable location for development if the sequential approach to flood risk is adopted. Although an inappreciable area to the extreme south east of the land is located within Flood Zone 3, the
Environment Agency’s flood map for planning identifies that this area of the site also benefits from flood defences; whilst the rest of the land promotion is located within Flood Zone 1, being at low probability of flooding. 2.3. Within the 2021 Site Appraisal Paper, the Council identified that the promoted land at Sutton Road performs very strongly in relation to flood risk, recognising that this small area of flood risk on site is not detrimental to the land’s deliverability. The pragmatic approach advanced by the Council in relation to flood risk on site is therefore supported. Moreover, any development scheme proposed on the site would be designed such to sensitively respond to the risk of flooding on site, through the promotion of this area as public open space. This would ensure that flood
risk on site can be suitably accommodated whilst also enhancing the quality of any development scheme pursued through the provision of high quality public open space. Given that the vast majority of the promoted land at Sutton Road is sited within Flood Zone 1, alongside the Council’s recognition that the site performs strongly in respect of flood risk, Claremont Planning consider that the development of this land would be in accordance with the recommend sequential approach to flood risk in the Plan.

3. Housing for All
Q17. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best plan to meet our need for different types, sizes, and tenures of housing?

3.1. Meeting the need for different types, sizes, tenures of housing by requiring a suitable or negotiable mix of housing that is responsive to the type and location of development, as promoted by Option 2 is recommended by Claremont Planning. It is considered that this represents the most pragmatic approach to meeting these needs by providing flexibility in the market to ensure that the right types of homes are delivered in the right locations. Applying a blanket housing mix policy would fail to recognise that some types of land are more well suited to certain forms of development. For example, both the Housing Topic Paper 2021 and 2017 SHMA establish that there is the greatest need for small and mid-sized semi-detached and detached dwellings.
Claremont Planning consider that the release of Green Belt land, including the promoted land off Sutton Road should be strongly considered by the Council whereby the release of this land will both assist the Council in meeting their overall housing need, and facilitate the delivery of an appropriate mix of housing. In particular this will assist the delivery of family sized housing which
is better suited to delivery on greenfield land than constrained urban sites.

4. Future of London Southend Airport
Q28. With reference to the options listed above, or your own opinions, how do you feel we can best manage the Aiport’s adaptations and growth through the planning system?
[please state reasoning].

4.1. Following the adoption of the current Joint Area Action Plan for the London Southend Airport in 2014, the context for the Airport’s future growth has altered substantially. The consultation document establishes that the Airport’s development will need to respond to the emerging Government Aviation Strategy. Moreover, the COVID-19 pandemic has substantially impacted the Airport, with planned growth now envisaged to take place over a much longer time period than initially anticipated. Claremont Planning therefore agree that it is prudent to prepare an updated Joint Area Action Plan which accounts for both the changed policy, and economic
context of the Airport’s growth.
4.2. The regional importance of the airport, alongside its strategic cross-boundary location within Southend but adjacent to Rochford necessitates that a joint approach for the Airport’s growth is advanced in accordance with a coherent vision. Although Option 2 would satisfy the need for a joint, cross boundary approach to the Airport’s growth, national policy is clear that strategic policies should be focussed on setting overall strategies for the pattern scale and design. As such, development at London Southend Airport would more appropriately be considered within a detailed Area Action Plan rather than through Local Planning Policy. As such, Claremont
Planning would support the pursuit of Option 4, where this Option will ensure that any resultant Area Action Plan can be prepared in accordance with policies contained within the new Local Plan.

5. Green and Blue Infrastructure
Q32. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best deliver quality green and blue infrastructure network throughout the Plan?
5.1. The Green and Blue Infrastructure Topic Paper 2021 identifies that previous housing and economic growth throughout South Essex has not been sufficient to meet the region’s growth potential. As such, Claremont Planning maintain that although delivering quality green and blue infrastructure is valuable to the wellbeing of Rochford residents, this must be balanced against
the region’s need for growth. It is therefore recommended that identifying general objectives for
strategic green and blue infrastructure (Option 2) is pursued by the Authority, with this Option relying on other existing allocations, such as open space, local green space, and local wildlife site designations to deliver improvements.
5.2. The suggestion identified within the Topic Paper that the Plan could still contain policies that help to deliver improvements to green and blue infrastructure, including the capture of funding through planning obligations associated with development is recommended to be advanced alongside this approach. Advancing Option 2 would continue to promote the delivery of improvements on site where appropriate, without constraining the ability of development to make the most effective use on land by requiring on site improvements to be delivered. Moreover, it is not considered that detailed, site-specific policies are relevant for inclusion within a strategic plan of this nature where national planning policy established in Chapter 3 of the Framework the role those strategic
policies should play, which is to set out the overall strategies for the pattern, scale and design quality of such places. As such, policies relating to the site specific provision of green and blue infrastructure would be more appropriately dealt with through the preparation of non-strategic level Plans and Policies, such as those in Neighbourhood Plans.
5.3. The Green and Blue Infrastructure Topic Paper 2021 also establishes that the connectivity of green and blue infrastructure is challenging, with many poor green and blue linkages between towns, villages, rural areas, and waterfronts. Whilst Option 3, requiring certain new developments to provide local green and blue infrastructure on-site, may increase the quantum of green and blue infrastructure throughout Rochford, there is risk that this may worsen the connectivity of these spaces through their piecemeal development. Contrastingly, securing funding through planning obligations as part of Option 2 could deliver strategic improvements to this network to be made in accordance with a wider vision for the area. This would represent a more effective and deliverable strategy in meeting that criteria for soundness as identified in the NPPF.

6. Town Centres and Retail
Q46. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you think we can best plan for vibrant town centres in Rochford, Rayleigh, and Hockley? How can we ensure our village and neighbourhood centres remain vibrant?

6.1. Claremont Planning support the ambition of Options 5 and 10 in their recognition that delivering a suitable mix of uses including residential development is essential in continuing to support the viability and vitality of town centres. It is considered important however, that the Council recognise the important of allowing settlements to expand through new development outside of the existing settlement boundary, as this can allow the population of settlements to grow. This in turn can
increase footfall to existing shops and services, and enhance the vitality and viability of these settlements, especially where good pedestrian connectivity to the town centre is present. Whilst it is recognised that the consultation document identifies that town centres within the District have not suffered declines in footfall as acutely as national trends would indicate, further development could ensure that town centres remain sustainable in the future.

7. Green Belt and Rural Issues – Plan Objective 20 (p.69-70)
7.1. The recognition that the release of Green Belt land will be required to meet housing needs through the emerging Plan is strongly supported. It is agreed that the Council can demonstrate the exceptional circumstances necessary to justify this release, in accordance with paragraph 141 of the NPPF. The Consultation Document has sought to establish that a spatial strategy reliant on urban intensification will not deliver sufficient housing to meet the Council’s objectively assessed need, and confirms that early discussions with adjacent authorities have not identified capacity for accommodating unmet need arising from Rochford. As such, it is agreed that the
emerging Local Plan will be able to demonstrate the exceptional circumstances necessary to justify the release of Green Belt land.
7.2. The Rochford District and Southend-on-Sea Joint Green Belt Study (February 2020) supporting this consultation contains detailed site assessments of the contribution made by promoted sites to the purposes of the Green Belt, including an assessment of the promoted land north of Sutton Road at Rochford that is within a wider Parcel 63. The assessment of the land presented within the Green Belt study is supported, where the assessment recognises the diminished contribution
made by the site to the purposes of the Green Belt, particularly safeguarding the countryside from encroachment and preventing coalescence, by virtue of the site’s relative enclosure by the established Rochford settlement. When the harm of the Parcel’s release was assessed at Stage 2 of the Study, it was concluded that moderate harm to the Green Belt would result. Claremont
Planning contest this conclusion, and assert that instead the harm resulting from the Parcel’s release is instead low, or low-moderate. The Stage 2 assessment undertaken recognises that this parcel of land is weaker performing Green Belt due to its high level of containment, going on to establish that by virtue of this containment the release of land in this area would be of no harm to adjacent Green Belt parcels. Due to the recognition within this assessment that the release of
this land from the Green Belt would not be detrimental to the wider Green Belt, the subsequent conclusion that moderate harm to the Green Belt would result, is not considered to be robustly justified.
7.3. National planning policy, chiefly paragraph 142 of the NPPF, sets out that where exceptional circumstances are demonstrated, a pragmatic approach to Green Belt release, giving first consideration to land which is previously developed and/or well-served by public transport, should be advanced. Claremont Planning support the assertion made within the Joint Green Belt
Study paper that the environmental and sustainability effects of Green Belt release need to be considered alongside the harm to the Green Belt of release, where the most sustainable locations for development may not be the areas which would result in the least harm to the Green Belt. Where this nuanced approach to Green Belt release is considered, Claremont Planning contend
that the merits of releasing the promoted land off Sutton Road are especially evident where it has been established that the site represents a both a highly sustainable location for development at one of the District’s main settlements, and a location at which harm to the Green Belt arising from the land’s release is limited. In light of both the limited contribution made to the Green Belt by this parcel, alongside the negligible harm arising from the land’s release and highly sustainable location, it is strongly recommended that the Council consider the promoted land at Sutton Road
for Green Belt release.

8. Planning for Complete Communities
Q57a. Do you agree with our vision for Rochford and Ashingdon? Is there anything you
feel is missing?
8.1. The proposed vision statement for Rochford and Ashingdon is generally supported by Claremont
Planning, where it proposes the further growth and development of the settlement. In particular, the vision statement’s recognition of the settlement’s strategic location close to key employment sites and London Southend Airport, and intention to bolster its regionally significant role is strongly supported. However, it is considered that the proposed vision statement places too great an emphasis on economic growth at the settlement. Instead, Claremont Planning recommend
that the proposed vision statement be amended to include a more balanced and holistic approach
to growth, where it is considered that the Council should recognise the role that residential development has in supporting both the vitality and viability of town centres, alongside a recognition that economic and jobs growth must be supported by sufficient housing provision to
support the local workforce. Moreover, as a ‘Tier 2’ settlement in the District, Rochford represents a highly sustainable location for residential development and should therefore represent a location for significant growth through the emerging Local Plan to assist in meeting the District’s housing needs. As such, it is advised that the vision statement be revised to recognise the role of residential, alongside economic development in realising the growth ambitions of the district.
Q57b. With reference to Figure 45 and your preferred Strategy Option, do you think any of the promoted sites should be made available for any of the following uses? How could that improve the completeness of Rochford and Ashingdon?
1. Housing [market, affordable, specialist, traveller, other]
2. Commercial [offices, industrial, retail, other]
3. Community Infrastructure [open space, education, healthcare, allotments, other]
4. Other
8.2. Promoted site CFS067 as identified on Figure 45: Map of Rochford and Ashingdon, should be made available for residential development. Through these representations to the Spatial Options consultation, Claremont Planning have sought to identify that the central location of the promoted land at Sutton Road within the Rochford settlement establishes the land as both a highly sustainable, and logical location for further residential development. This assertion is complemented by the 2021 Complete Communities Topic Paper prepared by the Authority within with the promoted land is located within an area identified as having a high walking completeness score of 11-13, meaning that there are a large number of services and facilities located within walking distance of the site. However, the Complete Communities Topic Paper also identifies that whilst the most complete areas in the settlement are located near the town centre, there are areas of low population density in and around the centre where future growth might optimise proximity to services. As established, the land off Sutton Road is entirely enclosed by the established Rochford settlement, and abuts existing residential development and employment
land at all elevations. Given the high walking completeness score of the land, the development
of the site represents an opportunity to both locate development at the most sustainable locations
within the settlement, whilst increasing the number of residents living in ‘complete’ areas.
8.3. The Complete Communities Topic Paper demonstrates that Rochford has good levels of
completeness in respect of access to education, health, civic, and sport and leisure facilities whilst only 8% of the settlement is located within the walking catchment of green infrastructure. It is considered that the release of the promoted land off Sutton Road for residential development represents an opportunity to address this shortfall. Within the south of the site at Sutton Road is
a small area of Flood Zone 3 which is promoted for use as public open space / access arrangements through any development proposal advanced. Moreover, the north-easternmost corner of the land is located within the Southend Airport Public Safety Zone within which
development potential is restricted. As such, this area is also promoted for and provides an opportunity to deliver public open space and ecological enhancement. Through careful scheme design it is therefore considered that any proposed development on site will deliver a connected series of public open spaces and green infrastructure, supporting both recreational activities and
delivering biodiversity gains. Given the relative enclosure of the site by established development, it is considered that both future occupants and residents of the wider site area will benefit from this enhanced green infrastructure provision.
Enclosed : Site Location Plan

Ref Local Spatial Options Paper 2021 Date 06/09/21

Comments on the overall local spatial plan for the RDC area

1)We have very limiting road infrastructure to support really any proposed housing developments
The existing road structure and layout has for years been under strain of pure numbers of cars and cyclists and is more prevalent at peak times and when temporary closures / restrictions are in place. What commercial traffic there is either is trying to get into or out of the area from and to west and no provision has been taken for the expansion of this in the future. Tinkering with junctions does not resolve the overall effect of more cars per household in the area. We have great issues with total lack of joined up public transport or the total lack of it in any case. Assumptions and the use of section 106 monies to encourage the reduction in car traffic have miserable failed. Over charging rural commuters are having now been placed in housing areas outside the main transport hubs, but who to have use cars to get into these hubs, for carparking spaces. This has led to the use of draconian road traffic limits on residential roads for on street parking.
2) Promised proposals from Housing developers
We have seen many housing developments been accepted on proposals put down to entice not only the local residents but the sitting members of the District Council. Promises of cheap affordable housing, can someone please tell me what is now the acceptable “cheap affordable”. Inclusion of Doctors and Health Clinics, New Schools, open spaces, not just landscaped areas. Many have been proposed then dropped as the initial developer splits his permission to build up into smaller companies and thus is not within the requirements to have these much-required facilities.
3) The total lack of medical facilities in the area.
Doctors appointment waiting lists are now at breaking point, Dentist are the same. Hospitals are working in their A & E departments at near breaking point due to the shortages in GPs appointments. Yet we still apply more population into an overloaded system. Till this is fixed with capacity to take surges we can’t continue.
4) Environmental concerns
We been told we have reduce our green emissions, yet we have more people coming into the area, regardless of how we move them around we will, due to the pure numbers never make a substantial drop in those figure from todays.
Yes, we need more essential housing but to ensure all have that, we have to stop the building of oversized properties where the numbers of rooms far exceeds the needs of the families. Costs need to be such that those who want to purchase their own can. Dumping estates outside the main residential areas is not the answer. The cultural mix of those who have never lived in the country needs to be taken into consideration. Comments on the recent completed Canewdon site “I just can’t wait to live in the countryside” followed a few months later, “What’s that awful smell” “do they need to run bird scarers all day as it frightens my dog”
One answer given is to build on “Brown sites” we have very few and every lost brown site means, no local industry and jobs and we have to migrate our working population some 75% out of our area every working day. The proposals originally for the Saxon Business Park (now the Southend Airport site) was to be for a place of Aeronautical Excellence, changed to an area of Medical Excellence. Both with no warehousing, looks like its changing again and the developer have the whip hand, go in with a super proposal then change it to what he wanted in the first case, cheap builds.
Please don’t just listen to your London Political masters but think outside the box for a change as to what you and they are going to cause to the existing local residents in the near future? I moved to the area when I was 9 years old from South London, I worked the farms and grew up as the area slowly changed, in some cases not for the best. I ran a local engineering business and employed many sub-contractors in the area. Sadly, that’s now becoming an impossible task and for what is being called progress. I asked a previous Leader of the Authority what did his party want, a commercial business growth area or a residential dormant area. I think you already know the answer.

Ref Local Spatial Options Paper 2021 Date 06/09/21

Comments on the overall local spatial plan for the RDC area

1)We have very limiting road infrastructure to support really any proposed housing developments
The existing road structure and layout has for years been under strain of pure numbers of cars and cyclists and is more prevalent at peak times and when temporary closures / restrictions are in place. What commercial traffic there is either is trying to get into or out of the area from and to west and no provision has been taken for the expansion of this in the future. Tinkering with junctions does not resolve the overall effect of more cars per household in the area. We have great issues with total lack of joined up public transport or the total lack of it in any case. Assumptions and the use of section 106 monies to encourage the reduction in car traffic have miserable failed. Over charging rural commuters are having now been placed in housing areas outside the main transport hubs, but who to have use cars to get into these hubs, for carparking spaces. This has led to the use of draconian road traffic limits on residential roads for on street parking.
2) Promised proposals from Housing developers
We have seen many housing developments been accepted on proposals put down to entice not only the local residents but the sitting members of the District Council. Promises of cheap affordable housing, can someone please tell me what is now the acceptable “cheap affordable”. Inclusion of Doctors and Health Clinics, New Schools, open spaces, not just landscaped areas. Many have been proposed then dropped as the initial developer splits his permission to build up into smaller companies and thus is not within the requirements to have these much-required facilities.
3) The total lack of medical facilities in the area.
Doctors appointment waiting lists are now at breaking point, Dentist are the same. Hospitals are working in their A & E departments at near breaking point due to the shortages in GPs appointments. Yet we still apply more population into an overloaded system. Till this is fixed with capacity to take surges we can’t continue.
4) Environmental concerns
We been told we have reduce our green emissions, yet we have more people coming into the area, regardless of how we move them around we will, due to the pure numbers never make a substantial drop in those figure from todays.
Yes, we need more essential housing but to ensure all have that, we have to stop the building of oversized properties where the numbers of rooms far exceeds the needs of the families. Costs need to be such that those who want to purchase their own can. Dumping estates outside the main residential areas is not the answer. The cultural mix of those who have never lived in the country needs to be taken into consideration. Comments on the recent completed Canewdon site “I just can’t wait to live in the countryside” followed a few months later, “What’s that awful smell” “do they need to run bird scarers all day as it frightens my dog”
One answer given is to build on “Brown sites” we have very few and every lost brown site means, no local industry and jobs and we have to migrate our working population some 75% out of our area every working day. The proposals originally for the Saxon Business Park (now the Southend Airport site) was to be for a place of Aeronautical Excellence, changed to an area of Medical Excellence. Both with no warehousing, looks like its changing again and the developer have the whip hand, go in with a super proposal then change it to what he wanted in the first case, cheap builds.
Please don’t just listen to your London Political masters but think outside the box for a change as to what you and they are going to cause to the existing local residents in the near future? I moved to the area when I was 9 years old from South London, I worked the farms and grew up as the area slowly changed, in some cases not for the best. I ran a local engineering business and employed many sub-contractors in the area. Sadly, that’s now becoming an impossible task and for what is being called progress. I asked a previous Leader of the Authority what did his party want, a commercial business growth area or a residential dormant area. I think you already know the answer.

I believe any large site to the east of Ashingdon Road would put an unbearable strain on the surrounding roads. Access to these areas of Rochford are already restricted by poor road infrastructure. Crossing Ashingdon Road to head towards the A127 often requires that in you have to pass via pinch points created by narrow railway bridges in Hall Road & Rectory Road. The Ashingdon Road is already heavily congested with through traffic to and from Southend, at commuter times traffic often tails back from the Anne Boleyn pub to Rectory Road. Any roadworks, accidents or bin collections along the Ashingdon Road, Southend Road or Bradley Way results in Rochford town being grid locked with traffic queuing back to Stambridge Road/ Malting Villas Road junction.

We object to the proposed development of the following sites
CFS261 4447 Homes Land East of Oxford Road
CFS141 231 Homes Stewards Elm Farm Great
Stambridge
CFS116 411 Homes Land South Coombes Farm

CFS111 104 Homes Land North Coombes Grove

CFS124 63 Homes Land East Little Stambridge
Hall

I object to all the above sites as all would increase existing traffic problems on access routes via Ashingdon Road, Bradley Way the Rochford One Way system Stambridge Road and would have a negative impact to those living in these areas due to increase noise pollution and added inconvenience of negotiating more congested roads.

In addition the site CFS116 is not suitable for housing due to close proximity with the Purdeys Industrial estate any homes on Coombes with suffer from the industrial noises and odours of materials that are handled on the site. Should homes be built on Combes site said properties would be under the flight path to Southend Airport and as a result residents would be plagued by aircraft noise too.

I also raise objection to the any further development to areas
COL83 Millview Meadows
CFS050 Land Of Former Adult Community College
These areas are much used safe amenity for the local community and any loss of this green space would have a negative impact to all that enjoy use of this land.

I would support the following developments
CFS084 251 Homes Land South of Hall Road
CFS078 360 Homes Land West of Cherry Orchard

These sites will have little impact on the congested roads of Rochford Town, said sites would also have good access onto the A127 and the train station is easily walkable from these sites.

Of all the sites proposed we believe the sites closest to the A127 would be the best location for development
CFS121 1347 Homes Land North of A127
CFS222 3491 Homes Land Dollymans Farm

I feel these large developments in close proximity of A127 could provide new neighbourhoods built with all essential services like Schools Retail and Healthcare each neighbourhood could have its own unique identity.


I note the report states Rochford has an ageing population, we would hope that due consideration would be given to providing more homes suitable for the retired including bungalows and possibly retirement villages. At present it seems the only retirement properties being built in the area are in the form of blocks of flats, retirees may want a smaller property to suit their changing needs but not all want to give up a garden and be left with just a balcony, building homes suitable for the senior market would give opportunity for those occupying large family homes to move to more suitable accommodation and free up larger homes for young families.

Response by the Home Builders Federation to the consultation on Rochford Local Plan
1. Thank you for consulting the Home Builders Federation (HBF) on the spatial options for the Rochford Local Plan. The HBF is the principal representative body
of the housebuilding industry in England and Wales and our representations reflect the views of discussions with our membership of national and multinational corporations through to regional developers and small local housebuilders. Our members account for over 80% of all new housing built in England and Wales in any one year.

Spatial Strategy options
Q6. Which of the identified strategy options do you consider should be taken forward in the Plan?
2. Before considering what the most appropriate spatial strategy for Rochford might be it is necessary to consider the level of development that the Council will need to deliver over the plan period. The Council correctly note that the minimum number of homes they should be planning for over a 20-year period is the 7,200 homes arrived at using the standard method. However, this is the minimum number of homes that needs to be planned for and the Council will need to carefully consider whether a higher housing requirement is necessary to support economic growth, infrastructure improvements or address the needs elsewhere.
3. In particular it will be important for the Council to work closely with Southend Borough Council (SBC) which has a minimum housing requirement using the standard method of 1,180 new homes per annum. As the Council will be aware SBC set out in their latest consultation that even with Green Belt release, they are only able to deliver around 20,000 new homes to meet their total requirement over the plan period of 23,620 homes. It is clear that SBC will need support from Rochford and other neighbouring boroughs to meet their housing needs in full. The Council should therefore plan for a level of housing growth that meets both their own needs as well as the unmet needs of SBC.
4. The Council have considered this within the third scenario suggesting that a 50% buffer could be planned for in its local plan. Whist the HBF consider the inclusion of buffers within land supply as an essential requirement if needs are to be met in full the Council must distinguish between homes that it is required to deliver to meet the needs of neighbouring areas or support economic growth and a buffer between minimum needs and supply, which is included to provide greater certainty that housing needs will be met. Meeting the unmet needs of SBC will, in line with paragraph 60 of the NPPF, be added to the number of homes to be planned for in Rochford and as such be an increase in the housing requirement for this local plan rather than part of any buffer in supply over their own housing needs.
5. It is also essential that these are planned for now and not deferred to subsequent plan updates or the proposed South Essex Joint Spatial Plan. Deferring such decisions would be inconsistent with government guidance which states that on examining local plan inspectors will expect to see that strategic policy making authorities have addressed key strategic matters through joint working and not deferred to subsequent plan updates. Deferring decision making to a future local plan for those homes that are needed now is not acceptable as these will be
delivered too late to meet the pressing need for new homes over the next 15 years.
6. Given the likelihood that the Council will need to plan for the unmet needs of Southend alongside their own needs the spatial strategy must deliver the higher growth assumptions set out in this local plan and tested in the Integrated Impact Assessment. As such strategy option 1 must be ruled as it fails to meet the needs of Rochford let alone neighbouring areas. Of the three remaining options the HBF would consider the approach offered by option 4 would offer the most suitable approach to meeting not only the needs of Rochford but also any unmet needs
arising in neighbouring areas.
7. There are a number of reasons for supporting option 4. Firstly, a balanced approach allocating a variety of sites both in terms of size and location will have far greater potential to deliver a wide mix of housing types and style whilst also ensuring homes come forward consistently across the whole plan period. Too often local plans focus allocations on a small number of large strategic sites that inevitably come forward later in the plan period. Whilst such sites are an important part of housing supply their allocation should not be to the detriment of small and medium sized sites. Such sites are important for a number of reasons. Firstly, they come forward quickly helping the Council in securing a sufficient supply of homes in the first five years of its plan and preventing housing needs being unnecessarily
delayed. It is our experience that local plans which rely too heavily on strategic sites and push the majority of delivery toward the end of the plan period can result
in plans arriving at examination without a five-year land supply and being unable to meet its housing needs following revisions in the delivery trajectories of strategic
sites.
8. The second reason for supporting option 4 is that a wider variety of sites, both in terms of location and size, ensures that the plan increases the opportunities for small and medium sized housebuilders to deliver homes in the Borough. Up until the 1980s, small developers once accounted for the construction of half of all homes built in this country resulting in greater variety of product, more competition, and faster build-out rates. Since then, the number of small companies has fallen by 80% following the introduction of the plan-led system in 1990.
9. The HBF has undertaken extensive consultation with its small developer members. One of the chief obstacles for small developers is that funding is extremely difficult to secure with a full, detailed, and implementable planning permission. Securing an implementable planning permission is extremely difficult if small sites are not allocated. Without implementable consents lenders are uneasy about making finance available or else the repayment fees and interest rates they set will be very high. Small developers, consequently, need to invest a
lot of money and time up-front in the risky business of trying to secure an allocation and a planning permission, and this is money that many small developers do not
have.
10. If the Council are to ensure there is a wide variety of SME house builders operating in its administrative area, and the benefits it brings to the speed of delivery and
variety of homes, it must ensure that there is a variety of sites. This is why the Government, through the NPPF, now requires local authorities to allocate sites of varying sizes and why the HBF advocates for the allocation of more small sites in local plans.
11. Finally, there has been significant under delivery in Rochford over recent years. The 2016 and 2017 Strategic Housing Market Assessment assessed that
Rochford district needed to build between 331 and 361 dwellings per annum up to 2037. However, from April 2010 to March 2018 only 1,326 new homes were built
which averages out to 166 homes per year. With this continued under supply of housing Rochford has become the most unaffordable district out of; Basildon, Thurrock, Southend, and Castle Point. The Rochford Local Plan for 2021 goes as far as to say that the ratio between house prices and local earnings is amongst the least affordable in the country, as the average local house price has increased 70% in the past 15 years.
12. With this continuing divergence between house prices and earnings, housingrelated issues such as homelessness and concealed households, where young
people have to stay or return home to their parents for longer than they would like to, becomes an increasing problem within the district. It is therefore important for
the Council to recognise, and give significant weight to, the fact that the higher level of delivery as proposed in option 4 would have the scale and distribution of
growth to address these concerns.

Climate Change and Resilient Environments
Q11. Do you agree we should require development to source a percentage of their energy from low-carbon and renewable sources? Are there other opportunities in the
district to supply low carbon or renewable energy?
13. Whilst the Council can set targets as to the percentage of a home’s energy use that should be obtained from decentralised energy sources it is important that the Council recognises that this will place an additional financial burden on development and will therefore need to be considered in the viability study.

Q12. Do you agree we should require new development to achieve energy efficiency standards higher than building regulations? What level should these be set at?
14. No. The housebuilding industry, through the HBF, recognises that there is a need to improve the environmental performance of new residential development. In order to achieve this, we established with a wide range of partners the Future Homes Task Force. This task force examined how the house building industry can work toward delivering net zero carbon homes in order to support the Government’s target of the country delivering net zero carbon emissions by 2050.
The initial outcomes of this work can be found at https://www.futurehomes.org.uk/ with a summary of the Delivery Plan resulting from this work attached to this
response.
15. The delivery plan published by the task force in July outlines the need to operate on a collective basis recognising the need for housebuilders, their supply network and the trades people building homes to successfully transition to the delivery of low carbon homes. In addition, it recognises the need for both national and local government alongside housebuilders to ensure those people buying new homes are confident in the technologies and systems being used.
16. As the Council are aware the proposed amendments to the building regulations will see development up to 2025 deliver a 31% improvement on C02 emissions
compared to current standards. The Future Homes Standard that will be introduced from 2025 will see new homes emit 75% fewer emissions than current standards. However, to deliver further reductions and achieve the national commitment of net zero emissions by 2050 will require the decarbonisation of energy supply at a national level rather than from the Council setting additional requirements for new homes above those set by Government.
17. Given the improvements that will be made through the amendments to building regulation the HBF do not consider it necessary for additional local standards to
be set with regard to energy efficiency and CO2 emissions. Only through a nationally consistent and phased approach to the introduction of the new
standards and technologies will the house building industry be able to maintain housing supply, ensure consumer confidence and deliver the required
improvements in emissions.
18. A national and standardised approach to improving the energy efficiency of buildings is the most effective approach to ensuring improvements in energy
efficiency whilst also ensuring the continued delivery of housing and infrastructure. The HBF considers a universal standard is necessary to allow the development of supply chains that focus upon responding to agreed national targets, and for training providers to plan their programmes to equip the labour force to meet these
new requirements. Importantly, a phased approach to delivering these improvements ensures those people buying new homes are fully aware of the new
technologies being used in their homes. It is vital that consumers are confident with the technology being used in their new homes and increase the wider appetite for similar standards to be adopted in the existing stock.
19. The HBF considers it important that Councils recognise that it will take time to ensure that the technology and supply chains required to achieve the significant reductions in emission from new homes required by the Future Homes Standard. There is still considerable work to do to ensure that supply chains are in place to meet demand from the housebuilding industry as well as having a workforce with the technical skills in place to deliver and maintain systems such as ground and air source heat pumps on a much larger scale. It is important that these systems when they are used work to ensure that the public are satisfied with the product and can rely on it to meet their needs.
20. Should the Council seek to go beyond what is required by building regulations then they will need to clearly set out in their viability study the additional costs this will place on development in the Borough. These costs can be significant and in combination with the other costs that are placed on development through the local
plan can lead to development becoming unviable.

Place-making and Design
Q14. Do you consider that the plan should include a place-making charter that informs relevant policies? Should the same principles apply everywhere in the district, or should different principles apply to different areas?
21. It is not clear what the charter is supposed to offer with regard to decision making process and whether these will be reflected in the policies set out in the Local
Plan. In order to provide an effective steer to applicants and decision makers the Council must set out its expectations in policy and ensure that these are consistent with the approach set out in nationally in the NPPF and its supporting guidance.

Q15. Are the principles set out in the draft place-making charter the right ones? Are there other principles that should be included?
22. The principles set out in the charter are laudable but, as set out above, it is more important that the Council clearly set out in policy any requirements regarding
place making in the Borough. These policies should be based on evidence, fully costed in the viability study and be consistent with national policy.

Q16a. Do you consider that new design guides, codes or masterplans should be created alongside the new Local Plan?
23. It is not necessary to create new design guides, codes or master plans alongside the new local plan. Seeking to develop these at the same time can place an
additional burden on the Council’s recourses taking away offer time best spent on preparing the local plan and extending the timescale for its production. Any required design codes or master plans can be developed subsequently.

Housing for All
Q17. With reference to the options listed above, or your own options, how do you feel we can best plan to meet our need for different types, sizes and tenures of housing?

Housing type
24. As suggested earlier in order to ensure a variety of types of homes both in terms of type and tenue is to allocate a wide variety of sites in terms of size and location. Different sites will lend themselves to different types and density of development that will inevitably ensure a variety of homes will come forward. It is also important to remember that evidence on housing needs with regard to housing type is a snap shot in time for the whole of the Borough. It is important to recognise that the type of housing needed will change over time and will be vary between areas. As such it is also important to ensure that there is flexibility within any policy on the size of homes to be provided with the mix of housing to be determined at the point of application having regard to local evidence of needs, the nature of the site and the
types of home that have been provided.

Affordable housing
25. With regard to affordable housing tenures, we expect the Council will set out a requirement in policy for the number of affordable homes it requires. In determining this proportion, the Council will need to consider the viability of delivering affordable housing alongside all the other policy costs that are likely to be required in this local plan. In considering all these costs it is important, as set out in paragraph 58 of the NPPF that the Council are confident that decision makers can assume a development meeting all costs is viable given that the
Government are seeking to reduce the number of sites on which affordable housing contributions are negotiated. This may require a policy that varies such requirements on the basis of location or type of development reflecting the different costs and values that occur across the Borough. In order to assist local planning authorities in preparing their viability assessments the HBF have
prepared a briefing note setting out our members key concerns with regard to viability testing and the approach taken by Councils which is attached to this response. Whilst this note focuses on all aspects of the viability testing of the residential development and should be taken into account, we would like to highlight four particular issues with whole plan viability assessments.
26. The first issue is with regard to the approach taken to abnormal infrastructure costs. These are the costs above base construction and external costs that are required to ensure the site is deliverable. Prior to the 2019 NPPF viability assessments have taken the approach that these cannot be quantified and were addressed through the site-by-site negotiation. However, this option is now
significantly restricted by paragraph 57 of the 2019 NPPF. As such these abnormal costs must be factored into whole plan viability assessments. We recognise that
the very nature of an abnormal costs is difficult to quantify, but it is a fact that they are often substantial and can have a significant impact on viability. Where and how
these costs arise is also variable. They can occur in site preparation but can also arise with regard to the increasing costs of delivering infrastructure, such as
upgrades to increase the capacity of utilities. It is also the case that abnormal costs are higher on brownfield sites where there can be a higher degree of uncertainty as to the nature of the site and the work required to make it developable.
27. Whilst the HBF recognise that abnormal costs are expected to come off the land value, we are concerned that if abnormal costs are high then it will result in sites
not being developed as the land value will be insufficient to incentivise the landowner to sell. It is therefore important that a significant buffer is included within
the viability assessment to take account of these costs if the Council are to state with certainty that those sites allocated in the plan will come forward without negotiation.
28. Secondly, we would encourage the Council to use the upper end of any of the ranges suggested with regards to fees and profit margins. Again, these will vary from developer to developer but given that the Government want to minimise negotiation on planning obligations it would make sense to use the highest point of any range. The changing landscape with regard to viability assessment could lead to development slowing significantly if the correct variables are not taken into
account.
29. Thirdly, the council must ensure that all the policy costs associated with the local plan are included within the viability assessment. Whilst affordable housing and
infrastructure contributions from the majority of the additional costs that are placed on developers by the Council it is important that the cumulative impact of all
policies are tested. With regard to the local plan review the Council will need to consider the impact of its proposed policies on bio-diversity net gains, electric
vehicle charging, sustainable design and construction; and renewable energy. The viability assessment will also need consider the impact of future national policies on viability and whether there is sufficient headroom to ensure these standards can be addressed alongside the policies in the local plan.
30. Finally, the approach to land values needs to be a balanced approach and one that recognises that there will be a point at which land will just not come forward if
values are too low to take account of policy and infrastructure costs. There are a variety of reasons why a landowner is looking to sell their land and it cannot be
assumed that they will absorb significant reductions in land values to meet policy costs. Land is a long-term investment and the returns being offered must take
account of this.

Technical standards
31. If the Council wish to apply the optional technical standards for accessible and adaptable homes and the Nationally Described Space Standards, it will need to
ensure that it has the necessary evidence to support any proposed policy as required by current national policy and its supporting guidance. There must be robust evidence that these policies are needed and that the will not have an adverse impact on the viability of new development.

Q19. Are there any other forms of housing that you feel we should be planning for? How can we best plan to meet the need for that form of housing?

32. No specific mention is made within this section in relation to housing for older people. The HBF consider it important that local plans look to allocate specific sites to meet the needs of older people. In particular the Council must look, in the first instance, to allocate those sites submitted for older people’s accommodation that are in the most sustainable locations close to key services. As well as allocating specific sites for older people’s housing we would suggest that the local plan sets out in policy:
• a target for the delivery of homes for older people and maintains a supply of land to meet that target. Whilst we recognise that there is not a requirement in national policy for the Council to maintain a specific supply of accommodation for older people identifying the level of need and monitoring supply would aid decision makers in the application of this policy and ensuring needs are met over the plan period. Such an approach would also ensure effective monitoring in relation meeting the needs of older people and encourage positive decision making if there is a deficiency in supply.
• support and encouragement for older persons accommodation on brownfield and other land in established urban and suburban environments and which is not allocated given the level of need and that older people are most likely to prefer to continue to reside in
established areas with which they are familiar.

Biodiversity
Q31. Do you consider net gains for biodiversity are best delivered on-site or off-site? Are there specific locations or projects where net gain projects could be delivered?

33. Whilst some sites might be abler to deliver net gains the Council must recognise that it will not be possible for some sites to meet the 10% legal requirement without
some form of off-site delivery. We would suggest that how a developer meets this legal requirement is best determined by the developer and not the local authority.

Community infrastructure
Q35. With reference to the options above, or your own options, how can we address the need for sufficient and accessible community infrastructure through the plan?

34. The priority for the Council and its partners should be to protect and maximise existing facilities to deliver the necessary services and wherever possible maximising such services on site. Such an approach will be the most effective approach to meeting changing needs and ensure the long-term sustainability of existing facilities. In many areas’ community centres and halls, libraries and other facilities are often under used and to require additional provision from development is unnecessary and inconsistent with the principles set out in paragraph 57 of the NPPF and paragraph 122 of the CIL Regulations 2010. We would suggest that greater levels of co-location would be a more appropriate response than requiring new development to provide or contribute to additional facilities. Where a site is required to provide new infrastructure, this must be at a level to meet the additional needs created by that development. Development should not be required to address existing shortfalls in supply following under investment at the local or county level.

Conclusion
35. We hope these representations are of assistance in taking the plan forward.
Should you require any further clarification on the issues raised in this representation please contact me.